aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorKenichi Handa2004-10-12 02:51:32 +0000
committerKenichi Handa2004-10-12 02:51:32 +0000
commit9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655 (patch)
tree16675f81f5cc1874cb19a9f3e089b00917883a88
parent6bad844c143b0a0ff3334be221c3e7e385a7bd16 (diff)
downloademacs-9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655.tar.gz
emacs-9a6e87fb6fee35e1cb6df791f00ba91783183655.zip
*** empty log message ***
-rw-r--r--lisp/ChangeLog.223
-rw-r--r--lisp/loaddefs.el26182
-rw-r--r--src/ChangeLog.229
3 files changed, 12 insertions, 26182 deletions
diff --git a/lisp/ChangeLog.22 b/lisp/ChangeLog.22
index 9605df23bee..a907179c098 100644
--- a/lisp/ChangeLog.22
+++ b/lisp/ChangeLog.22
@@ -1,5 +1,8 @@
12004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> 12004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
2 2
3 * language/china-util.el (hz-set-msb-table): Turn chars beyond 128
4 to eight-bit chars.
5
3 * international/mule-conf.el: Dont' define coding system 6 * international/mule-conf.el: Dont' define coding system
4 `undecided' here. 7 `undecided' here.
5 8
diff --git a/lisp/loaddefs.el b/lisp/loaddefs.el
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e02ac5c593..00000000000
--- a/lisp/loaddefs.el
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,26182 +0,0 @@
1;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2;;
3;;; Code:
4
5;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (16511 32591))
8;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10(autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11Play 5x5.
12
13The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14squares you must fill the grid.
15
165x5 keyboard bindings are:
17\\<5x5-mode-map>
18Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19Move up \\[5x5-up]
20Move down \\[5x5-down]
21Move left \\[5x5-left]
22Move right \\[5x5-right]
23Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31\(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36\(fn)" t nil)
37
38(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41\(fn)" t nil)
42
43(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46\(fn)" t nil)
47
48(autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution.
50Mutate the result.
51
52\(fn)" t nil)
53
54(autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
575x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62\(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64;;;***
65
66;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
67;;;;;; (16511 35592))
68;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
69
70(autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
71Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
72Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
73extensions.
74SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
75name
76
77\(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
78
79(autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
80Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
81
82Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
83\\{ada-mode-map}
84
85 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
86 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
87
88 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
89 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
90
91 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
92 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
93
94 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
95
96 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
97 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
98
99 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
100 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
101
102Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
103 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
104 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
105 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
106 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
107
108If you use imenu.el:
109 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
110
111If you use find-file.el:
112 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
113 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
114 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
115 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
116 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
117
118If you use ada-xref.el:
119 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
120 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
121 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
122
123\(fn)" t nil)
124
125;;;***
126
127;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
128;;;;;; (16511 35617))
129;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
130
131(autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
132Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
133
134\(fn)" t nil)
135
136;;;***
137
138;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
139;;;;;; (16511 32597))
140;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
141
142(autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
143Open a file anywhere in the source path.
144Completion is available.
145
146\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
147
148;;;***
149
150;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
151;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
152;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
153;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
154;;;;;; "add-log.el" (16511 32420))
155;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
156
157(defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
158*If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
159It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
160Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
161
162(custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log")
163
164(defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
165*Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
166This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
167
168(custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log")
169
170(defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
171*Electronic mail addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
172This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
173being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
174will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
175ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
176
177(custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log")
178
179(autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
180Prompt for a change log name.
181
182\(fn)" nil nil)
183
184(autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
185Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
186
187Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
188If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
189If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
190\(or whatever we use on this operating system).
191
192If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
193simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
194directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
195
196Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
197current buffer to the complete file name.
198Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
199
200\(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
201
202(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
203Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
204Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
205name and site.
206
207Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
208If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
209
210Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
211
212Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
213never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
214otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
215
216Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
217new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
218the same person.
219
220The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
221permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
222notices.
223
224Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
225non-nil, otherwise in local time.
226
227\(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
228
229(autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
230Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
231This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
232the change log file in another window.
233
234\(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
235 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
236
237(autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
238Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
239Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
240New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
241Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
242Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
243\\{change-log-mode-map}
244
245\(fn)" t nil)
246
247(defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
248*Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
249
250(defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
251*Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
252
253(defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
254*Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
255
256(autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
257Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
258
259Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
260Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
261
262Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
263point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
264identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
265`add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
266`add-log-current-defun-function'.
267
268Has a preference of looking backwards.
269
270\(fn)" nil nil)
271
272(autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
273Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
274Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
275the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
276or a buffer.
277
278Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
279old-style time formats for entries are supported.
280
281\(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
282
283(autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
284Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
285
286\(fn)" t nil)
287
288;;;***
289
290;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
291;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (16511
292;;;;;; 32533))
293;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
294
295(defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
296*Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
297Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
298original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
299In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
300original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
301old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
302`error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
303it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
304interpreted as `error'.")
305
306(custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice")
307
308(defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
309*Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
310A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
311always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
312loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
313advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
314be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
315COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
316
317(custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice")
318
319(autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
320Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
321If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
322CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
323of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
324to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
325extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
326name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
327will be overwritten with the new one.
328 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
329initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
330will clear the cache.
331
332\(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
333
334(autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
335Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
336The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
337
338 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
339 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
340 BODY... )
341
342FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
343CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
344NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
345POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
346 see also `ad-add-advice'.
347ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
348 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
349 before/around/after-advices will be used.
350FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
351 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
352DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
353INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
354 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
355BODY ::= Any s-expression.
356
357Semantics of the various flags:
358`protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
359any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
360then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
361
362`activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
363FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
364
365`compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
366advised function should be compiled.
367
368`disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
369during activation until somebody enables it.
370
371`preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
372time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
373advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
374this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
375
376`freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
377to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
378Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
379the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
380documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
381during preloading.
382
383See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
384
385\(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
386
387;;;***
388
389;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
390;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
391;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (16511 32421))
392;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
393
394(autoload (quote align) "align" "\
395Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
396BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
397nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
398the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
399of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
400rule's `separate' attribute).
401
402If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
403`align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
404`separate' attribute set.
405
406RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
407default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
408`align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
409on the format of these lists.
410
411\(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
412
413(autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
414Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
415BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
416for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
417only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
418whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
419regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
420prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
421of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
422the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
423options.
424
425For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
426align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
427
428 Fred (123) 456-7890
429 Alice (123) 456-7890
430 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
431 Joe (123) 456-7890
432
433There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
434using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
435region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
436
437\(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439(autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
440Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444align that section.
445
446\(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448(autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
449Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454been used to align that section.
455
456\(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458(autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
459Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464to be colored.
465
466\(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468(autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
469Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471\(fn)" t nil)
472
473(autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
474A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476\(fn)" t nil)
477
478;;;***
479
480;;;### (autoloads (allout-init) "allout" "allout.el" (16511 36149))
481;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482
483(autoload (quote allout-init) "allout" "\
484Prime `allout-mode' to enable/disable auto-activation, wrt `allout-layout'.
485
486MODE is one of the following symbols:
487
488 - nil (or no argument) deactivate auto-activation/layout;
489 - `activate', enable auto-activation only;
490 - `ask', enable auto-activation, and enable auto-layout but with
491 confirmation for layout operation solicited from user each time;
492 - `report', just report and return the current auto-activation state;
493 - anything else (eg, t) for auto-activation and auto-layout, without
494 any confirmation check.
495
496Use this function to setup your emacs session for automatic activation
497of allout outline mode, contingent to the buffer-specific setting of
498the `allout-layout' variable. (See `allout-layout' and
499`allout-expose-topic' docstrings for more details on auto layout).
500
501`allout-init' works by setting up (or removing)
502`allout-find-file-hook' in `find-file-hooks', and giving
503`allout-auto-activation' a suitable setting.
504
505To prime your emacs session for full auto-outline operation, include
506the following two lines in your emacs init file:
507
508\(require 'allout)
509\(allout-init t)
510
511\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
512
513;;;***
514
515;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
516;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (16511 32584))
517;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
518
519(defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
520
521(autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
522Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
523The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
524for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
525may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
526directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
527
528\(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
529
530(autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
531Not documented
532
533\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
534
535(put (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) (quote file-remote-p) t)
536
537;;;***
538
539;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
540;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (16511 32591))
541;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
542
543(autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
544Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
545The characters start at randomly chosen places,
546and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
547passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
548If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
549in the current window.
550
551\(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
552
553(autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
554Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
555Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
556
557\(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
558
559(autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
560Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
561You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
562
563\(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
564
565;;;***
566
567;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
568;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (16511 32422))
569;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
570
571(autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
572Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
573
574\(fn)" t nil)
575
576(autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
577Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
578
579Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
580either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
581`ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
582text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
583
584The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
585`comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
586
587This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
588
589\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
590
591;;;***
592
593;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
594;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (16511 32598))
595;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
596
597(autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
598Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
599If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
600the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
601is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
602\\[yank].
603
604This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
605inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
606Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
607the rules.
608
609If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
610are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
611commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
612*Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
613
614\(fn)" t nil)
615
616(autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
617Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
618\\{antlr-mode-map}
619
620\(fn)" t nil)
621
622(autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
623Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
624Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
625
626\(fn)" nil nil)
627
628;;;***
629
630;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
631;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
632;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
633;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (16511 32527))
634;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
635
636(defvar appt-issue-message t "\
637*Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
638To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
639documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
640
641(custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt")
642
643(defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
644*Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
645
646(custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt")
647
648(defvar appt-audible t "\
649*Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
650
651(custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt")
652
653(defvar appt-visible t "\
654*Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
655This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
656
657(custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt")
658
659(defvar appt-msg-window t "\
660*Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
661If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
662
663(custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt")
664
665(defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
666*Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
667This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
668
669(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt")
670
671(defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
672*The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
673Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
674
675(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt")
676
677(defvar appt-display-diary t "\
678*Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
679This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
680
681(custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt")
682
683(autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
684Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
685The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
686
687\(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
688
689(autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
690Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
691
692\(fn)" t nil)
693
694(autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
695Create the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
696The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
697put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
698the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
699NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
700They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
701
702\(fn)" nil nil)
703
704(autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
705Toggle checking of appointments.
706With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
707ARG is positive, otherwise off.
708
709\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
710
711;;;***
712
713;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
714;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable) "apropos" "apropos.el"
715;;;;;; (16511 32422))
716;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
717
718(autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
719Show user variables that match REGEXP.
720With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
721normal variables.
722
723\(fn REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
724
725(defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
726
727(autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
728Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
729With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
730noninteractive functions.
731
732If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
733satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
734
735\(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
736
737(autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
738Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
739
740\(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
741
742(autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
743Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
744With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
745show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
746time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
747
748\(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
749
750(autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
751Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
752With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
753at the function and at the names and values of properties.
754Returns list of symbols and values found.
755
756\(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
757
758(autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
759Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
760With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
761documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
762bindings.
763Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
764
765\(fn APROPOS-REGEXP &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
766
767;;;***
768
769;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (16511
770;;;;;; 32423))
771;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
772
773(autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
774Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
775You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
776Letters no longer insert themselves.
777Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
778or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
779
780If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
781save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
782archive.
783
784\\{archive-mode-map}
785
786\(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
787
788;;;***
789
790;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (16511 32423))
791;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
792
793(autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
794Major mode for editing arrays.
795
796 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
797considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
798NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
799
800 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
801
802 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
803Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
804but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
805
806 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
807several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
808supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
809in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
810The variables are:
811
812Variables you assign:
813 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
814 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
815 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
816 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
817 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
818 row numbers in the buffer.
819
820Variables which are calculated:
821 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
822 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
823
824 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
825take a numeric prefix argument):
826
827 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
828 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
829 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
830 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
831
832 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
833 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
834 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
835 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
836
837 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
838 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
839 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
840 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
841
842 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
843 between that of point and mark.
844
845 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
846 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
847
848 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
849 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
850 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
851 newlines inside rows)
852
853 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
854
855Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
856
857\(fn)" t nil)
858
859;;;***
860
861;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (16511
862;;;;;; 32636))
863;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
864
865(autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
866Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
867Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
868and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
869
870How to quit artist mode
871
872 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
873
874
875How to submit a bug report
876
877 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
878
879
880Drawing with the mouse:
881
882 mouse-2
883 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
884 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
885 below).
886
887 mouse-1
888 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
889 or pastes:
890
891 Operation Not shifted Shifted
892 --------------------------------------------------------------
893 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
894 to new point
895 --------------------------------------------------------------
896 Line Line in any direction Straight line
897 --------------------------------------------------------------
898 Rectangle Rectangle Square
899 --------------------------------------------------------------
900 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
901 --------------------------------------------------------------
902 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
903 --------------------------------------------------------------
904 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
905 --------------------------------------------------------------
906 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
907 --------------------------------------------------------------
908 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
909 --------------------------------------------------------------
910 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
911 lines
912 --------------------------------------------------------------
913 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
914 --------------------------------------------------------------
915 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
916 --------------------------------------------------------------
917 Paste Paste Paste
918 --------------------------------------------------------------
919 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
920 --------------------------------------------------------------
921
922 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
923 or diagonally.
924
925 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
926 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
927 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
928 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
929 poly-lines.
930
931 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
932 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
933 overwrite means the opposite.
934
935 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
936 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
937 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
938
939 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
940
941 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
942 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
943
944 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
945 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
946 are currently drawing something.
947
948 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
949 some time to fill.
950
951
952 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
953 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
954
955
956Settings
957
958 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
959
960 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
961
962 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
963
964 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
965
966 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
967 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
968
969 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
970
971
972Drawing with keys
973
974 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
975 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
976 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
977 When erase characters: toggles erasing
978 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
979 When pasting: Pastes
980
981 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
982
983 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
984
985 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
986 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
987 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
988 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
989 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
990 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
991
992
993Arrows
994
995 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
996 of the line/poly-line
997
998 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
999 of the line/poly-line
1000
1001
1002Selecting operation
1003
1004 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1005
1006 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1007 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1008 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1009 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1010 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1011 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1012 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1013 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1014 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1015 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1016 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1017 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1018 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1019 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1020 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1021 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1022 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1023 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1024 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1025 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1026
1027
1028Variables
1029
1030 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1031 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1032
1033 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1034 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1035 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1036 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1037 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1038 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1039 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1040 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1041 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1042 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1043 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1044 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1045 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1046 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1047 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1048 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1049 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1050 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1051 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1052
1053Hooks
1054
1055 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1056 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1057
1058
1059Keymap summary
1060
1061\\{artist-mode-map}
1062
1063\(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1064
1065;;;***
1066
1067;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (16511
1068;;;;;; 32602))
1069;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1070
1071(autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1072Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1073Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1074
1075\\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1076\\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1077\\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1078\\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1079
1080The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1081`asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1082
1083Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1084which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1085
1086Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1087
1088Special commands:
1089\\{asm-mode-map}
1090
1091\(fn)" t nil)
1092
1093;;;***
1094
1095;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1096;;;;;; (16511 32589))
1097;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1098
1099(defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1100Obsolete.")
1101
1102(custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show")
1103
1104(autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1105This command is obsolete.
1106
1107\(fn ARG)" t nil)
1108
1109;;;***
1110
1111;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1112;;;;;; (16511 32423))
1113;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1114
1115(defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1116Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1117See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1118Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1119use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
1120
1121(custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg")
1122
1123(autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1124Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1125With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1126\\<autoarg-mode-map>
1127In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1128supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1129C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1130and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1131Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1132invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1133
1134For example:
1135`6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1136`6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1137`6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1138then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1139`C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1140
1141\\{autoarg-mode-map}
1142
1143\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1144
1145(defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1146Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1147See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1148Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1149use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1150
1151(custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg")
1152
1153(autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1154Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1155With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1156\\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1157This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1158&c to supply digit arguments.
1159
1160\\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1161
1162\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1163
1164;;;***
1165
1166;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1167;;;;;; (16511 35631))
1168;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1169
1170(autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1171Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1172
1173\(fn)" t nil)
1174
1175;;;***
1176
1177;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1178;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (16511 32423))
1179;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1180
1181(autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1182Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1183Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1184
1185\(fn)" t nil)
1186
1187(autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1188Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1189Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1190or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1191
1192\(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1193
1194(defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1195Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1196See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1197Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1198use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1199
1200(custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert")
1201
1202(autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1203Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1204With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1205Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1206
1207When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1208insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1209
1210\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1211
1212;;;***
1213
1214;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1215;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1216;;;;;; (16511 32533))
1217;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1218
1219(autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1220Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1221\(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1222Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it.
1223
1224\(fn FILE)" t nil)
1225
1226(autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1227Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1228This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.
1229In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1230of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1231directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1232
1233The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1234directory or directories specified.
1235
1236\(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1237
1238(autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1239Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1240Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1241
1242\(fn)" nil nil)
1243
1244;;;***
1245
1246;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1247;;;;;; auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (16511 32423))
1248;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1249
1250(defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1251*Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1252Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.")
1253
1254(autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1255Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1256
1257With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1258This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1259Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1260
1261\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1262
1263(autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1264Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1265
1266This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1267 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1268
1269\(fn)" nil nil)
1270
1271(defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1272Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1273See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
1274Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1275use either \\[customize] or the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1276
1277(custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert")
1278
1279(autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1280Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1281
1282With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1283This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1284Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1285
1286\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1287
1288;;;***
1289
1290;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1291;;;;;; "avoid.el" (16511 32423))
1292;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1293
1294(defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1295Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1296See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1297Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1298use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1299
1300(custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid")
1301
1302(autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1303Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1304MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1305`cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1306
1307If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1308modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1309as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1310
1311Effects of the different modes:
1312 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1313 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1314 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1315 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1316 a random distance & direction.
1317 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1318 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1319 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1320
1321Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1322
1323\(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1324and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1325definition of \"random distance\".)
1326
1327\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1328
1329;;;***
1330
1331;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1332;;;;;; (16511 32533))
1333;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1334
1335(autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1336Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1337
1338The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1339places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1340
1341For example:
1342
1343b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1344`(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1345`(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1346`(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1347
1348Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1349
1350\(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1351
1352(defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1353
1354;;;***
1355
1356;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1357;;;;;; (16511 32423))
1358;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1359
1360(autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1361Display battery status information in the echo area.
1362The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1363`battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1364
1365\(fn)" t nil)
1366
1367(autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1368Display battery status information in the mode line.
1369The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1370`battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1371The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1372seconds.
1373
1374\(fn)" t nil)
1375
1376;;;***
1377
1378;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1379;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (16511 32533))
1380;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1381
1382(autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1383Time execution of FORMS.
1384If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1385accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1386FORMS once.
1387Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1388garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1389See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1390
1391\(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1392
1393(autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1394Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1395This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1396byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1397result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1398
1399\(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1400
1401(autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1402Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1403Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1404non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1405`benchmark-run-compiled'.
1406
1407\(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1408
1409;;;***
1410
1411;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (16511
1412;;;;;; 32637))
1413;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1414
1415(autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1416Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1417
1418General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1419
1420You should use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1421specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1422\\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1423in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1424with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1425
1426Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1427`bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode will
1428work only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) entries
1429and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1430created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1431entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1432
1433For third party BibTeX files, call the function `bibtex-convert-alien'
1434to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1435
1436
1437Special information:
1438
1439A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1440
1441The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1442Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1443The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1444\\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1445\\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1446\\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1447\\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1448 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1449
1450The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1451from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1452fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1453`bibtex-entry-format'.
1454Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1455format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1456idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1457
1458Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1459Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1460
1461The following may be of interest as well:
1462
1463 Functions:
1464 `bibtex-entry'
1465 `bibtex-kill-entry'
1466 `bibtex-yank-pop'
1467 `bibtex-pop-previous'
1468 `bibtex-pop-next'
1469 `bibtex-complete'
1470 `bibtex-print-help-message'
1471 `bibtex-generate-autokey'
1472 `bibtex-beginning-of-entry'
1473 `bibtex-end-of-entry'
1474 `bibtex-reposition-window'
1475 `bibtex-mark-entry'
1476 `bibtex-ispell-abstract'
1477 `bibtex-ispell-entry'
1478 `bibtex-narrow-to-entry'
1479 `bibtex-sort-buffer'
1480 `bibtex-validate'
1481 `bibtex-count'
1482 `bibtex-fill-entry'
1483 `bibtex-reformat'
1484 `bibtex-convert-alien'
1485
1486 Variables:
1487 `bibtex-field-delimiters'
1488 `bibtex-include-OPTcrossref'
1489 `bibtex-include-OPTkey'
1490 `bibtex-user-optional-fields'
1491 `bibtex-entry-format'
1492 `bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries'
1493 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries'
1494 `bibtex-entry-field-alist'
1495 `bibtex-predefined-strings'
1496 `bibtex-string-files'
1497
1498---------------------------------------------------------
1499Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1500non-nil.
1501
1502\\{bibtex-mode-map}
1503
1504\(fn)" t nil)
1505
1506;;;***
1507
1508;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (16464 65072))
1509;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1510
1511(defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1512
1513;;;***
1514
1515;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (16511
1516;;;;;; 32591))
1517;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1518
1519(autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1520Play blackbox.
1521Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1522
1523What is blackbox?
1524
1525Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1526Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1527balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1528observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1529the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1530your score.
1531
1532Overview of play:
1533
1534\\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1535specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1536four.
1537
1538The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1539movement keys.
1540
1541To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1542The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1543
1544You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1545box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1546
1547When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1548press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1549not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1550numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1551placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1552indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1553
1554Details:
1555
1556There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1557
1558 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1559 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1560 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1561 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1562
1563 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1564 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1565 denoted by the letter `R'.
1566
1567 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1568 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1569 denoted by the letter `H'.
1570
1571The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1572example.
1573
1574As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1575be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1576represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1577The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1578described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1579points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1580ray.
1581
1582Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1583degree deflection it causes.
1584
1585 1
1586 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1587 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
15881 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1589 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1590 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1591 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1592 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1593 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1594 2 3
1595
1596As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1597it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1598
1599
1600 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1601 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1602R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1603 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1604 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1605 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1606 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1607 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1608
1609In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1610ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1611its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1612example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1613ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1614can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1615emerging from the box.
1616
1617A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1618
1619 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1620 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1621 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1622 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1623 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1624H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1625 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1626 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1627
1628Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1629a reflection.
1630
1631\(fn NUM)" t nil)
1632
1633;;;***
1634
1635;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
1636;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
1637;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
1638;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (16511 32424))
1639;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1640 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1641 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1642 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1643
1644(defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1645Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1646It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1647so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1648key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1649functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1650 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
1651 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
1652 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
1653 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
1654 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
1655 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
1656 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
1657 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
1658 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
1659 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
1660 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
1661 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
1662 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
1663
1664(autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1665Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1666If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1667With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1668as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1669the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1670bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1671but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1672recent one.
1673
1674To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1675bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1676yank successive words.
1677
1678Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1679\(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1680through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1681name of the file being visited.
1682
1683Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1684and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1685the list of bookmarks.)
1686
1687\(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
1688
1689(autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1690Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1691You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1692`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1693bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1694this.
1695
1696If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1697if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1698will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1699of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
1700
1701\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1702
1703(autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1704Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1705This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1706the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1707after a bookmark was set in it.
1708
1709\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1710
1711(autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1712Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1713Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1714minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
1715
1716\(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
1717
1718(defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1719
1720(autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1721Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1722If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1723menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1724
1725If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1726argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1727must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1728
1729While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1730consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1731name.
1732
1733\(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
1734
1735(autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1736Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1737You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1738`bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1739bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1740this.
1741
1742\(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
1743
1744(autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1745Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1746Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1747there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1748not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1749one most recently used in this file, if any).
1750Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1751probably because we were called from there.
1752
1753\(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
1754
1755(autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1756Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1757Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
1758
1759\(fn)" t nil)
1760
1761(autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1762Save currently defined bookmarks.
1763Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1764`bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1765\(second argument).
1766
1767If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1768and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1769pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1770instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1771user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1772
1773When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1774`bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1775for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1776`bookmark-default-file'.
1777
1778\(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
1779
1780(autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1781Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1782Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1783optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1784destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1785while loading.
1786
1787If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1788will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1789in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1790place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1791maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1792explicitly.
1793
1794If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1795bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1796unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1797method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
1798
1799\(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
1800
1801(autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1802Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1803The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1804The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1805deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
1806
1807\(fn)" t nil)
1808
1809(defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1810
1811(defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1812
1813(defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-jump))) map))
1814
1815(defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
1816
1817;;;***
1818
1819;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1820;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1821;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1822;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1823;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
1824;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1825;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1826;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
1827;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (16511 32585))
1828;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1829
1830(defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
1831*Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1832This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1833`browse-url-of-file' commands.
1834
1835If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1836\(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1837associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1838function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1839regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1840
1841(custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url")
1842
1843(autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1844Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1845Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1846interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1847`browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1848`browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
1849
1850\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
1851
1852(autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1853Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1854Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1855currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1856narrowed.
1857
1858\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
1859
1860(autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1861In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
1862
1863\(fn)" t nil)
1864
1865(autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1866Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
1867
1868\(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
1869
1870(autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1871Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1872Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1873`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1874
1875\(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
1876
1877(autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1878Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1879Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1880`browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
1881
1882\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1883
1884(autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1885Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1886The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1887but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1888`browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1889to use.
1890
1891\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
1892
1893(autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
1894Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
1895Default to the URL around or before point.
1896
1897When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1898non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
1899a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1900the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1901
1902When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1903used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1904
1905The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Galeon, Netscape,
1906Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an xterm, MMM, Konqueror, and then W3.
1907
1908\(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
1909
1910(autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1911Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1912Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1913`browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1914
1915When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1916non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1917random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1918the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1919
1920When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1921used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1922
1923\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1924
1925(autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
1926Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
1927Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1928`browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
1929
1930When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1931non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
1932random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1933the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1934
1935If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1936document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1937new tab in an existing window instead.
1938
1939When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1940used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1941
1942\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1943
1944(autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
1945Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
1946Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1947`browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
1948
1949When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1950non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
1951random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1952the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1953
1954If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
1955document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
1956new tab in an existing window instead.
1957
1958When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1959used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1960
1961\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1962
1963(autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1964Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1965Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1966`browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1967
1968When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1969non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1970existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1971effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1972
1973When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1974used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1975
1976\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1977
1978(autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1979Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1980
1981Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1982`browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1983program is invoked according to the variable
1984`browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1985
1986When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1987non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1988random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1989the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1990
1991When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1992used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1993
1994\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
1995
1996(autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1997Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1998Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1999variable `browse-url-grail'.
2000
2001\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2002
2003(autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2004Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2005Default to the URL around or before point.
2006
2007This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2008select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2009value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2010
2011When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2012non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2013random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2014the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2015
2016When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2017used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2018
2019\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2020
2021(autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2022Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2023Default to the URL around or before point.
2024
2025\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2026
2027(autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2028Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2029Default to the URL around or before point.
2030
2031When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2032non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2033prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2034
2035When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2036used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2037
2038\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2039
2040(autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2041Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2042The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2043`browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2044
2045\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2046
2047(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2048Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2049Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2050in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2051with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2052
2053\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2054
2055(autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2056Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2057Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2058a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2059
2060When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2061non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2062otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2063reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2064
2065When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2066used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2067
2068\(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2069
2070(autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2071Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2072Default to the URL around or before point.
2073
2074\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2075
2076(autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2077Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2078Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2079recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2080will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2081current one.
2082
2083When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2084non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2085non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2086`browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2087
2088When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2089used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2090
2091\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2092
2093(autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2094Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2095Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2096browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2097`browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2098don't offer a form of remote control.
2099
2100\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2101
2102(autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2103Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2104Default to the URL around or before point.
2105
2106\(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2107
2108;;;***
2109
2110;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (16511
2111;;;;;; 32591))
2112;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2113
2114(autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2115Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2116
2117\(fn)" t nil)
2118
2119(autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2120Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2121
2122\(fn)" nil nil)
2123
2124;;;***
2125
2126;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2127;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (16511 32424))
2128;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2129
2130(autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2131Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2132The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2133by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2134
2135\(fn)" t nil)
2136
2137(autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2138Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2139The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2140by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2141
2142\(fn)" t nil)
2143
2144(autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2145Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2146
2147\(fn)" t nil)
2148
2149(autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2150Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2151\\<bs-mode-map>
2152There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2153manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2154User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2155by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2156
2157Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2158Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2159With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2160`bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2161name of buffer configuration.
2162
2163\(fn ARG)" t nil)
2164
2165;;;***
2166
2167;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2168;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (16511
2169;;;;;; 32425))
2170;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2171
2172(defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2173Keymap used by buttons.")
2174
2175(defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2176Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2177Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2178
2179(autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2180Define a `button type' called NAME.
2181The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2182specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2183\(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2184creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2185
2186In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2187button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2188\(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2189changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2190
2191\(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2192
2193(autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2194Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2195The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2196specifying properties to add to the button.
2197In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2198button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2199`define-button-type'.
2200
2201Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2202
2203\(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2204
2205(autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2206Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2207The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2208specifying properties to add to the button.
2209In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2210button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2211`define-button-type'.
2212
2213Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2214
2215\(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2216
2217(autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2218Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2219The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2220specifying properties to add to the button.
2221In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2222button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2223`define-button-type'.
2224
2225This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2226part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2227large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2228`make-text-button'.
2229
2230Also see `insert-text-button'.
2231
2232\(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2233
2234(autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2235Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2236The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2237specifying properties to add to the button.
2238In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2239button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2240`define-button-type'.
2241
2242This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2243actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2244Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2245`insert-text-button'.
2246
2247Also see `make-text-button'.
2248
2249\(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2250
2251;;;***
2252
2253;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2254;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2255;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2256;;;;;; byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el"
2257;;;;;; (16511 35244))
2258;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2259
2260(autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2261Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2262Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2263
2264\(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2265
2266(autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2267Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2268This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2269Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2270
2271If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2272compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2273if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2274A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2275whether to compile it.
2276
2277A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2278
2279If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2280recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2281
2282\(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2283
2284(autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2285Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2286The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
2287With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2288The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2289
2290\(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2291
2292(autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2293Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2294Print the result in the echo area.
2295With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2296
2297\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2298
2299(autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2300If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2301If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2302
2303\(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2304
2305(autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2306Display a call graph of a specified file.
2307This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2308them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2309whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2310all functions called by those functions.
2311
2312The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2313primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2314cons, etc.).
2315
2316The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2317\(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2318invoked interactively.
2319
2320\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2321
2322(autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2323Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2324Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2325it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2326
2327\(fn)" nil nil)
2328
2329(autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2330Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2331Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2332it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2333Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2334For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2335If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2336already up-to-date.
2337
2338\(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2339
2340(autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2341Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2342Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2343For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2344
2345\(fn)" nil nil)
2346
2347;;;***
2348
2349;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (16511 32527))
2350;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2351
2352(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2353
2354(put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2355
2356;;;***
2357
2358;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2359;;;;;; (16511 32528))
2360;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2361
2362(autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2363List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2364When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2365from the cursor position.
2366
2367\(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2368
2369;;;***
2370
2371;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2372;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2373;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (16511
2374;;;;;; 32526))
2375;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2376
2377(defvar calc-info-filename "calc.info" "\
2378*File name in which to look for the Calculator's Info documentation.")
2379
2380(defvar calc-settings-file user-init-file "\
2381*File in which to record permanent settings; default is `user-init-file'.")
2382
2383(defvar calc-autoload-directory nil "\
2384Name of directory from which additional \".elc\" files for Calc should be
2385loaded. Should include a trailing \"/\".
2386If nil, use original installation directory.
2387This can safely be nil as long as the Calc files are on the load-path.")
2388
2389(defvar calc-gnuplot-name "gnuplot" "\
2390*Name of GNUPLOT program, for calc-graph features.")
2391
2392(defvar calc-gnuplot-plot-command nil "\
2393*Name of command for displaying GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2394
2395(defvar calc-gnuplot-print-command "lp %s" "\
2396*Name of command for printing GNUPLOT output; %s = file name to print.")
2397 (global-set-key "\e#" 'calc-dispatch)
2398
2399(autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2400Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2401
2402\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2403
2404(autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2405The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2406
2407\(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2408
2409(autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2410Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2411
2412\(fn)" t nil)
2413
2414(autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2415Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2416
2417\(fn)" t nil)
2418
2419(autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2420Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2421Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2422or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2423
2424\(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2425
2426(autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2427Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2428This is most useful in the X window system.
2429In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2430Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2431
2432\(fn)" t nil)
2433
2434(autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2435Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2436See calc-keypad for details.
2437
2438\(fn)" t nil)
2439
2440(autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2441Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2442
2443\(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2444
2445(autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2446Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2447
2448\(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2449
2450(autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2451Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2452
2453\(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2454
2455(autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2456Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2457Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2458
2459\(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2460
2461(autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2462Not documented
2463
2464\(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2465
2466;;;***
2467
2468;;;### (autoloads (calc-do-embedded-activate) "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
2469;;;;;; (16511 32514))
2470;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
2471
2472(autoload (quote calc-do-embedded-activate) "calc-embed" "\
2473Not documented
2474
2475\(fn ARG CBUF)" nil nil)
2476
2477;;;***
2478
2479;;;### (autoloads (calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el"
2480;;;;;; (16511 32514))
2481;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
2482
2483(autoload (quote calc-extensions) "calc-ext" "\
2484This function is part of the autoload linkage for parts of Calc.
2485
2486\(fn)" nil nil)
2487
2488;;;***
2489
2490;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (16511
2491;;;;;; 32425))
2492;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2493
2494(autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2495Run the Emacs calculator.
2496See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2497
2498\(fn)" t nil)
2499
2500;;;***
2501
2502;;;### (autoloads (calendar calendar-setup solar-holidays islamic-holidays
2503;;;;;; christian-holidays hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays
2504;;;;;; oriental-holidays general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer
2505;;;;;; diary-list-include-blanks nongregorian-diary-marking-hook
2506;;;;;; mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook diary-display-hook
2507;;;;;; diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2508;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2509;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2510;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2511;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2512;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2513;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2514;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2515;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2516;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2517;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2518;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2519;;;;;; (16511 32530))
2520;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2521
2522(defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2523*The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
25240 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2525
2526(custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar")
2527
2528(defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2529*The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
25300 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2531+1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2532the screen.")
2533
2534(custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar")
2535
2536(defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2537*Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2538The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2539if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2540is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2541be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2542
2543(custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar")
2544
2545(defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2546*Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2547This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2548or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2549example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2550entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2551day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2552
2553The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2554says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2555for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2556display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2557Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2558
2559This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2560from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2561number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2562
2563(custom-autoload (quote number-of-diary-entries) "calendar")
2564
2565(defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2566*Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2567The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2568
2569(custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar")
2570
2571(defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2572*Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2573If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2574
2575(custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar")
2576
2577(defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2578*Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2579The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2580displayed.")
2581
2582(custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar")
2583
2584(defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2585*Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2586The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2587
2588(custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar")
2589
2590(defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2591*If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2592This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2593
2594If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2595
2596(custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2597
2598(defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2599*If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2600This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2601
2602If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2603calendar.")
2604
2605(custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2606
2607(defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2608*If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2609This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2610
2611If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2612calendar.")
2613
2614(custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar")
2615
2616(defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2617*List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2618This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2619
2620(custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar")
2621
2622(defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2623*List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2624The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2625once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2626and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2627
2628(custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar")
2629
2630(defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2631*List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2632This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2633function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2634 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2635It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2636a function is also provided for this:
2637 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2638
2639The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2640functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2641date is not visible in the window.
2642
2643Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2644characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2645functions that move by days and weeks.")
2646
2647(custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2648
2649(defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2650*List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2651
2652The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2653functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2654date is visible in the window.
2655
2656Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2657characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2658functions that move by days and weeks.")
2659
2660(custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar")
2661
2662(defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2663*List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2664
2665For example,
2666
2667 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2668
2669redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2670
2671(custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar")
2672
2673(defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2674*Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2675
2676The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
2677specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
2678
2679 MONTH/DAY
2680 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2681 MONTHNAME DAY
2682 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2683 DAYNAME
2684
2685with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
2686that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
2687number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
2688digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
2689and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
2690`calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
2691abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
2692`calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
2693capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
2694`*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
2695date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
2696year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
2697in every week.
2698
2699The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
2700used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
2701calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
2702file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
2703
2704 DAY/MONTH
2705 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2706 DAY MONTHNAME
2707 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2708 DAYNAME
2709
2710To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2711`american-calendar' in the calendar.
2712
2713A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2714`diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2715nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2716window but will appear in a diary window.
2717
2718Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2719either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2720
2721Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2722entries (in the default American style):
2723
2724 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2725 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2726 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2727 21: Payday
2728 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2729 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2730 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2731 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2732 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2733 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2734 &* 15 time cards due.
2735
2736If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2737no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2738diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2739single diary entry
2740
2741 02/11/1989
2742 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2743 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2744 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2745 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2746 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2747 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2748
2749will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2750facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2751used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2752
2753Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2754
2755 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2756
2757causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
275810, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2759`diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2760`diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2761`diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2762`diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2763`diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2764and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2765`list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2766
2767Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2768possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2769unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2770`nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2771for these functions for details.
2772
2773Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2774details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2775
2776(custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar")
2777
2778(defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2779*Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2780
2781(custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar")
2782
2783(defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2784*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2785
2786(custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2787
2788(defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2789*Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2790
2791(custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2792
2793(defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2794*The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2795See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2796
2797(custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar")
2798
2799(defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2800*The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2801See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2802
2803(custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar")
2804
2805(defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2806*Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2807For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2808If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2809
2810(custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar")
2811
2812(defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2813*Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2814If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
28151990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
2816are
2817
2818 DAY/MONTH
2819 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2820 DAY MONTHNAME
2821 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2822 DAYNAME
2823
2824Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
2825variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
2826`calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period. To take effect,
2827this variable should be set before the calendar package and its associates
2828are loaded. Otherwise, use one of the functions `european-calendar' or
2829`american-calendar' to force the appropriate update.")
2830
2831(custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar")
2832
2833(defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2834*List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2835See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2836
2837(custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2838
2839(defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2840*List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2841See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2842
2843(custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar")
2844
2845(defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2846*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2847See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2848
2849(custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2850
2851(defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2852*Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2853See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2854
2855(custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar")
2856
2857(defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2858*List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2859The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2860buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2861example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2862instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2863
2864(custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2865
2866(defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2867*List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2868It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2869
2870A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2871this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2872with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2873of the form
2874
2875 #include \"filename\"
2876
2877This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2878obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2879the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2880as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2881function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2882
2883For example, you could use
2884
2885 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2886 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2887 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2888
2889in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2890diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2891lexicographic order.")
2892
2893(custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2894
2895(defvar diary-hook nil "\
2896*List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2897Can be used for appointment notification.")
2898
2899(custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar")
2900
2901(defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2902*List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2903If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2904diary display.
2905
2906Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2907the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2908functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2909by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2910STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2911used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2912holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2913
2914A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2915choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2916buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2917with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2918variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2919diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2920if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2921diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2922
2923(custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar")
2924
2925(defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2926*List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2927As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2928relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2929and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2930describes the style of such diary entries.")
2931
2932(custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar")
2933
2934(defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2935*List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2936
2937A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2938`mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2939with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2940of the form
2941 #include \"filename\"
2942This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2943obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2944variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2945part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2946function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2947
2948(custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar")
2949
2950(defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2951*List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2952As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2953relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2954and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2955describes the style of such diary entries.")
2956
2957(custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar")
2958
2959(defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2960*If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2961Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2962are holidays.")
2963
2964(custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar")
2965
2966(defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2967*Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2968The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2969fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2970somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2971
2972(custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar")
2973
2974(put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2975
2976(defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2977*General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2978See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2979
2980(custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar")
2981
2982(put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2983
2984(defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2985*Oriental holidays.
2986See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2987
2988(custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar")
2989
2990(put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2991
2992(defvar local-holidays nil "\
2993*Local holidays.
2994See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2995
2996(custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar")
2997
2998(put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2999
3000(defvar other-holidays nil "\
3001*User defined holidays.
3002See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3003
3004(custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar")
3005
3006(put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3007
3008(defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3009
3010(put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3011
3012(defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3013
3014(put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3015
3016(defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3017
3018(put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3019
3020(defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3021
3022(put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3023
3024(defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3025*Jewish holidays.
3026See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3027
3028(custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar")
3029
3030(put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3031
3032(defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3033*Christian holidays.
3034See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3035
3036(custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar")
3037
3038(put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3039
3040(defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3041*Islamic holidays.
3042See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3043
3044(custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar")
3045
3046(put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3047
3048(defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3049*Sun-related holidays.
3050See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3051
3052(custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar")
3053
3054(put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3055
3056(defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3057The frame setup of the calendar.
3058The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3059dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3060frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3061any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3062three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3063
3064(custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar")
3065
3066(autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3067Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3068If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3069
3070The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3071See the documentation of that function for more information.
3072
3073\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3074
3075;;;***
3076
3077;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3078;;;;;; (16224 16317))
3079;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3080
3081(autoload (quote capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "\
3082Toggle Capitalized- Words mode.
3083
3084In this minor mode, a word boundary occurs immediately before an
3085uppercase letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3086boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3087restriction to ASCII.
3088
3089E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3090
3091 capitalizedWorDD
3092 ^ ^ ^^
3093
3094Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3095marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3096boundaries in found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3097
3098This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3099where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3100sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3101such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3102the mode hook for programming langauge modes in which you encounter
3103variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3104trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3105
3106See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3107Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3108
3109\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3110
3111;;;***
3112
3113;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3114;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3115;;;;;; (16511 32608))
3116;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3117
3118(autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3119Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3120If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3121initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3122only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3123`c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3124control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3125
3126\(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3127
3128(defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3129Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3130 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3131 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3132 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3133 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3134 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3135 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3136
3137(autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3138Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3139To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3140c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3141information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3142problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3143
3144To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3145
3146The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3147initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3148
3149Key bindings:
3150\\{c-mode-map}
3151
3152\(fn)" t nil)
3153
3154(defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3155Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3156
3157(autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3158Major mode for editing C++ code.
3159To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3160c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3161version information already added. You just need to add a description
3162of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3163message.
3164
3165To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3166
3167The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3168initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3169
3170Key bindings:
3171\\{c++-mode-map}
3172
3173\(fn)" t nil)
3174
3175(defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3176Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3177 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3178
3179(autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3180Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3181To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3182objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3183version information already added. You just need to add a description
3184of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3185message.
3186
3187To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3188
3189The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3190initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3191
3192Key bindings:
3193\\{objc-mode-map}
3194
3195\(fn)" t nil)
3196
3197(defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3198Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3199 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3200
3201(autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3202Major mode for editing Java code.
3203To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3204java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3205version information already added. You just need to add a description
3206of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3207message.
3208
3209To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3210
3211The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3212initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3213
3214Key bindings:
3215\\{java-mode-map}
3216
3217\(fn)" t nil)
3218
3219(defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3220Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3222
3223(autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3224Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3225To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3226idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3227version information already added. You just need to add a description
3228of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3229message.
3230
3231To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3232
3233The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3234initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3235
3236Key bindings:
3237\\{idl-mode-map}
3238
3239\(fn)" t nil)
3240
3241(defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3242Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3245
3246(autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3247Major mode for editing Pike code.
3248To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3249pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3250version information already added. You just need to add a description
3251of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3252message.
3253
3254To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3255
3256The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3257initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3258
3259Key bindings:
3260\\{pike-mode-map}
3261
3262\(fn)" t nil)
3263 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3264 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3265 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3266 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3267 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3268 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code.")
3269
3270;;;***
3271
3272;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3273;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (16511 32608))
3274;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3275
3276(autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3277Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
3278STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
3279styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
3280for details of setting up styles.
3281
3282The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
3283style name.
3284
3285If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is t, no style variables that
3286already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
3287`c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
3288case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
3289will be reassigned.
3290
3291If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, only those style variables that
3292have default (i.e. non-buffer local) values will keep their settings
3293while the rest will be overridden. This is useful to avoid overriding
3294global settings done in ~/.emacs when setting a style from a mode hook
3295\(providing the style variables are buffer local, which is the
3296default).
3297
3298Obviously, setting DONT-OVERRIDE to t is useful mainly when the
3299initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since
3300that is done internally by CC Mode, it typically won't have any effect
3301when used elsewhere.
3302
3303\(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3304
3305(autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3306Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3307STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3308is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3309
3310 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3311
3312See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3313VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3314STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3315
3316\(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3317
3318(autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3319Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3320SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3321offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3322and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3323
3324\(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3325
3326;;;***
3327
3328;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3329;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3330;;;;;; (16511 30641))
3331;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3332
3333(autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3334Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3335
3336\(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3337
3338(autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3339Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3340
3341\(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3342
3343(autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3344Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3345
3346This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3347Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3348yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3349now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3350execution.
3351
3352Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3353
3354\(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3355
3356(autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3357Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3358
3359CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3360 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3361 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3362 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3363
3364BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3365output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3366text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3367`write' commands.
3368
3369CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3370executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3371is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3372CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3373
3374Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3375starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3376semantics.
3377
3378CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3379
3380CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3381
3382CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3383
3384STATEMENT :=
3385 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3386 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3387
3388SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3389 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3390 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3391 | integer
3392
3393EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3394
3395;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3396;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3397IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3398
3399;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3400;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3401BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3402
3403;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3404LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3405
3406;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3407BREAK := (break)
3408
3409REPEAT :=
3410 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3411 (repeat)
3412 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3413 ;; (repeat))
3414 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3415 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3416 ;; (read REG)
3417 ;; (repeat))
3418 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3419 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3420 ;; (read REG)
3421 ;; (repeat))
3422 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3423
3424READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3425 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3426 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3427 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3428 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3429 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3430 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3431 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3432 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3433 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3434 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3435 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3436 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3437 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3438 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3439 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3440
3441WRITE :=
3442 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3443 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3444 ;; representation.
3445 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3446 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3447 ;; (write r7))
3448 | (write EXPRESSION)
3449 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3450 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3451 ;; representation.
3452 | (write integer)
3453 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3454 ;; buffer.
3455 | (write string)
3456 ;; Same as: (write string)
3457 | string
3458 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3459 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3460 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3461 ;; representation.
3462 | (write REG ARRAY)
3463 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3464 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3465 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3466 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3467 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3468 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3469
3470;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3471CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3472
3473;; Terminate the CCL program.
3474END := (end)
3475
3476;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3477;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3478REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3479
3480ARG := REG | integer
3481
3482OPERATOR :=
3483 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3484 + | - | * | / | %
3485
3486 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3487 | & | `|' | ^
3488
3489 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3490 | << | >>
3491
3492 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3493 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3494 | <8
3495
3496 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3497 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3498 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3499 | >8
3500
3501 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3502 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3503 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3504 | //
3505
3506 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3507 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3508
3509 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3510 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3511 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3512 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3513 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3514 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3515 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3516 | de-sjis
3517
3518 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3519 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3520 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3521 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3522 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3523 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3524 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3525 ;; byte of SJIS.
3526 | en-sjis
3527
3528ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3529 ;; Same meaning as C code
3530 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3531
3532 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3533 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3534 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3535 | <8=
3536
3537 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3538 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3539 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3540
3541 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3542 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3543 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3544 | //=
3545
3546ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3547
3548
3549TRANSLATE :=
3550 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3551 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3552 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3553LOOKUP :=
3554 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3555 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3556 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3557MAP :=
3558 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3559 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3560 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3561MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3562MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3563MAP-ID := integer
3564
3565\(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
3566
3567(autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3568Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3569If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3570CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3571If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3572register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3573
3574\(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
3575
3576(autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
3577Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3578The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3579
3580See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3581
3582\(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3583
3584;;;***
3585
3586;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
3587;;;;;; (16511 32608))
3588;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3589
3590(autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
3591Major mode for editing cfengine input.
3592There are no special keybindings by default.
3593
3594Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3595to the action header.
3596
3597\(fn)" t nil)
3598
3599;;;***
3600
3601;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3602;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3603;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3604;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3605;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3606;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3607;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3608;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
3609;;;;;; (16511 32535))
3610;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3611
3612(autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
3613Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3614The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3615the users will view as each check is completed.
3616
3617\(fn)" t nil)
3618
3619(autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3620Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3621Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3622point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3623buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3624errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3625Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3626checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3627
3628\(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3629
3630(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3631Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3632Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3633point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3634buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3635errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3636Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3637checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3638
3639\(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3640
3641(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3642Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3643Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3644doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3645spacing are all verified.
3646
3647\(fn)" t nil)
3648
3649(autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3650Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3651With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3652store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3653otherwise stop after the first error.
3654
3655\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3656
3657(autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
3658Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3659Only documentation strings are checked.
3660Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3661Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3662a separate buffer.
3663
3664\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3665
3666(autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3667Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3668Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3669save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3670is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3671
3672\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3673
3674(autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3675Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3676Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3677separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3678if there is one.
3679
3680\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3681
3682(autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
3683Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3684Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3685separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3686if there is one.
3687Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3688
3689\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3690
3691(autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3692Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3693Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3694
3695\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3696
3697(autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3698Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3699Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3700documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3701of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3702
3703\(fn)" t nil)
3704
3705(autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3706Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3707Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3708non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3709If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3710space at the end of each line.
3711
3712\(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3713
3714(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3715Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3716Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3717Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3718
3719\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3720
3721(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3722Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3723Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3724Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3725
3726\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3727
3728(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3729Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3730Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3731Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3732
3733\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3734
3735(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3736Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3737Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3738Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3739
3740\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3741
3742(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3743Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3744Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3745Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3746
3747\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3748
3749(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3750Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3751Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3752Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3753
3754\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3755
3756(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3757Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3758Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3759Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3760
3761\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3762
3763(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3764Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3765Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3766Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3767
3768\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3769
3770(autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3771Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3772Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3773Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3774
3775\(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3776
3777(autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3778Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3779With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3780
3781In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3782bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3783checking of documentation strings.
3784
3785\\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3786
3787\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3788
3789;;;***
3790
3791;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3792;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3793;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (16511 25842))
3794;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3795
3796(autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3797Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3798Return the length of resulting text.
3799
3800\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3801
3802(autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3803Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3804
3805\(fn)" t nil)
3806
3807(autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3808Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3809Return the length of resulting text.
3810
3811\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3812
3813(autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3814Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3815
3816\(fn)" t nil)
3817
3818(autoload (quote post-read-decode-hz) "china-util" "\
3819Not documented
3820
3821\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3822
3823(autoload (quote pre-write-encode-hz) "china-util" "\
3824Not documented
3825
3826\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
3827
3828;;;***
3829
3830;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3831;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (16511 32425))
3832;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3833
3834(autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3835Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3836Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3837a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3838command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3839editing and the result is evaluated.
3840
3841\(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
3842
3843(autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3844List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3845The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3846Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3847element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3848
3849The buffer is left in Command History mode.
3850
3851\(fn)" t nil)
3852
3853(autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3854Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3855The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3856The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3857Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3858
3859Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3860and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3861\\{command-history-map}
3862
3863This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3864and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
3865
3866\(fn)" t nil)
3867
3868;;;***
3869
3870;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (16511 32537))
3871;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3872
3873(defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3874This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3875Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3876stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3877print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3878printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3879
3880This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3881a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3882
3883;;;***
3884
3885;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3886;;;;;; (16511 32535))
3887;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3888
3889(autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
3890Not documented
3891
3892\(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
3893
3894;;;***
3895
3896;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3897;;;;;; (16511 32608))
3898;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3899
3900(autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3901Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3902Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3903prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3904
3905`c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3906Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3907if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3908
3909Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3910For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
3911
3912\(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
3913
3914;;;***
3915
3916;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (16511
3917;;;;;; 32425))
3918;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3919
3920(autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3921Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3922If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3923With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3924of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3925\(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3926\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
3927
3928\(fn CMD)" t nil)
3929 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3930
3931;;;***
3932
3933;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup) "codepage" "international/codepage.el"
3934;;;;;; (16511 28888))
3935;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3936
3937(autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3938Obsolete. All coding systems are set up initially.
3939
3940\(fn &optional CODEPAGE)" t nil)
3941
3942;;;***
3943
3944;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3945;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3946;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3947;;;;;; (16511 32426))
3948;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3949
3950(autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3951Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3952If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3953PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3954via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3955connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3956running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3957STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3958
3959If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3960
3961\(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3962
3963(autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3964Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3965The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3966PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3967via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3968connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3969running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3970STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
3971
3972If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
3973
3974\(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
3975
3976(autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3977Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
3978The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3979The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3980hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3981See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
3982
3983\(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
3984
3985(autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3986Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3987With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
3988
3989If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3990
3991\(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
3992
3993(autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3994Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3995With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3996
3997If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
3998
3999\(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4000
4001(autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4002Send COMMAND to current process.
4003Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4004REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4005
4006\(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4007
4008(autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4009Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4010Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4011REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4012
4013\(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4014
4015;;;***
4016
4017;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (16511
4018;;;;;; 32426))
4019;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4020
4021(autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4022Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4023Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4024moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4025
4026This command pushes the mark in each window
4027at the prior location of point in that window.
4028If both windows display the same buffer,
4029the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4030first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4031
4032A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4033`compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4034nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4035`compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4036don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4037`compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4038If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4039ignored.
4040
4041If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4042this command work in interlaced mode:
4043on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4044on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4045on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4046
4047\(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4048
4049;;;***
4050
4051;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
4052;;;;;; compilation-mode compile compilation-search-path compilation-ask-about-save
4053;;;;;; compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook) "compile"
4054;;;;;; "progmodes/compile.el" (16511 32609))
4055;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4056
4057(defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4058*List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
4059
4060(custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile")
4061
4062(defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4063*Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4064
4065(custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile")
4066
4067(defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4068*Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4069This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
4070started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4071while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4072is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4073bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4074
4075(defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4076Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4077The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4078compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4079nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4080
4081(defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4082Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4083It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4084describing how the process finished.")
4085
4086(defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4087Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4088Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4089and a string describing how the process finished.")
4090
4091(defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4092*Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4093Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4094
4095(custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile")
4096
4097(defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4098*List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4099Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4100nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4101
4102(custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile")
4103
4104(autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4105Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4106Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4107with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4108
4109If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in comint mode with
4110`compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4111
4112You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4113and move to the source code that caused it.
4114
4115Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4116non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4117
4118To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4119the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4120\\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4121termination of the main compilation process kills its
4122subprocesses.
4123
4124The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4125the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4126to a function that generates a unique name.
4127
4128\(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4129
4130(autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4131Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4132\\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4133move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4134To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4135
4136Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).
4137
4138\(fn)" t nil)
4139
4140(autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4141Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4142With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4143In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4144Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4145collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4146Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4147
4148\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4149
4150(autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4151Toggle compilation minor mode.
4152With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4153In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4154Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4155Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4156
4157\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4158
4159(autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
4160Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
4161Prefix arg N says how many error messages to move forwards (or
4162backwards, if negative).
4163
4164\\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
4165grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
4166the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
4167buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
4168specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
4169\\[next-error] in that buffer.
4170
4171Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
4172it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
4173uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
4174
4175See variable `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.
4176
4177\(fn &optional N)" t nil)
4178 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
4179
4180;;;***
4181
4182;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4183;;;;;; (16511 32427))
4184;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4185
4186(defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4187Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4188See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4189Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4190use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4191
4192(custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete")
4193
4194(autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4195Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4196With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4197
4198When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4199nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4200delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4201as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4202
4203For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4204command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4205\\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4206other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
4207
4208Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4209specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4210\\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4211See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4212
4213\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4214
4215;;;***
4216
4217;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4218;;;;;; (16511 32427))
4219;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4220
4221(autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4222Enable dynamic word-completion.
4223
4224\(fn)" t nil)
4225
4226;;;***
4227
4228;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4229;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (16511 32591))
4230;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4231
4232(autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
4233Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4234When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4235of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4236
4237\(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4238
4239(autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
4240Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4241When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4242of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4243
4244\(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4245
4246(autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
4247Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4248Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4249and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4250
4251\(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4252
4253(autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
4254Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4255
4256\(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4257
4258;;;***
4259
4260;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
4261;;;;;; (16511 35414))
4262;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4263
4264(autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
4265Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
4266With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4267the current year after them. If necessary, and
4268`copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4269following the copyright are updated as well.
4270If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4271interactively.
4272
4273\(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4274
4275(autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
4276Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4277
4278\(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4279
4280;;;***
4281
4282;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
4283;;;;;; (16511 32611))
4284;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4285
4286(autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
4287Major mode for editing Perl code.
4288Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4289Tab indents for Perl code.
4290Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4291Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4292
4293Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4294sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4295well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4296default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4297\"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4298since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4299whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4300appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4301contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
4302Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4303You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4304look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4305
4306CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4307
4308 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4309 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4310
4311and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4312
4313The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4314causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4315she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4316following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4317} { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4318type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4319typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4320new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4321directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4322
4323If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4324
4325 bite if angry;
4326
4327it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4328`cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4329help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4330to nil.)
4331
4332\\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4333return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4334you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4335
4336 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4337
4338and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4339transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4340appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4341`newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4342see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4343
4344Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4345
4346 if (A) { B }
4347
4348into
4349
4350 B if A;
4351
4352\\{cperl-mode-map}
4353
4354Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4355\(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4356on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4357the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4358\(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4359setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4360control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4361one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4362options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4363`cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4364by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4365whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4366consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4367
4368If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4369\\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4370These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4371`cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4372`cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4373\(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4374
4375Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4376help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4377man via menu.
4378
4379It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4380This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4381`cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4382secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4383menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4384
4385Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4386beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4387span the needed amount of lines.
4388
4389Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4390`cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4391here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4392for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4393
4394Variables controlling indentation style:
4395 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4396 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4397 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4398 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4399 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4400 `cperl-auto-newline'
4401 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4402 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4403 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4404 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4405 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4406 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4407 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4408 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4409 `cperl-indent-level'
4410 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4411 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4412 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4413 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4414 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4415 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4416 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4417 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4418 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4419 `cperl-brace-offset'
4420 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4421 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4422 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4423 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4424 `cperl-label-offset'
4425 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4426 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4427 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4428
4429Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
4430 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
4431 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
4432 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
4433 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
4434
4435CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4436corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4437\\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4438\(both available from menu).
4439
4440If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4441column 0 is indented on
4442`cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4443
4444Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4445with no args.
4446
4447DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4448or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4449`cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4450
4451\(fn)" t nil)
4452
4453;;;***
4454
4455;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4456;;;;;; (16511 32611))
4457;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4458
4459(autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
4460Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4461This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4462what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4463A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4464
4465\(fn ARG)" t nil)
4466
4467(autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
4468Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4469
4470\(fn)" t nil)
4471
4472;;;***
4473
4474;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
4475;;;;;; (16511 32547))
4476;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
4477
4478(defvar crisp-mode nil "\
4479Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
4480A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
4481indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
4482
4483Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4484use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
4485
4486(custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp")
4487
4488(autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
4489Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
4490With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
4491
4492\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4493
4494(defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
4495
4496;;;***
4497
4498;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
4499;;;;;; (16511 32537))
4500;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
4501
4502(autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
4503Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
4504By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
4505single prompt, optionally using completion.
4506
4507Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
4508a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
4509character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
4510specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
4511
4512The default value for the separator character is the value of
4513`crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
4514changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
4515
4516Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
4517'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
4518'bob', and 'eve'.
4519
4520Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
4521contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
4522'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
4523
4524The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
4525
4526See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
4527PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
4528INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
4529
4530\(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
4531
4532;;;***
4533
4534;;;### (autoloads (cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (16511
4535;;;;;; 32547))
4536;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
4537
4538(defvar cua-mode nil "\
4539Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
4540See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4541Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4542use either \\[customize] or the function `cua-mode'.")
4543
4544(custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base")
4545
4546(autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
4547Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
4548When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the region (and
4549highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'), and typed text replaces
4550the active selection. C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v will undo, cut, copy, and
4551paste (in addition to the normal emacs bindings).
4552
4553\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4554 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
4555 '(error (concat "\n\n"
4556 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution,\n"
4557 "so you may now enable and customize CUA via the Options menu.\n\n"
4558 "Your " (file-name-nondirectory user-init-file) " loads an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
4559 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n"
4560 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
4561 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))
4562
4563;;;***
4564
4565;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
4566;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
4567;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
4568;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
4569;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-customized customize-face-other-window
4570;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
4571;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
4572;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
4573;;;;;; customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (16511 32428))
4574;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
4575 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
4576
4577(autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
4578Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
4579
4580If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4581it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4582
4583If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4584`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4585
4586If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4587
4588\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4589
4590(autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4591Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
4592VALUE is a Lisp object.
4593
4594If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4595VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4596
4597The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4598with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4599
4600If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4601it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4602
4603If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4604`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4605
4606If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4607
4608\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4609
4610(autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
4611Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
4612Return VALUE.
4613
4614If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
4615VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
4616
4617The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
4618with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
4619
4620If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
4621it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
4622
4623If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
4624`:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
4625
4626If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
4627
4628\(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
4629
4630(autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4631Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4632User options are structured into \"groups\".
4633Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4634are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
4635
4636\(fn)" t nil)
4637
4638(autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
4639Customize options related to the current major mode.
4640If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
4641then prompt for the MODE to customize.
4642
4643\(fn MODE)" t nil)
4644
4645(autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4646Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4647
4648\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4649
4650(autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4651Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
4652
4653\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
4654
4655(defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4656
4657(autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4658Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4659
4660\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4661
4662(defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4663
4664(autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4665Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4666Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
4667
4668\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
4669
4670(autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4671Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4672This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4673customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4674values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4675
4676With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4677variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4678version.
4679
4680\(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
4681
4682(autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4683Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4684If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.
4685
4686Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4687suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4688
4689\(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4690
4691(autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4692Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.
4693
4694Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
4695suggest to customized that face, if it's customizable.
4696
4697\(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
4698
4699(autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4700Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.
4701
4702\(fn)" t nil)
4703
4704(autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
4705Customize all user variable modified outside customize.
4706
4707\(fn)" t nil)
4708
4709(autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4710Customize all already saved user options.
4711
4712\(fn)" t nil)
4713
4714(autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4715Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4716If ALL is `options', include only options.
4717If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4718If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4719If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4720user-settable, as well as faces and groups.
4721
4722\(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
4723
4724(autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4725Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4726With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.
4727
4728\(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
4729
4730(autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4731Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.
4732
4733\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4734
4735(autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4736Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.
4737
4738\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
4739
4740(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4741Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4742Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4743OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4744SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4745that option.
4746
4747\(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4748
4749(autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4750Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4751Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4752OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4753SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4754that option.
4755
4756\(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
4757
4758(autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4759Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
4760
4761\(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
4762
4763(defvar custom-file nil "\
4764File used for storing customization information.
4765The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4766as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4767you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4768
4769When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4770\(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4771and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4772to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4773
4774(custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit")
4775
4776(autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4777Save all user options which have been set in this session.
4778
4779\(fn)" t nil)
4780
4781(autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4782Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
4783
4784\(fn)" nil nil)
4785
4786(autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4787Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4788The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
4789
4790\(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
4791
4792(autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4793Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4794If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4795Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4796The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
4797
4798\(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
4799
4800;;;***
4801
4802;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-theme-face-value
4803;;;;;; custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el"
4804;;;;;; (16511 32428))
4805;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4806
4807(autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4808Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
4809
4810\(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4811
4812(autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4813Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4814This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
4815The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4816
4817 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4818
4819SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
4820`user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
4821See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
4822See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
4823between themes and faces.
4824See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
4825
4826If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4827COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4828
4829\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4830
4831(autoload (quote custom-theme-face-value) "cus-face" "\
4832Return spec of FACE in THEME if THEME modifies FACE.
4833Value is nil otherwise. The association between theme and spec for FACE
4834is stored in FACE's property `theme-face'. The appropriate face
4835is retrieved using `custom-theme-value'.
4836
4837\(fn FACE THEME)" nil nil)
4838
4839(autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4840Reset the value of the face to values previously defined.
4841Associate this setting with THEME.
4842
4843ARGS is a list of lists of the form
4844
4845 (FACE TO-THEME)
4846
4847This means reset FACE to its value in TO-THEME.
4848
4849\(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4850
4851(autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
4852Reset the value of the face to values previously saved.
4853This is the setting assosiated the `user' theme.
4854
4855ARGS is defined as for `custom-theme-reset-faces'
4856
4857\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4858
4859;;;***
4860
4861;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
4862;;;;;; (16511 32428))
4863;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
4864
4865(autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
4866Create a custom theme.
4867
4868\(fn)" t nil)
4869
4870;;;***
4871
4872;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4873;;;;;; (16511 32429))
4874;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4875
4876(autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4877Mode used for cvs status output.
4878
4879\(fn)" t nil)
4880
4881;;;***
4882
4883;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4884;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (16511 32611))
4885;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4886
4887(autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4888Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4889
4890Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4891be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4892C++ modes are included.
4893
4894With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4895
4896\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4897
4898(autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4899Turn on CWarn mode.
4900
4901This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4902 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
4903
4904\(fn)" nil nil)
4905
4906(defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
4907Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
4908See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4909Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4910use either \\[customize] or the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
4911
4912(custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn")
4913
4914(autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4915Toggle Cwarn mode in every buffer.
4916With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
4917Cwarn mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
4918in which `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' turns it on.
4919
4920\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4921
4922;;;***
4923
4924;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4925;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4926;;;;;; (16511 25842))
4927;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4928
4929(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4930Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4931
4932\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4933
4934(autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4935Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
4936
4937\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
4938
4939(autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4940Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4941For readability, the table is slightly
4942different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4943
4944The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4945that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4946Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
4947If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4948If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
4949
4950\(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
4951
4952;;;***
4953
4954;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4955;;;;;; (16511 32429))
4956;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4957 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
4958 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
4959
4960(autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4961Completion on current word.
4962Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4963and presents suggestions for completion.
4964
4965With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4966function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4967completions.
4968
4969If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4970then it searches *all* buffers.
4971
4972With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4973if there is a suitable one already.
4974
4975\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4976
4977(autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4978Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4979
4980Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4981If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4982considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4983buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4984`dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4985
4986A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4987possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4988
4989If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4990no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4991with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4992
4993The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4994direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4995
4996See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
4997
4998\(fn ARG)" t nil)
4999
5000;;;***
5001
5002;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (16511
5003;;;;;; 32611))
5004;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5005
5006(autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
5007Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5008
5009This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5010THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5011dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5012
5013Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5014Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5015Data lines are not indented.
5016
5017Key bindings:
5018
5019\\{dcl-mode-map}
5020Commands not usually bound to keys:
5021
5022\\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5023\\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5024\\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5025\\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5026
5027Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5028
5029 dcl-basic-offset
5030 Extra indentation within blocks.
5031
5032 dcl-continuation-offset
5033 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5034
5035 dcl-margin-offset
5036 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5037
5038 dcl-margin-label-offset
5039 Indentation for a label.
5040
5041 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5042 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5043
5044 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5045 dcl-block-end-regexp
5046 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5047 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
5048 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5049 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5050 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5051
5052 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5053 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5054 Two such functions are included in the package:
5055 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5056 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5057
5058 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5059 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5060 One such function is included in the package:
5061 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5062
5063 dcl-tab-always-indent
5064 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5065 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5066 margin.
5067
5068 dcl-electric-characters
5069 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5070 typed.
5071
5072 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5073 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5074 which words trigger electric indentation.
5075
5076 dcl-tempo-comma
5077 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5078 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5079 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5080
5081 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5082 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5083 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5084 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5085
5086 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5087 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5088 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5089 dcl-imenu-label-call
5090 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5091
5092Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5093`dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5094Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5095with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5096
5097
5098The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5099
5100$! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5101$! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5102$! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5103$ i = 1
5104$ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5105$ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5106$ label:
5107$ if i.eq.1
5108$ then
5109$ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5110$ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5111$ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5112$ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5113$ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5114 \"lined up with the command line\"
5115$ type sys$input
5116Data lines are not indented at all.
5117$ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5118$ endif
5119$
5120
5121
5122There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5123`dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5124
5125\(fn)" t nil)
5126
5127;;;***
5128
5129;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5130;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (16511 32537))
5131;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5132
5133(setq debugger (quote debug))
5134
5135(autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
5136Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
5137Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5138of the evaluator.
5139
5140You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5141any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5142first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5143
5144\(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5145
5146(autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5147Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5148If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
5149This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
5150which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
5151Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5152Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5153
5154\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5155
5156(autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
5157Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5158If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.
5159
5160\(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5161
5162;;;***
5163
5164;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5165;;;;;; (16511 32592))
5166;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5167
5168(autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
5169Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5170
5171\(fn)" t nil)
5172
5173(autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
5174Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5175Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5176Upper-case letters are commands.
5177
5178The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5179modify it.
5180
5181The most useful commands are:
5182\\<decipher-mode-map>
5183\\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5184\\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5185\\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5186\\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5187\\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5188
5189\(fn)" t nil)
5190
5191;;;***
5192
5193;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5194;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (16511
5195;;;;;; 32429))
5196;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5197
5198(autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
5199Customization of `columns' group.
5200
5201\(fn)" t nil)
5202
5203(autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
5204Prettify all columns in a text region.
5205
5206START and END delimits the text region.
5207
5208\(fn START END)" t nil)
5209
5210(autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
5211Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5212
5213START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5214
5215\(fn START END)" t nil)
5216
5217;;;***
5218
5219;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (16511
5220;;;;;; 35649))
5221;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5222
5223(autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
5224Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5225\\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
5226\\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5227\\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5228\\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5229
5230M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
5231
5232Customization:
5233
5234 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5235 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5236 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5237 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5238 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5239 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5240 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5241 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5242 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5243 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5244 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5245 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5246 blank line.
5247 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5248 Directories to search when finding external units.
5249 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5250 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5251
5252Coloring:
5253
5254 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5255 Face used to color delphi comments.
5256 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5257 Face used to color delphi strings.
5258 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5259 Face used to color delphi keywords.
5260 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5261 Face used to color everything else.
5262
5263Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
5264no args, if that value is non-nil.
5265
5266\(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
5267
5268;;;***
5269
5270;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (16511
5271;;;;;; 32429))
5272;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5273
5274(defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
5275
5276(defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5277Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5278See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5279Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5280use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5281
5282(custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel")
5283
5284(autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
5285Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5286With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
5287positive.
5288
5289When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5290enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5291active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5292any selection.
5293
5294\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5295
5296;;;***
5297
5298;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5299;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (16511 32537))
5300;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5301
5302(autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
5303Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5304
5305The arguments to this command are as follow:
5306
5307CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5308PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5309 or nil if there is no parent.
5310NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5311DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5312 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5313BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5314 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5315
5316BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5317 arguments are currently understood:
5318:group GROUP
5319 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5320:syntax-table TABLE
5321 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5322 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5323:abbrev-table TABLE
5324 Use TABLE instead of the default.
5325 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5326
5327Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5328
5329 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5330
5331You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5332without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5333and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5334
5335On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5336the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5337
5338 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5339 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5340 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5341
5342Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5343been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5344
5345The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5346`derived-mode-hook-name'.
5347
5348\(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
5349
5350(autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
5351Initialise variables for a new MODE.
5352Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5353empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5354the first time the mode is used.
5355
5356\(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5357
5358;;;***
5359
5360;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
5361;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (16508 54970))
5362;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5363
5364(autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
5365Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
5366Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5367If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5368insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5369otherwise.
5370
5371\(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
5372
5373(autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
5374Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
5375The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
5376syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
5377character composition information (if relevant),
5378as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
5379
5380\(fn POS)" t nil)
5381
5382;;;***
5383
5384;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
5385;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
5386;;;;;; "desktop.el" (16511 32430))
5387;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5388
5389(defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5390Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5391See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
5392Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5393use either \\[customize] or the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5394
5395(custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop")
5396
5397(autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
5398Toggle desktop saving mode.
5399With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
5400otherwise. See variable `desktop-save' for a description of when the
5401desktop is saved.
5402
5403\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5404
5405(autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
5406Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
5407Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
5408directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
5409is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
5410is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
5411This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
5412It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
5413
5414\(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
5415
5416(autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
5417Load the `default' start-up library manually.
5418Also inhibit further loading of it.
5419
5420\(fn)" nil nil)
5421
5422(autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
5423Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
5424Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
5425`desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
5426directory DIRNAME.
5427
5428\(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
5429
5430(autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
5431Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
5432
5433\(fn)" t nil)
5434
5435(autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
5436Revert to the last loaded desktop.
5437
5438\(fn)" t nil)
5439
5440;;;***
5441
5442;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-composition-function devanagari-post-read-conversion
5443;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
5444;;;;;; (16511 27350))
5445;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
5446
5447(autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
5448Not documented
5449
5450\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
5451
5452(autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
5453Not documented
5454
5455\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
5456
5457(autoload (quote devanagari-composition-function) "devan-util" "\
5458Compose Devanagari characters after the position POS.
5459If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
5460In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
5461
5462\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
5463
5464;;;***
5465
5466;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
5467;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (16511 32530))
5468;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
5469
5470(autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
5471Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
5472If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
5473by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
5474does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
5475
5476\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5477
5478(autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
5479Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
5480If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
5481Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
5482
5483You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
5484For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
5485`emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
5486all relevant variables are set, as done here.
5487
5488#!/bin/sh
5489# diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
5490emacs -batch \\
5491-eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
5492 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
5493 european-calendar-style t \\
5494 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
5495-l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
5496at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
5497
5498You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
5499system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
55000 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
5501to run it every morning at 1am.
5502
5503\(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
5504
5505(autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
5506Major mode for editing the diary file.
5507
5508\(fn)" t nil)
5509
5510;;;***
5511
5512;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
5513;;;;;; "diff.el" (16511 32431))
5514;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
5515
5516(defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
5517*A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
5518
5519(custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff")
5520
5521(defvar diff-command "diff" "\
5522*The command to use to run diff.")
5523
5524(custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff")
5525
5526(autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
5527Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
5528Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
5529and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
5530If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
5531With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5532
5533\(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
5534
5535(autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
5536Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5537Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5538If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5539The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5540With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
5541
5542\(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5543
5544;;;***
5545
5546;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
5547;;;;;; (16511 32430))
5548;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
5549
5550(autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5551Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5552Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
5553normal diffs.
5554When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
5555IF you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
5556headers for you on-the-fly.
5557
5558You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
5559or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also revert the direction of
5560a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
5561
5562\(fn)" t nil)
5563
5564(autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
5565Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
5566\\{diff-minor-mode-map}
5567
5568\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5569
5570;;;***
5571
5572;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
5573;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
5574;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
5575;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
5576;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (16511 32432))
5577;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
5578
5579(defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
5580*Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
5581May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
5582may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
5583`dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
5584On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
5585some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
5586`insert-directory' on ls-lisp.el for more details.")
5587
5588(custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired")
5589
5590(defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
5591Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
5592
5593(defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
5594*Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
5595Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
5596`insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
5597itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
5598
5599Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
5600nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
5601
5602Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
5603marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
5604don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
5605always set this variable to t.")
5606
5607(custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired")
5608
5609(defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
5610*Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
5611A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
5612A value of t means move to first file.")
5613
5614(custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired")
5615
5616(defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
5617*Controls marking of renamed files.
5618If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
5619If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
5620are afterward marked with that character.")
5621
5622(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired")
5623
5624(defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
5625*Controls marking of copied files.
5626If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
5627If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5628
5629(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired")
5630
5631(defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
5632*Controls marking of newly made hard links.
5633If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5634If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5635
5636(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired")
5637
5638(defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
5639*Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
5640If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
5641If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
5642
5643(custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired")
5644
5645(defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
5646*If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
5647This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
5648use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
5649
5650The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
5651
5652(custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired")
5653
5654(defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
5655*If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
5656\(This works on only some systems.)")
5657
5658(custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired")
5659
5660(defvar dired-directory nil "\
5661The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
5662Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
5663directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
5664The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
5665 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
5666
5667(autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
5668\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
5669Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
5670\(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
5671Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
5672shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
5673its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
5674list of files to make directory entries for.
5675\\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
5676You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
5677delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
5678Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
5679
5680If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
5681
5682\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5683 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
5684
5685(autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
5686\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
5687
5688\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5689 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
5690
5691(autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
5692\"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
5693
5694\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5695
5696(autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
5697Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
5698
5699\(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5700 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
5701
5702;;;***
5703
5704;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
5705;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
5706;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
5707;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
5708;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
5709;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
5710;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
5711;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
5712;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
5713;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
5714;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
5715;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
5716;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (16511 32431))
5717;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
5718
5719(autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5720Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
5721FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
5722\\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
5723The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
5724With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
5725 which is options for `diff'.
5726
5727\(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5728
5729(autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
5730Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
5731Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
5732If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
5733The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
5734With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
5735
5736\(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
5737
5738(autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
5739Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5740This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
5741
5742\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5743
5744(autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
5745Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5746
5747\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5748
5749(autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
5750Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
5751
5752\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5753
5754(autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
5755Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
5756Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
5757`lpr-switches' as default.
5758
5759\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5760
5761(autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
5762Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
5763If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
5764the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
5765The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
5766
5767If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
5768COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
5769
5770If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
5771whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5772file name substituted for `?'.
5773
5774Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
5775file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
5776
5777`*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
5778significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
5779normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
5780itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
5781
5782If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
5783
5784This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
5785there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
5786Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
5787
5788When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
5789the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
5790in a subdir.
5791
5792In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
5793the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.
5794
5795\(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
5796
5797(autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
5798Kill all marked lines (not the files).
5799With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
5800\(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
5801To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
5802and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
5803
5804\(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
5805
5806(autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
5807Not documented
5808
5809\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5810
5811(autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
5812Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
5813
5814\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5815
5816(autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
5817Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5818
5819\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5820
5821(autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
5822Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
5823
5824\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5825
5826(autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
5827Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
5828If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
5829a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
5830
5831\(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
5832
5833(autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
5834Not documented
5835
5836\(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
5837
5838(autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
5839Not documented
5840
5841\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5842
5843(autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
5844Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
5845
5846\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
5847
5848(autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
5849Not documented
5850
5851\(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
5852
5853(autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
5854Not documented
5855
5856\(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
5857
5858(autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
5859Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
5860
5861\(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
5862
5863(autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
5864Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
5865This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
5866When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5867When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
5868and new copies of these files are made in that directory
5869with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5870suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5871`dired-dwim-target', which see.
5872
5873\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5874
5875(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
5876Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5877When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5878When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5879and new symbolic links are made in that directory
5880with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5881suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5882`dired-dwim-target', which see.
5883
5884\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5885
5886(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
5887Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5888When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
5889When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
5890and new hard links are made in that directory
5891with the same names that the files currently have. The default
5892suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
5893`dired-dwim-target', which see.
5894
5895\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5896
5897(autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
5898Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
5899When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
5900When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
5901This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
5902The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
5903of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
5904
5905\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5906
5907(autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5908Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5909
5910With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
5911files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
5912file if none are marked.
5913
5914As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
5915 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
5916NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
5917REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
5918
5919With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
5920Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
5921
5922\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5923
5924(autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5925Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5926See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5927
5928\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5929
5930(autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5931Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5932See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5933
5934\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5935
5936(autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5937Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
5938See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
5939
5940\(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
5941
5942(autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
5943Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
5944
5945\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5946
5947(autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
5948Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
5949
5950\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5951
5952(autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5953Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5954If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
5955 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5956With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
5957 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5958 this subdirectory.
5959This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
5960
5961\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
5962
5963(autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5964Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
5965If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
5966 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
5967With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
5968 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
5969 this subdirectory.
5970This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
5971
5972\(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
5973
5974(autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5975Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
5976When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
5977
5978\(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
5979
5980(autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5981Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
5982Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
5983The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
5984
5985\(fn DIR)" t nil)
5986
5987(autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5988Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5989If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5990marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
5991
5992\(fn)" t nil)
5993
5994(autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5995Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5996Lower levels are unaffected.
5997
5998\(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
5999
6000(autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
6001Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
6002
6003\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6004
6005(autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
6006Go down in the dired tree.
6007
6008\(fn)" t nil)
6009
6010(autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
6011Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
6012Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
6013Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
6014
6015\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6016
6017(autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
6018Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
6019If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
6020Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
6021
6022\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6023
6024(autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
6025Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
6026Stops when a match is found.
6027To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6028
6029\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6030
6031(autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
6032Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
6033Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6034If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
6035with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6036
6037\(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
6038
6039(autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
6040Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
6041If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
6042true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
6043
6044\(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
6045
6046;;;***
6047
6048;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (16511 32432))
6049;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
6050
6051(autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
6052Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
6053If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
6054If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
6055In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
6056buffer and try again.
6057
6058\(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6059
6060;;;***
6061
6062;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (16511 32432))
6063;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6064
6065(autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
6066Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
6067The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
6068
6069You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
6070
6071If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
6072function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
6073
6074You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
6075`comint-output-filter-functions'.
6076
6077\(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6078
6079;;;***
6080
6081;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (16511
6082;;;;;; 32537))
6083;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6084
6085(autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
6086Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6087OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6088\(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6089If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6090redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6091
6092\(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6093
6094;;;***
6095
6096;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
6097;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
6098;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
6099;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
6100;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (16511 32433))
6101;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6102
6103(autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6104Return a new, empty display table.
6105
6106\(fn)" nil nil)
6107
6108(autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6109Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6110SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6111Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6112`selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6113
6114\(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6115
6116(autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
6117Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6118SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6119Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6120`selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6121
6122\(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6123
6124(autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6125Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6126
6127\(fn DT)" nil nil)
6128
6129(autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
6130Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6131
6132\(fn)" t nil)
6133
6134(autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
6135Display characters in the range L to H literally.
6136
6137\(fn L H)" nil nil)
6138
6139(autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
6140Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6141
6142\(fn L H)" nil nil)
6143
6144(autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
6145Display character C using printable string S.
6146
6147\(fn C S)" nil nil)
6148
6149(autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
6150Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6151This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6152it is meaningless for an X frame.
6153
6154\(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6155
6156(autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
6157Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6158This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6159X frame.
6160
6161\(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6162
6163(autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
6164Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6165
6166\(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6167
6168(autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
6169Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6170
6171\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6172
6173(autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
6174Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6175
6176This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
6177unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
6178with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
6179variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
6180
6181With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
6182if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
6183European character display.
6184
6185When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6186display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6187and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6188ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6189
6190Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6191from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
6192selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
6193those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
6194for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
6195
6196\(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6197
6198;;;***
6199
6200;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6201;;;;;; (16511 32592))
6202;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6203
6204(autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
6205Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6206Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6207which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6208Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6209If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6210If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6211Default is 2.
6212
6213\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6214
6215;;;***
6216
6217;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (16511 32592))
6218;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6219
6220(autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
6221Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6222
6223\(fn)" t nil)
6224
6225;;;***
6226
6227;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
6228;;;;;; (16511 32433))
6229;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6230
6231(defvar double-mode nil "\
6232Toggle Double mode.
6233Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6234use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
6235
6236(custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double")
6237
6238(autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
6239Toggle Double mode.
6240With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
6241
6242When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
6243when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
6244
6245\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6246
6247;;;***
6248
6249;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (16511 32593))
6250;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6251
6252(autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
6253Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6254
6255\(fn)" t nil)
6256
6257;;;***
6258
6259;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
6260;;;;;; (16464 65072))
6261;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
6262
6263(autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
6264Play sounds in message buffers.
6265
6266\(fn)" t nil)
6267
6268;;;***
6269
6270;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6271;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6272;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (16511 32537))
6273;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6274
6275(defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
6276
6277(autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6278Define a new minor mode MODE.
6279This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
6280toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
6281
6282DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6283Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6284Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
6285Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6286 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
6287 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
6288 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
6289The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
6290used (see below).
6291
6292BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
6293 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
6294 Before the actual body code, you can write
6295 keyword arguments (alternating keywords and values).
6296 These following keyword arguments are supported (other keywords
6297 will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
6298:group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6299:global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6300 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6301 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6302:init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6303:lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6304:keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6305:require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6306
6307For example, you could write
6308 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6309 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6310 ...BODY CODE...)
6311
6312\(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6313
6314(autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
6315Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
6316TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6317 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6318KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
6319:group to specify the custom group.
6320
6321\(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
6322
6323(autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
6324Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6325BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6326KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6327Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6328Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6329ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6330
6331\(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6332
6333(autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
6334Not documented
6335
6336\(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6337
6338(autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
6339Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6340CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6341
6342\(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
6343
6344;;;***
6345
6346;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6347;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (16511
6348;;;;;; 32538))
6349;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6350
6351(put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
6352
6353(autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
6354Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6355
6356If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6357and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6358If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6359
6360The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6361It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6362
6363 :filter FUNCTION
6364
6365FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6366It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
6367
6368 :visible INCLUDE
6369
6370INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
6371expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
6372
6373 :active ENABLE
6374
6375ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
6376whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6377
6378The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
6379
6380A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6381
6382NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6383
6384CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
6385or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6386
6387ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6388whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6389
6390Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6391
6392 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
6393
6394Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
6395
6396 :keys KEYS
6397
6398KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
6399This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
6400computed automatically.
6401KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6402
6403 :key-sequence KEYS
6404
6405KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
6406menu item.
6407This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
6408a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
6409keyboard equivalent.
6410
6411 :active ENABLE
6412
6413ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6414whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6415
6416 :included INCLUDE
6417
6418INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6419expression has a non-nil value.
6420
6421 :suffix FORM
6422
6423FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
6424value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
6425
6426 :style STYLE
6427
6428STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
6429defined:
6430
6431toggle: A checkbox.
6432 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
6433radio: A radio button.
6434 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
6435button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
6436 menu bar itself.
6437anything else means an ordinary menu item.
6438
6439 :selected SELECTED
6440
6441SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
6442whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
6443
6444 :help HELP
6445
6446HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
6447
6448A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
6449unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
6450as a solid horizontal line.
6451
6452A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
6453
6454\(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
6455
6456(autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
6457Not documented
6458
6459\(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
6460
6461(autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
6462Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
6463MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
6464possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
6465
6466\(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
6467
6468(autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
6469Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
6470PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
6471should contain a submenu named NAME.
6472ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
6473These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
6474
6475If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
6476If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
6477the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
6478
6479Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
6480to implement dynamic menus.
6481
6482\(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE)" nil nil)
6483
6484;;;***
6485
6486;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
6487;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
6488;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
6489;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
6490;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
6491;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
6492;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
6493;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (16511 32614))
6494;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
6495
6496(autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
6497Customization for ebnf group.
6498
6499\(fn)" t nil)
6500
6501(autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
6502Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6503
6504If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6505
6506The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6507processed.
6508
6509See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6510
6511\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6512
6513(autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
6514Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6515
6516If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6517killed after process termination.
6518
6519See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
6520
6521\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6522
6523(autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6524Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6525
6526When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
6527the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
6528it to the printer.
6529
6530More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
6531is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
6532the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
6533number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
6534
6535\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6536
6537(autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6538Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
6539Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
6540
6541\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
6542
6543(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
6544Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
6545
6546If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6547
6548The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6549processed.
6550
6551See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6552
6553\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6554
6555(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
6556Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
6557
6558If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6559killed after process termination.
6560
6561See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
6562
6563\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6564
6565(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6566Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
6567Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
6568local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
6569
6570Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6571
6572\(fn)" t nil)
6573
6574(autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6575Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
6576Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
6577
6578Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
6579
6580\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6581
6582(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
6583Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
6584
6585If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6586
6587The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6588processed.
6589
6590See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6591
6592\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6593
6594(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
6595Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
6596
6597If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6598killed after EPS generation.
6599
6600See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
6601
6602\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6603
6604(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6605Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
6606
6607Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6608The EPS file name has the following form:
6609
6610 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6611
6612<PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6613 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6614
6615<PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6616 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6617 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6618 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6619
6620WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6621
6622\(fn)" t nil)
6623
6624(autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6625Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
6626
6627Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
6628The EPS file name has the following form:
6629
6630 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
6631
6632<PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
6633 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
6634
6635<PRODUCTION> is the production name.
6636 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
6637 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
6638 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
6639
6640WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.
6641
6642\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6643
6644(defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
6645
6646(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
6647Does a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
6648
6649If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
6650
6651The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
6652processed.
6653
6654See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6655
6656\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
6657
6658(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
6659Does a syntactic analysis of the FILE.
6660
6661If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
6662killed after syntax checking.
6663
6664See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
6665
6666\(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
6667
6668(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
6669Does a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
6670
6671\(fn)" t nil)
6672
6673(autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
6674Does a syntactic analysis of a region.
6675
6676\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6677
6678(autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
6679Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
6680
6681\(fn)" nil nil)
6682
6683(autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6684Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
6685
6686See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6687
6688\(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6689
6690(autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6691Delete style NAME.
6692
6693See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6694
6695\(fn NAME)" t nil)
6696
6697(autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6698Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
6699
6700See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6701
6702\(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
6703
6704(autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6705Set STYLE as the current style.
6706
6707It returns the old style symbol.
6708
6709See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6710
6711\(fn STYLE)" t nil)
6712
6713(autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6714Reset current style.
6715
6716It returns the old style symbol.
6717
6718See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6719
6720\(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6721
6722(autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6723Push the current style and set STYLE as the current style.
6724
6725It returns the old style symbol.
6726
6727See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6728
6729\(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
6730
6731(autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
6732Pop a style and set it as the current style.
6733
6734It returns the old style symbol.
6735
6736See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
6737
6738\(fn)" t nil)
6739
6740;;;***
6741
6742;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
6743;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
6744;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
6745;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
6746;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
6747;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
6748;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
6749;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
6750;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
6751;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
6752;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (16511
6753;;;;;; 32615))
6754;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
6755
6756(autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6757Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
6758Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
6759Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
6760File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
6761E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
6762
6763Tree mode key bindings:
6764\\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
6765
6766\(fn)" t nil)
6767
6768(autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6769Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
6770
6771\(fn)" t nil)
6772
6773(autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
6774Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
6775
6776\\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
6777
6778\(fn)" nil nil)
6779
6780(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6781View declaration of member at point.
6782
6783\(fn)" t nil)
6784
6785(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
6786Find declaration of member at point.
6787
6788\(fn)" t nil)
6789
6790(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6791View definition of member at point.
6792
6793\(fn)" t nil)
6794
6795(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
6796Find definition of member at point.
6797
6798\(fn)" t nil)
6799
6800(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6801Find declaration of member at point in other window.
6802
6803\(fn)" t nil)
6804
6805(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6806View definition of member at point in other window.
6807
6808\(fn)" t nil)
6809
6810(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
6811Find definition of member at point in other window.
6812
6813\(fn)" t nil)
6814
6815(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6816Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6817
6818\(fn)" t nil)
6819
6820(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6821View definition of member at point in other frame.
6822
6823\(fn)" t nil)
6824
6825(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
6826Find definition of member at point in other frame.
6827
6828\(fn)" t nil)
6829
6830(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
6831Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
6832A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
6833A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
6834completion.
6835
6836\(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
6837
6838(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
6839Repeat last operation on files in tree.
6840FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
6841TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
6842
6843\(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
6844
6845(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
6846Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
6847If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
6848If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
6849
6850\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6851
6852(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
6853Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
6854With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
6855
6856\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6857
6858(autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
6859Search for call sites of a member.
6860If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
6861Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
6862Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
6863looks like a function call to the member.
6864
6865\(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
6866
6867(autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6868Move backward in the position stack.
6869Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6870
6871\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6872
6873(autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
6874Move forward in the position stack.
6875Prefix arg ARG says how much.
6876
6877\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6878
6879(autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
6880List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
6881
6882\(fn)" t nil)
6883
6884(autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
6885Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
6886
6887\(fn)" t nil)
6888
6889(autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
6890Write the current tree data structure to a file.
6891Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
6892Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
6893
6894\(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
6895
6896(autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
6897Display statistics for a class tree.
6898
6899\(fn)" t nil)
6900
6901;;;***
6902
6903;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
6904;;;;;; (16511 32433))
6905;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
6906
6907(autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
6908Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
6909Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
6910listing with menuoid buffer selection.
6911
6912If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
6913window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
6914window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
6915
6916To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
6917the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
6918much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
6919
6920Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
6921
6922\\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
6923
6924\(fn ARG)" t nil)
6925
6926;;;***
6927
6928;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
6929;;;;;; "echistory.el" (16511 32433))
6930;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
6931
6932(autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
6933Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
6934With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
6935
6936\(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
6937
6938;;;***
6939
6940;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
6941;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (16511 32539))
6942;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
6943
6944(defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
6945*If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
6946This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
6947`eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
6948`eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
6949
6950You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
6951variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
6952\(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
6953`emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
6954
6955(custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug")
6956
6957(defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
6958*Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
6959This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
6960Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
6961
6962(custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug")
6963
6964(autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
6965Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
6966Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
6967\(naming a function), or a list.
6968
6969\(fn SYMBOL SPEC)" nil (quote macro))
6970
6971(defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
6972
6973(autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
6974Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
6975This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
6976before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
6977using `eval-expression' (which see).
6978
6979If you do this on a function definition
6980such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
6981its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
6982later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
6983that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
6984
6985If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
6986evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
6987expression even if the variable already has some other value.
6988\(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
6989already is one.)
6990
6991\(fn)" t nil)
6992
6993;;;***
6994
6995;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
6996;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
6997;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
6998;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
6999;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
7000;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
7001;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
7002;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
7003;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
7004;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (16511 32438))
7005;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
7006
7007(autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
7008Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7009
7010\(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7011
7012(autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
7013Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7014
7015\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7016
7017(defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
7018
7019(defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
7020
7021(autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
7022Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7023Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7024If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7025
7026\(fn FILE)" t nil)
7027
7028(autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
7029Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7030
7031\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7032
7033(defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
7034
7035(autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
7036Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7037
7038\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7039
7040(defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
7041
7042(autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
7043Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7044the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7045expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7046
7047\(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7048
7049(defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
7050
7051(autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7052Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7053The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7054names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7055
7056\(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7057
7058(defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
7059
7060(autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
7061Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7062have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7063regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7064
7065\(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7066
7067(defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
7068
7069(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
7070Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7071the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7072expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7073
7074\(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7075
7076(defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
7077
7078(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7079Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7080Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7081in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7082without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7083only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7084
7085\(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7086
7087(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
7088Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7089The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7090names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7091
7092\(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7093
7094(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
7095
7096(autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7097Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7098The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7099names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7100
7101\(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7102
7103(defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
7104
7105(defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
7106
7107(autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7108Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7109With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7110follows:
7111If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7112If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7113
7114\(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7115
7116(autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
7117Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7118With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7119follows:
7120If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7121If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7122
7123\(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7124
7125(autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
7126Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7127Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7128for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7129In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7130region.
7131This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7132lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7133
7134\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7135
7136(autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
7137Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7138Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance except
7139for the second region in the case both regions are from the same buffer.
7140In such a case the user is asked to interactively establish the second
7141region.
7142Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7143This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7144lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7145
7146\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7147
7148(defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
7149
7150(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
7151Merge two files without ancestor.
7152
7153\(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7154
7155(autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7156Merge two files with ancestor.
7157
7158\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7159
7160(defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
7161
7162(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
7163Merge buffers without ancestor.
7164
7165\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7166
7167(autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7168Merge buffers with ancestor.
7169
7170\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7171
7172(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
7173Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7174The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7175buffer.
7176
7177\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7178
7179(autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
7180Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7181The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7182buffer.
7183
7184\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7185
7186(autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
7187Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
7188First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
7189file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
7190
7191\(fn POS)" t nil)
7192
7193(autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
7194Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
7195If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7196and don't ask the user.
7197If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7198buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7199
7200\(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7201
7202(autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
7203Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
7204Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
7205the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7206With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7207With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7208
7209\(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7210
7211(defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
7212
7213(defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
7214
7215(autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
7216Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7217The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7218Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7219Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7220
7221\(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7222
7223(defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
7224
7225(autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
7226Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7227When called interactively, displays the version.
7228
7229\(fn)" t nil)
7230
7231(autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
7232Display Ediff's manual.
7233With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7234
7235\(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7236
7237;;;***
7238
7239;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
7240;;;;;; (16511 32434))
7241;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
7242
7243(autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
7244Not documented
7245
7246\(fn)" t nil)
7247
7248;;;***
7249
7250;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (16511 32434))
7251;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
7252
7253(defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
7254 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
7255
7256(ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
7257
7258(ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation))))))
7259
7260;;;***
7261
7262;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
7263;;;;;; (16511 32435))
7264;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
7265
7266(autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
7267Display Ediff's registry.
7268
7269\(fn)" t nil)
7270
7271(defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
7272
7273;;;***
7274
7275;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7276;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (16511 32436))
7277;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
7278
7279(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
7280Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7281To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7282which see.
7283
7284\(fn)" t nil)
7285
7286(autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
7287Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7288Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7289To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7290
7291\(fn)" t nil)
7292
7293;;;***
7294
7295;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7296;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7297;;;;;; (16511 32438))
7298;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7299
7300(defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
7301*Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
7302Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
7303
7304(autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7305Edit a keyboard macro.
7306At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7307Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7308the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7309its command name.
7310With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7311
7312\(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7313
7314(autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7315Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7316
7317\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7318
7319(autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7320Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7321
7322\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7323
7324(autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7325Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7326The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7327See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7328Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7329The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7330
7331In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7332the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7333The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7334Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7335
7336\(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7337
7338(autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
7339Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7340This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7341Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7342If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7343or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7344
7345\(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7346
7347;;;***
7348
7349;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
7350;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (16511 32549))
7351;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7352
7353(autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
7354Set scroll margins.
7355Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7356Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
7357
7358\(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
7359
7360(autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
7361Turn on EDT Emulation.
7362
7363\(fn)" t nil)
7364
7365;;;***
7366
7367;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
7368;;;;;; (16511 32438))
7369;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
7370
7371(autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
7372Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
7373The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
7374THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
7375contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
7376erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
7377be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
7378the buffer specified by BUFFER.
7379
7380If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7381shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7382
7383After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
7384in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
7385in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
7386this value is non-nil.
7387
7388If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
7389shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
7390If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
7391
7392When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
7393buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
7394BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.
7395
7396\(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
7397
7398(autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
7399Not documented
7400
7401\(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
7402
7403;;;***
7404
7405;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
7406;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (16511 35436))
7407;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
7408
7409(defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
7410*String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
7411
7412(custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc")
7413
7414(autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7415Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
7416Show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
7417
7418For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
7419within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
7420This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
7421in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
7422from the documentation string if possible.
7423
7424If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
7425instead.
7426
7427With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7428
7429\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7430
7431(autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
7432Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).
7433
7434\(fn)" t nil)
7435
7436;;;***
7437
7438;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (16511
7439;;;;;; 32438))
7440;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
7441
7442(autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
7443Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
7444
7445The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
7446an elided material again.
7447
7448This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
7449
7450\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7451
7452;;;***
7453
7454;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
7455;;;;;; (16511 32539))
7456;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
7457
7458(autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
7459Initialize elint.
7460
7461\(fn)" t nil)
7462
7463;;;***
7464
7465;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
7466;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (16511
7467;;;;;; 32539))
7468;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
7469
7470(autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
7471Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
7472FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
7473
7474\(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
7475
7476(autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
7477Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
7478Use optional LIST if provided instead.
7479
7480\(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
7481
7482(autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
7483Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
7484For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
7485
7486 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
7487
7488\(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7489
7490(autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
7491Display current profiling results.
7492If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
7493information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
7494displayed.
7495
7496\(fn)" t nil)
7497
7498;;;***
7499
7500;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
7501;;;;;; (16511 32569))
7502;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
7503
7504(autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
7505Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
7506Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7507
7508\(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
7509
7510;;;***
7511
7512;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
7513;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
7514;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
7515;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
7516;;;;;; "emerge.el" (16511 32440))
7517;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
7518
7519(defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
7520 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
7521 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
7522 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
7523 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
7524 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
7525 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
7526 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
7527 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
7528 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
7529 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
7530 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
7531 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
7532 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
7533 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
7534 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
7535
7536(autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
7537Run Emerge on two files.
7538
7539\(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7540
7541(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7542Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
7543
7544\(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7545
7546(autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
7547Run Emerge on two buffers.
7548
7549\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7550
7551(autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7552Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
7553
7554\(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7555
7556(autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
7557Not documented
7558
7559\(fn)" nil nil)
7560
7561(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
7562Not documented
7563
7564\(fn)" nil nil)
7565
7566(autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
7567Not documented
7568
7569\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7570
7571(autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
7572Not documented
7573
7574\(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
7575
7576(autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
7577Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
7578
7579\(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7580
7581(autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
7582Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
7583
7584\(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
7585
7586(autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
7587Not documented
7588
7589\(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
7590
7591;;;***
7592
7593;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
7594;;;;;; (16511 30641))
7595;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
7596
7597(defvar encoded-kbd-mode nil "\
7598Non-nil if Encoded-Kbd mode is enabled.
7599See the command `encoded-kbd-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7600Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7601use either \\[customize] or the function `encoded-kbd-mode'.")
7602
7603(custom-autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb")
7604
7605(autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
7606Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
7607With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
7608
7609You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
7610\\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
7611automatically.
7612
7613In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
7614as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
7615\\[set-keyboard-coding-system].
7616
7617\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7618
7619;;;***
7620
7621;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
7622;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (16511 32637))
7623;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
7624
7625(autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
7626Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
7627These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
7628text/enriched format.
7629Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
7630
7631More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
7632etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
7633
7634Commands:
7635
7636\\{enriched-mode-map}
7637
7638\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7639
7640(autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
7641Not documented
7642
7643\(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
7644
7645(autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
7646Not documented
7647
7648\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
7649
7650;;;***
7651
7652;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (16511
7653;;;;;; 32563))
7654;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
7655
7656(autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
7657Emacs shell interactive mode.
7658
7659\\{eshell-mode-map}
7660
7661\(fn)" nil nil)
7662
7663;;;***
7664
7665;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (16511
7666;;;;;; 32564))
7667;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
7668
7669(autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
7670Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
7671
7672\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7673
7674;;;***
7675
7676;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
7677;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (16511 32564))
7678;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
7679
7680(autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
7681Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
7682The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
7683`eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
7684that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
7685will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
7686switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
7687nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
7688buffer selected (or created).
7689
7690\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7691
7692(autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
7693Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
7694With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
7695
7696\(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
7697
7698(autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
7699Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
7700The result might be any Lisp object.
7701If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
7702command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
7703corresponding to a successful execution.
7704
7705\(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
7706
7707(autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
7708Report a bug in Eshell.
7709Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
7710Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
7711
7712\(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
7713
7714;;;***
7715
7716;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
7717;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
7718;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
7719;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
7720;;;;;; visit-tags-table find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook
7721;;;;;; tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list tags-table-list
7722;;;;;; tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (16511
7723;;;;;; 32615))
7724;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
7725
7726(defvar tags-file-name nil "\
7727*File name of tags table.
7728To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
7729If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
7730Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7731 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
7732
7733(defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
7734*Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
7735A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
7736Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
7737
7738(custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags")
7739
7740(defvar tags-table-list nil "\
7741*List of file names of tags tables to search.
7742An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
7743To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
7744If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
7745Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
7746
7747(custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags")
7748
7749(defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
7750*List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
7751An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
7752These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
7753\(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
7754`auto-compression-mode').")
7755
7756(custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags")
7757
7758(defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
7759*Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
7760t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
7761Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
7762to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
7763
7764(custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags")
7765
7766(defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
7767*Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
7768The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
7769not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
7770
7771(custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags")
7772
7773(defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
7774*A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
7775If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
7776has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
7777Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
7778
7779(custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags")
7780
7781(autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
7782Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
7783FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
7784A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
7785
7786Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
7787With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
7788When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
7789in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
7790file the tag was in.
7791
7792\(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
7793
7794(autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
7795Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
7796If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
7797If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
7798If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
7799 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
7800If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
7801 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
7802Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
7803
7804\(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
7805
7806(autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
7807Return a list of files in the current tags table.
7808Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
7809as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
7810without directory names.
7811
7812\(fn)" nil nil)
7813
7814(autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
7815Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7816Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
7817but does not select the buffer.
7818The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
7819
7820If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7821another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7822multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7823is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7824or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7825
7826If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7827
7828A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7829onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7830Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7831
7832See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7833
7834\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7835
7836(autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
7837Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7838Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
7839The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
7840
7841If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7842another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7843multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7844is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
7845or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7846
7847If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7848
7849A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7850onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7851Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7852
7853See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7854
7855\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7856 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
7857
7858(autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
7859Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7860Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
7861move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7862around or before point.
7863
7864If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7865another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7866multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7867is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7868just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7869
7870If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7871
7872A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7873onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7874Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7875
7876See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7877
7878\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
7879 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
7880
7881(autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
7882Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
7883Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
7884move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
7885around or before point.
7886
7887If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7888another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7889multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7890is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7891just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7892
7893If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
7894
7895A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7896onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7897Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7898
7899See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7900
7901\(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
7902 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
7903
7904(autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
7905Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
7906Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
7907
7908If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
7909another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
7910multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
7911is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
7912just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
7913
7914If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
7915
7916A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
7917onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
7918Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
7919
7920See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7921
7922\(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7923 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
7924 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
7925
7926(autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
7927Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
7928
7929This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
7930since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
7931where they were found.
7932
7933\(fn)" t nil)
7934
7935(autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
7936Select next file among files in current tags table.
7937
7938A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
7939beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
7940neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
7941
7942Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
7943 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
7944
7945Value is nil if the file was already visited;
7946if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
7947
7948\(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
7949
7950(autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
7951Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
7952Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
7953argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
7954
7955Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
7956`tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
7957interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
7958evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
7959nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
7960
7961\(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
7962 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
7963
7964(autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
7965Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
7966Stops when a match is found.
7967To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7968
7969See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7970
7971\(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
7972
7973(autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
7974Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
7975Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7976If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7977with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7978
7979See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
7980
7981\(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
7982
7983(autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
7984Display list of tags in file FILE.
7985This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
7986FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
7987directory specification.
7988
7989\(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
7990
7991(autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
7992Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
7993
7994\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7995
7996(autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
7997Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
7998The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
7999see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
8000
8001\(fn)" t nil)
8002
8003(autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
8004Perform tags completion on the text around point.
8005Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
8006The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
8007for \\[find-tag] (which see).
8008
8009\(fn)" t nil)
8010
8011;;;***
8012
8013;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
8014;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
8015;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
8016;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
8017;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
8018;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
8019;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
8020;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (16511 25845))
8021;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
8022
8023(autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
8024Not documented
8025
8026\(fn)" nil nil)
8027
8028(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
8029Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
8030The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
8031and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8032
8033If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
8034begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8035language.
8036
8037If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
8038even if the buffer is read-only.
8039
8040See also the descriptions of the variables
8041`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8042`ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8043
8044\(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8045
8046(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8047Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
8048
8049The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8050language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8051
8052If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
8053begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
8054language.
8055
8056If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
8057buffer is read-only.
8058
8059See also the descriptions of the variables
8060`ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
8061`ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
8062
8063\(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8064
8065(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8066Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
8067If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8068
8069\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8070
8071(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8072Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
8073
8074If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
8075convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
8076
8077If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
8078and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
8079
8080\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8081
8082(autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8083Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
8084Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
8085The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8086
8087\(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8088
8089(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
8090Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
8091The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8092language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8093
8094If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
8095the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
8096the primary language.
8097
8098If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
8099buffer is read-only.
8100
8101See also the descriptions of the variables
8102`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8103`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8104
8105\(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8106
8107(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8108Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
8109The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
8110language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
8111
8112If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
8113region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
8114primary language.
8115
8116If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
8117buffer is read-only.
8118
8119See also the descriptions of the variables
8120`ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
8121`ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
8122
8123\(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
8124
8125(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8126Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
8127If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
8128
8129\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8130
8131(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
8132Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
8133
8134If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
8135 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
8136 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
8137 3) convert the body into SERA.
8138
8139The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
8140
8141\(fn)" t nil)
8142
8143(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
8144Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
8145The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
8146
8147\(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
8148
8149(autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
8150Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
8151
8152\(fn)" t nil)
8153
8154(autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
8155Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
8156
8157In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
8158Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
8159be 1, 2, or 3.
8160
8161If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
8162If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
8163If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
8164
8165The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
8166
8167\(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
8168
8169(autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
8170Allow the user to input special characters.
8171
8172\(fn ARG)" t nil)
8173
8174(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8175Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
8176Each command is always surrounded by braces.
8177
8178\(fn)" t nil)
8179
8180(autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8181Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
8182
8183\(fn)" t nil)
8184
8185(autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8186Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
8187
8188Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
8189character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
8190
8191If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
8192Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
8193
8194\(fn)" nil nil)
8195
8196(autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
8197Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
8198
8199\(fn)" nil nil)
8200
8201(autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
8202Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
8203
8204\(fn)" nil nil)
8205
8206(autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
8207Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
8208
8209\(fn)" nil nil)
8210
8211;;;***
8212
8213;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
8214;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
8215;;;;;; (16511 32585))
8216;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
8217
8218(autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
8219Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
8220Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
8221server for future sessions.
8222
8223\(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
8224
8225(autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
8226Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
8227
8228\(fn NAME)" t nil)
8229
8230(autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
8231Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
8232
8233\(fn NAME)" t nil)
8234
8235(autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
8236Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
8237The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
8238the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
8239The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
8240individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
8241After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
8242`eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
8243If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
8244`eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
8245Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
8246see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
8247
8248\(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
8249
8250(autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
8251Display a form to query the directory server.
8252If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
8253queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
8254
8255\(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
8256
8257(autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
8258Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
8259This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
8260
8261\(fn)" t nil)
8262
8263(cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
8264
8265;;;***
8266
8267;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
8268;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
8269;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (16511 32585))
8270;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
8271
8272(autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
8273Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
8274
8275\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8276
8277(autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
8278Display URL and make it clickable.
8279
8280\(fn URL)" nil nil)
8281
8282(autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
8283Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
8284
8285\(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
8286
8287(autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
8288Display a button to play the sound DATA.
8289
8290\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8291
8292(autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
8293Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
8294
8295\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8296
8297(autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
8298Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
8299
8300\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
8301
8302;;;***
8303
8304;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
8305;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (16511 32585))
8306;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
8307
8308(autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
8309Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
8310This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
8311
8312\(fn)" t nil)
8313
8314(autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
8315Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
8316
8317\(fn)" t nil)
8318
8319;;;***
8320
8321;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
8322;;;;;; (16511 32585))
8323;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
8324
8325(autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
8326Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
8327
8328\(fn)" t nil)
8329
8330;;;***
8331
8332;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
8333;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find
8334;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
8335;;;;;; (16511 32615))
8336;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
8337
8338(autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
8339Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
8340If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
8341
8342\(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
8343
8344(autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
8345Search for COMMAND in `exec-path' and return the absolute file name.
8346Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.
8347
8348\(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
8349
8350(autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
8351Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
8352The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
8353`executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
8354when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
8355executable.
8356
8357\(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
8358
8359(autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
8360Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
8361The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
8362
8363\(fn)" t nil)
8364
8365(autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
8366Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
8367If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
8368file modes.
8369
8370\(fn)" nil nil)
8371
8372;;;***
8373
8374;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
8375;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (16511 32440))
8376;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
8377
8378(autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
8379Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
8380ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
8381has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
8382
8383ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
8384
8385EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
8386expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
8387to generate such functions.
8388
8389ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
8390numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
8391beginning of the expanded text.
8392
8393If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
8394member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
8395cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
8396`expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
8397
8398If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
8399
8400\(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
8401
8402(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
8403Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8404This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8405
8406\(fn)" t nil)
8407
8408(autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
8409Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
8410This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
8411
8412\(fn)" t nil)
8413 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
8414 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
8415
8416;;;***
8417
8418;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (16511 32616))
8419;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
8420
8421(autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
8422Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
8423For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
8424
8425\\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
8426\\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
8427\\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
8428
8429Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
8430
8431Key definitions:
8432\\{f90-mode-map}
8433
8434Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
8435
8436`f90-do-indent'
8437 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
8438`f90-if-indent'
8439 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
8440`f90-type-indent'
8441 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
8442`f90-program-indent'
8443 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
8444 (default 2).
8445`f90-continuation-indent'
8446 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
8447`f90-comment-region'
8448 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
8449 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
8450`f90-indented-comment-re'
8451 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
8452 (default \"!\").
8453`f90-directive-comment-re'
8454 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
8455 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
8456`f90-break-delimiters'
8457 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
8458 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
8459`f90-break-before-delimiters'
8460 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
8461 (default t).
8462`f90-beginning-ampersand'
8463 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
8464`f90-smart-end'
8465 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
8466 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
8467 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
8468`f90-auto-keyword-case'
8469 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
8470 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
8471`f90-leave-line-no'
8472 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
8473`f90-keywords-re'
8474 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
8475
8476Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
8477with no args, if that value is non-nil.
8478
8479\(fn)" t nil)
8480
8481;;;***
8482
8483;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
8484;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
8485;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
8486;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
8487;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (16511 32441))
8488;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
8489 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
8490 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
8491
8492(defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
8493Menu keymap for faces.")
8494
8495(defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
8496
8497(defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
8498Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
8499
8500(defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
8501
8502(defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
8503Menu keymap for background colors.")
8504
8505(defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
8506
8507(defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
8508Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
8509
8510(defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
8511
8512(defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
8513Submenu for text justification commands.")
8514
8515(defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
8516
8517(defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
8518Submenu for indentation commands.")
8519
8520(defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
8521
8522(defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
8523Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
8524
8525(setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
8526
8527(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
8528
8529(let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
8530
8531(defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
8532
8533(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
8534Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
8535This adds FACE to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
8536will not show through at all will be removed.
8537
8538Interactively, reads the face name with the minibuffer.
8539
8540If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8541and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8542requested face.
8543
8544Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8545inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8546typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8547
8548\(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
8549
8550(autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
8551Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8552This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8553
8554If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8555and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8556requested face.
8557
8558Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8559inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8560typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8561
8562\(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8563
8564(autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
8565Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
8566This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
8567
8568If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8569and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8570requested face.
8571
8572Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8573inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8574typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8575
8576\(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
8577
8578(autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
8579Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
8580This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
8581is the menu item's name.
8582
8583If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
8584and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
8585requested face.
8586
8587Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
8588inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
8589typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
8590
8591\(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
8592
8593(autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
8594Make the region invisible.
8595This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
8596`facemenu-remove-special'.
8597
8598\(fn START END)" t nil)
8599
8600(autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
8601Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
8602This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
8603`facemenu-remove-special'.
8604
8605\(fn START END)" t nil)
8606
8607(autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
8608Make the region unmodifiable.
8609This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
8610`facemenu-remove-special'.
8611
8612\(fn START END)" t nil)
8613
8614(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
8615Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
8616
8617\(fn START END)" t nil)
8618
8619(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
8620Remove all text properties from the region.
8621
8622\(fn START END)" t nil)
8623
8624(autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
8625Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
8626These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
8627
8628\(fn START END)" t nil)
8629
8630(autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
8631Read a color using the minibuffer.
8632
8633\(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
8634
8635(autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
8636Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
8637If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
8638colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
8639of colors that the current display can handle.
8640
8641\(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8642
8643;;;***
8644
8645;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
8646;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (16511 32442))
8647;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
8648
8649(autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
8650Toggle Fast Lock mode.
8651With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
8652is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
8653
8654 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
8655
8656If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
8657properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
8658buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
8659
8660Font Lock caches may be saved:
8661- When you save the file's buffer.
8662- When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
8663- When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
8664Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
8665See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
8666
8667Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
8668
8669Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
8670see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
8671For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
8672`fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
8673
8674\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8675
8676(autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
8677Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
8678
8679\(fn)" nil nil)
8680
8681(when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
8682
8683;;;***
8684
8685;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
8686;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
8687;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (16511 32570))
8688;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
8689
8690(autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
8691Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
8692This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
8693with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
8694
8695\(fn)" nil nil)
8696
8697(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
8698Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.
8699
8700\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8701
8702(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
8703Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
8704This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
8705bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
8706
8707\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8708
8709(autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
8710Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
8711Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
8712messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
8713backup file names and the like).
8714
8715\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8716
8717(autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
8718Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
8719Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
8720is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
8721is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
8722or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
8723internally by feedmail):
8724
8725 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
8726 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
8727 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
8728 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
8729
8730WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
8731the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
8732to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
8733by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
8734you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.
8735
8736\(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
8737
8738;;;***
8739
8740;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
8741;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (16511 32443))
8742;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
8743
8744(autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
8745Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
8746Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
8747Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
8748Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
8749double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
8750Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
8751
8752\(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
8753
8754(autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
8755Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
8756If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
8757With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
8758If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
8759See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
8760and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
8761
8762See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version.
8763
8764\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8765
8766(defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
8767
8768(autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
8769Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
8770Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
8771cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
8772The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
8773a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
8774
8775\(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
8776
8777(autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
8778Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
8779Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
8780Return value:
8781 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
8782 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
8783 * otherwise, nil
8784
8785\(fn E)" t nil)
8786
8787(autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
8788Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
8789
8790\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8791
8792(autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
8793Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
8794
8795\(fn)" t nil)
8796
8797;;;***
8798
8799;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
8800;;;;;; (16511 32452))
8801;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
8802
8803(autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
8804Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
8805Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
8806the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
8807the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
8808the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
8809\(directories) is done.
8810
8811\(fn ARG)" t nil)
8812 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8813 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8814 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
8815
8816;;;***
8817
8818;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
8819;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (16511 32455))
8820;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
8821
8822(defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
8823*Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
8824This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
8825gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
8826LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
8827
8828(custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired")
8829
8830(defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
8831*Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
8832On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
8833On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
8834
8835(custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired")
8836
8837(autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
8838Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
8839The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8840
8841 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
8842
8843except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
8844as the final argument.
8845
8846\(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
8847
8848(autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
8849Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
8850and run dired on those files.
8851PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
8852The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8853
8854 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
8855
8856\(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
8857
8858(autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
8859Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
8860The command run (after changing into DIR) is
8861
8862 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
8863
8864Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
8865
8866\(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
8867
8868;;;***
8869
8870;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
8871;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
8872;;;;;; (16511 32455))
8873;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
8874
8875(defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (setq fname (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))))) "\
8876*A list of regular expressions for `ff-find-file'.
8877Specifies how to recognise special constructs such as include files
8878etc. and an associated method for extracting the filename from that
8879construct.")
8880
8881(autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
8882Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8883See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
8884
8885If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
8886
8887\(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
8888
8889(defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
8890
8891(autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8892Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
8893Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
8894
8895If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
8896If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
8897
8898Variables of interest include:
8899
8900 - `ff-case-fold-search'
8901 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
8902 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
8903
8904 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
8905 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
8906 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
8907
8908 - `ff-ignore-include'
8909 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
8910
8911 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
8912 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
8913
8914 - `ff-quiet-mode'
8915 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
8916
8917 - `ff-special-constructs'
8918 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
8919 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
8920 extracting the filename from that construct.
8921
8922 - `ff-other-file-alist'
8923 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
8924
8925 - `ff-search-directories'
8926 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
8927 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
8928
8929 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
8930 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
8931
8932 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
8933 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
8934
8935 - `ff-post-load-hook'
8936 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
8937
8938 - `ff-not-found-hook'
8939 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
8940
8941 - `ff-file-created-hook'
8942 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
8943
8944\(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
8945
8946(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
8947Visit the file you click on.
8948
8949\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8950
8951(autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
8952Visit the file you click on in another window.
8953
8954\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
8955
8956;;;***
8957
8958;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
8959;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
8960;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
8961;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
8962;;;;;; find-function-noselect find-function-search-for-symbol find-library)
8963;;;;;; "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (16511 32539))
8964;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
8965
8966(autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
8967Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
8968
8969\(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
8970
8971(autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
8972Search for SYMBOL.
8973If VARIABLE-P is nil, `find-function-regexp' is used, otherwise
8974`find-variable-regexp' is used. The search is done in library LIBRARY.
8975
8976\(fn SYMBOL VARIABLE-P LIBRARY)" nil nil)
8977
8978(autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
8979Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
8980
8981Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
8982in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
8983not selected.
8984
8985If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
8986searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
8987in `load-path'.
8988
8989\(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
8990
8991(autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
8992Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
8993
8994Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
8995near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
8996places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
8997it is one of the current buffers.
8998
8999The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
9000`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9001See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9002
9003\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9004
9005(autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
9006Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9007
9008See `find-function' for more details.
9009
9010\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9011
9012(autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9013Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
9014
9015See `find-function' for more details.
9016
9017\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
9018
9019(autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
9020Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
9021
9022Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
9023in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
9024not selected.
9025
9026The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
9027`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9028
9029\(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
9030
9031(autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
9032Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
9033
9034Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
9035near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
9036places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
9037it is one of the current buffers.
9038
9039The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
9040`find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
9041See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
9042
9043\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9044
9045(autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
9046Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9047
9048See `find-variable' for more details.
9049
9050\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9051
9052(autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
9053Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
9054
9055See `find-variable' for more details.
9056
9057\(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
9058
9059(autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
9060Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
9061Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.
9062
9063\(fn KEY)" t nil)
9064
9065(autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
9066Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9067
9068\(fn)" t nil)
9069
9070(autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
9071Find directly the function at point in the other window.
9072
9073\(fn)" t nil)
9074
9075(autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
9076Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
9077
9078\(fn)" nil nil)
9079
9080;;;***
9081
9082;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
9083;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (16511 32455))
9084;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
9085
9086(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
9087Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
9088
9089\(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
9090
9091(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
9092Find all subdirectories of DIR.
9093
9094\(fn DIR)" t nil)
9095
9096(autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
9097Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
9098
9099\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9100
9101;;;***
9102
9103;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
9104;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (16511 32455))
9105;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
9106
9107(autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
9108Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
9109
9110\(fn)" t nil)
9111
9112(autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
9113Display FILE's commentary section.
9114FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
9115
9116\(fn FILE)" t nil)
9117
9118(autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
9119Find packages matching a given keyword.
9120
9121\(fn)" t nil)
9122
9123;;;***
9124
9125;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
9126;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (16511 32456))
9127;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
9128
9129(autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
9130Toggle flow control handling.
9131When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
9132With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
9133
9134\(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
9135
9136(autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
9137Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
9138Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
9139on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
9140you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
9141to get the effect of a C-q.
9142
9143\(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
9144
9145;;;***
9146
9147;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
9148;;;;;; flyspell-version flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
9149;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (16511 32638))
9150;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
9151
9152(defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
9153*String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
9154Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
9155
9156(custom-autoload (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) "flyspell")
9157
9158(autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
9159Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
9160
9161\(fn)" t nil)
9162
9163(defvar flyspell-mode nil)
9164
9165(defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
9166
9167(autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
9168Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
9169Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
9170The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
9171With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
9172With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
9173
9174Bindings:
9175\\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
9176\\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
9177\\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
9178
9179Hooks:
9180This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
9181
9182Remark:
9183`flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
9184valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
9185invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
9186
9187Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
9188consider adding:
9189\(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
9190in your .emacs file.
9191
9192\\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
9193\\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
9194
9195\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9196
9197(add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode))
9198
9199(autoload (quote flyspell-version) "flyspell" "\
9200The flyspell version
9201
9202\(fn)" t nil)
9203
9204(autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
9205Turn Flyspell mode off.
9206
9207\(fn)" nil nil)
9208
9209(autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
9210Flyspell text between BEG and END.
9211
9212\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
9213
9214(autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
9215Flyspell whole buffer.
9216
9217\(fn)" t nil)
9218
9219;;;***
9220
9221;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
9222;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
9223;;;;;; (16511 32457))
9224;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
9225
9226(autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9227Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9228
9229\(fn)" t nil)
9230
9231(autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
9232Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
9233
9234\(fn)" t nil)
9235
9236(autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
9237Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
9238
9239The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
9240of two major techniques:
9241
9242* The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
9243 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
9244 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
9245
9246* Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
9247 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
9248 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
9249 movement commands.
9250
9251Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
9252side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
9253mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
9254one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
9255and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
9256mileage may vary).
9257
9258To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
9259`\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
9260
9261Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
9262
9263If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
9264will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
9265\(This is the default.)
9266
9267When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
9268is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
9269
9270Keys specific to Follow mode:
9271\\{follow-mode-map}
9272
9273\(fn ARG)" t nil)
9274
9275(autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
9276Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
9277
9278Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
9279in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
9280frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
9281side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
9282two windows always will display two successive pages.
9283\(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
9284
9285If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
9286the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
9287selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
9288
9289To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
9290in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
9291 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
9292
9293\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9294
9295;;;***
9296
9297;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer font-lock-remove-keywords
9298;;;;;; font-lock-add-keywords font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock"
9299;;;;;; "font-lock.el" (16511 32458))
9300;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
9301
9302(autoload (quote font-lock-mode-internal) "font-lock" "\
9303Not documented
9304
9305\(fn ARG)" nil nil)
9306
9307(autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9308Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9309MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9310or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
9311KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
9312By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
9313If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
9314highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
9315end of the current highlighting list.
9316
9317For example:
9318
9319 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
9320 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
9321 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
9322
9323adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
9324comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
9325
9326When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9327to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9328subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9329
9330Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
9331see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
9332`objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.
9333
9334\(fn MODE KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
9335
9336(autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
9337Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
9338
9339MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
9340or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
9341
9342When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
9343to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
9344subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
9345
9346\(fn MODE KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
9347
9348(autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
9349Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.
9350
9351\(fn)" t nil)
9352
9353;;;***
9354
9355;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (16511
9356;;;;;; 32570))
9357;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
9358
9359(autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
9360Toggle footnote minor mode.
9361\\<message-mode-map>
9362key binding
9363--- -------
9364
9365\\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
9366\\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
9367\\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
9368\\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
9369\\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
9370\\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
9371
9372\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9373
9374;;;***
9375
9376;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
9377;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (16511 32935))
9378;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
9379
9380(autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
9381Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
9382
9383Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
9384 TAB forms-next-field TAB
9385 C-c TAB forms-next-field
9386 C-c < forms-first-record <
9387 C-c > forms-last-record >
9388 C-c ? describe-mode ?
9389 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
9390 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
9391 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
9392 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
9393 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
9394 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
9395 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
9396 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
9397 C-c C-x forms-exit x
9398
9399\(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
9400
9401(autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
9402Visit a file in Forms mode.
9403
9404\(fn FN)" t nil)
9405
9406(autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
9407Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
9408
9409\(fn FN)" t nil)
9410
9411;;;***
9412
9413;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
9414;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (16511 32616))
9415;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
9416
9417(defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
9418*Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
9419A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
9420A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
9421with a character in column 6.")
9422
9423(custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran")
9424
9425(autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
9426Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
9427For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
9428
9429\\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
9430Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
9431
9432Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
9433
9434Key definitions:
9435\\{fortran-mode-map}
9436
9437Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
9438
9439`comment-start'
9440 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
9441`fortran-do-indent'
9442 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
9443`fortran-if-indent'
9444 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
9445`fortran-structure-indent'
9446 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
9447 (default 3)
9448`fortran-continuation-indent'
9449 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
9450`fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
9451 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
9452`fortran-comment-indent-style'
9453 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
9454 nil don't change the indentation
9455 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9456 value of either
9457 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
9458 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
9459 depending on the continuation format in use.
9460 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
9461 indentation for a line of code.
9462 (default 'fixed)
9463`fortran-comment-indent-char'
9464 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
9465 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
9466`fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
9467 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
9468`fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
9469 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
9470`fortran-line-number-indent'
9471 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
9472 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
9473 column 5.
9474`fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
9475 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
9476 statements (default nil).
9477`fortran-blink-matching-if'
9478 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
9479 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
9480`fortran-continuation-string'
9481 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
9482 line (default \"$\").
9483`fortran-comment-region'
9484 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
9485 the region (default \"c$$$\").
9486`fortran-electric-line-number'
9487 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
9488 as typed (default t).
9489`fortran-break-before-delimiters'
9490 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
9491
9492Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
9493with no args, if that value is non-nil.
9494
9495\(fn)" t nil)
9496
9497;;;***
9498
9499;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
9500;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (16511 32593))
9501;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
9502
9503(autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
9504Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
9505
9506Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9507read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9508
9509\(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
9510
9511(autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
9512Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
9513
9514Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
9515read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
9516
9517\(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
9518
9519(autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
9520Compile fortune file.
9521
9522If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
9523the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
9524
9525\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9526
9527(autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
9528Create signature from output of the fortune program.
9529
9530If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9531otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9532choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9533and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9534
9535\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9536
9537(autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
9538Display a fortune cookie.
9539
9540If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
9541otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
9542choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
9543and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
9544
9545\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
9546
9547;;;***
9548
9549;;;### (autoloads (set-fringe-style fringe-mode fringe-mode) "fringe"
9550;;;;;; "fringe.el" (16511 32459))
9551;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
9552
9553(defvar fringe-mode nil "\
9554*Specify appearance of fringes on all frames.
9555This variable can be nil (the default) meaning the fringes should have
9556the default width (8 pixels), it can be an integer value specifying
9557the width of both left and right fringe (where 0 means no fringe), or
9558a cons cell where car indicates width of left fringe and cdr indicates
9559width of right fringe (where again 0 can be used to indicate no
9560fringe).
9561To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-fringe-mode' to make
9562it take real effect.
9563Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.
9564If you only want to modify the appearance of the fringe in one frame,
9565you can use the interactive function `toggle-fringe'")
9566
9567(custom-autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe")
9568
9569(autoload (quote fringe-mode) "fringe" "\
9570Set the default appearance of fringes on all frames.
9571
9572When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9573for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9574`minimal' and `half'.
9575
9576When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9577integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9578cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9579integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9580If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9581default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9582right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9583of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9584width of 0.
9585
9586Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9587fringe widths set by this command. This command applies to all
9588frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. If you
9589want to set the default appearance of fringes on the selected
9590frame only, see the command `set-fringe-style'.
9591
9592\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9593
9594(autoload (quote set-fringe-style) "fringe" "\
9595Set the default appearance of fringes on the selected frame.
9596
9597When called interactively, query the user for MODE. Valid values
9598for MODE include `none', `default', `left-only', `right-only',
9599`minimal' and `half'.
9600
9601When used in a Lisp program, MODE can be a cons cell where the
9602integer in car specifies the left fringe width and the integer in
9603cdr specifies the right fringe width. MODE can also be a single
9604integer that specifies both the left and the right fringe width.
9605If a fringe width specification is nil, that means to use the
9606default width (8 pixels). This command may round up the left and
9607right width specifications to ensure that their sum is a multiple
9608of the character width of a frame. It never rounds up a fringe
9609width of 0.
9610
9611Fringe widths set by `set-window-fringes' override the default
9612fringe widths set by this command. If you want to set the
9613default appearance of fringes on all frames, see the command
9614`fringe-mode'.
9615
9616\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
9617
9618;;;***
9619
9620;;;### (autoloads (gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el" (16511 32617))
9621;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
9622
9623(autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
9624Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
9625The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
9626and source-file directory for your debugger.
9627
9628If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
9629pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
9630it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
9631other with the source file with the main routine of the debugee.
9632
9633If `gdb-many-windows' is t the layout below will appear
9634regardless of the value of `gdb-show-main' unless
9635`gdb-use-inferior-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
9636occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are given in
9637relevant buffer.
9638
9639---------------------------------------------------------------------
9640 GDB Toolbar
9641---------------------------------------------------------------------
9642GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer
9643 |
9644 |
9645 |
9646---------------------------------------------------------------------
9647Source buffer | Input/Output (of debugee) buffer
9648 | (comint-mode)
9649 |
9650 |
9651 |
9652 |
9653 |
9654 |
9655---------------------------------------------------------------------
9656Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer
9657 RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint
9658 | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint
9659 | d gdb-delete-breakpoint
9660---------------------------------------------------------------------
9661
9662All the buffers share the toolbar and source should always display in the same
9663window e.g after typing g on a breakpoint in the breakpoints buffer. Breakpoint
9664icons are displayed both by setting a break with gud-break and by typing break
9665in the GUD buffer.
9666
9667This works best (depending on the size of your monitor) using most of the
9668screen.
9669
9670Displayed expressions appear in separate frames. Arrays may be displayed
9671as slices and visualised using the graph program from plotutils if installed.
9672Pointers in structures may be followed in a tree-like fashion.
9673
9674The following interactive lisp functions help control operation :
9675
9676`gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
9677`gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
9678
9679\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
9680
9681;;;***
9682
9683;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
9684;;;;;; (16511 32460))
9685;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
9686
9687(autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
9688Create a new generic mode with NAME.
9689
9690Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
9691 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
9692
9693NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
9694name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
9695function.
9696
9697COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
9698a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
9699or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
9700`comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
9701pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
9702Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
9703
9704KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
9705Each keyword should be a string.
9706
9707FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
9708in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-keywords'.
9709
9710AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
9711These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
9712is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
9713
9714FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
9715
9716See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
9717
9718\(fn NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
9719
9720(autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
9721Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
9722\(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
9723comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
9724
9725To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
9726Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
9727
9728\(fn TYPE)" t nil)
9729
9730;;;***
9731
9732;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
9733;;;;;; (16511 32617))
9734;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
9735
9736(autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
9737Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
9738When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
9739at places they belong to.
9740
9741\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9742
9743;;;***
9744
9745;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
9746;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (16464 65074))
9747;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
9748
9749(autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
9750Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.
9751
9752\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9753
9754(autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
9755Read network news.
9756If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9757startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
9758If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9759prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9760As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.
9761
9762\(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
9763
9764(autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
9765Read news as a slave.
9766
9767\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9768
9769(autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
9770Pop up a frame to read news.
9771
9772\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9773
9774(autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
9775Read network news.
9776If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
9777startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
9778prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
9779
9780\(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
9781
9782;;;***
9783
9784;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
9785;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
9786;;;;;; (16464 65072))
9787;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
9788
9789(autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9790Start Gnus unplugged.
9791
9792\(fn)" t nil)
9793
9794(autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
9795Start Gnus plugged.
9796
9797\(fn)" t nil)
9798
9799(autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
9800Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
9801The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
9802last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
9803
9804\(gnus-agentize)
9805
9806This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
9807and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
9808agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
9809
9810\(fn)" t nil)
9811
9812(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
9813Start Gnus and fetch session.
9814
9815\(fn)" t nil)
9816
9817(autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
9818Not documented
9819
9820\(fn)" t nil)
9821
9822;;;***
9823
9824;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
9825;;;;;; (16511 32568))
9826;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
9827
9828(autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
9829Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
9830
9831\(fn)" nil nil)
9832
9833;;;***
9834
9835;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
9836;;;;;; (16464 65072))
9837;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
9838
9839(autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
9840Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
9841
9842\(fn FILE)" t nil)
9843
9844;;;***
9845
9846;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
9847;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (16464
9848;;;;;; 65072))
9849;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
9850
9851(autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
9852Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
9853
9854Usage:
9855$ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
9856
9857\(fn)" t nil)
9858
9859(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
9860Generate the cache active file.
9861
9862\(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9863
9864(autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
9865Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
9866
9867\(fn DIR)" t nil)
9868
9869;;;***
9870
9871;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
9872;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (16464 65073))
9873;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
9874
9875(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
9876Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
9877Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
9878
9879\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9880
9881(autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
9882Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
9883
9884\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
9885
9886;;;***
9887
9888;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
9889;;;;;; (16464 65073))
9890;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
9891
9892(defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
9893
9894(autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
9895Run batched scoring.
9896Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
9897
9898\(fn)" t nil)
9899
9900;;;***
9901
9902;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
9903;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (16464 65073))
9904;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
9905
9906(autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9907Not documented
9908
9909\(fn)" nil nil)
9910
9911(autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
9912Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
9913
9914\\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
9915
9916\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9917
9918;;;***
9919
9920;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
9921;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
9922;;;;;; (16464 65073))
9923;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
9924
9925(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9926Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
9927Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
9928splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
9929group parameters.
9930
9931If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
9932interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
9933getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
9934nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
9935
9936A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
9937gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
9938by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
9939nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
9940the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
9941unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
9942uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
9943elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
9944match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
9945gnus-group-split-fancy for details.
9946
9947\(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9948
9949(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9950Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
9951calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
9952
9953If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
9954instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
9955
9956\(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
9957
9958(autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9959Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9960See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
9961
9962gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
9963
9964\(fn)" nil nil)
9965
9966(autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
9967Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
9968It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
9969
9970\(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
9971
9972GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
9973be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
9974existing groups are considered.
9975
9976if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
9977otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
9978returned.
9979
9980For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
9981is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
9982case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
9983EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
9984constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
9985SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
9986matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
9987clauses will be generated.
9988
9989If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
9990catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
9991selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
9992there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
9993split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
9994as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
9995
9996For example, given the following group parameters:
9997
9998nnml:mail.bar:
9999\((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
10000 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
10001nnml:mail.foo:
10002\((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
10003 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
10004 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
10005 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
10006nnml:mail.others:
10007\((split-spec . catch-all))
10008
10009Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
10010
10011\(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
10012 \"mail.bar\")
10013 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
10014 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
10015 \"mail.others\")
10016
10017\(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
10018
10019;;;***
10020
10021;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
10022;;;;;; (16464 65073))
10023;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
10024
10025(autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
10026Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
10027Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
10028
10029\(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
10030
10031;;;***
10032
10033;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (16464
10034;;;;;; 65073))
10035;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
10036
10037(autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
10038Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10039Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
10040Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
10041
10042\(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
10043
10044(define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10045
10046;;;***
10047
10048;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
10049;;;;;; (16464 65073))
10050;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
10051
10052(autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
10053Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
10054All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
10055If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
10056part is ignored.
10057
10058This function exists for backward compatibility with Emacs 20. It is
10059recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
10060rather than using this function.
10061
10062\(fn NAME CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
10063
10064;;;***
10065
10066;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
10067;;;;;; (16464 65074))
10068;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
10069
10070(autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
10071Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
10072Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
10073for matching on group names.
10074
10075For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
10076groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
10077
10078$ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
10079
10080Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
10081
10082\(fn)" t nil)
10083
10084;;;***
10085
10086;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
10087;;;;;; (16464 65074))
10088;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
10089
10090(autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
10091Update the format specification near point.
10092
10093\(fn VAR)" t nil)
10094
10095;;;***
10096
10097;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
10098;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (16464 65074))
10099;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
10100
10101(autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
10102Unload all Gnus features.
10103\(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
10104have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
10105cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.
10106
10107\(fn)" t nil)
10108
10109(autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
10110Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.
10111
10112\(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
10113
10114;;;***
10115
10116;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
10117;;;;;; (16464 65074))
10118;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
10119
10120(autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
10121Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
10122
10123\(fn CONF)" nil nil)
10124
10125;;;***
10126
10127;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (16511 32593))
10128;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
10129
10130(autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
10131Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
10132
10133If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
10134If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
10135If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
10136
10137You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
10138and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
10139marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
10140
10141You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
10142\\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
10143
10144This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
10145Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
10146
10147Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
10148
10149\(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
10150
10151;;;***
10152
10153;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
10154;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (16511 32585))
10155;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
10156
10157(autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
10158Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
10159Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
10160`goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10161there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.
10162
10163\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10164
10165(autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
10166Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
10167Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
10168`goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
10169there, then load the URL at or before point.
10170
10171\(fn)" t nil)
10172
10173(autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
10174Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
10175Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
10176or to send e-mail.
10177By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
10178
10179Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
10180`goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
10181
10182\(fn)" t nil)
10183
10184;;;***
10185
10186;;;### (autoloads (grep-tree grep-find grep grep-setup-hook grep-window-height)
10187;;;;;; "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (16511 32617))
10188;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
10189
10190(defvar grep-window-height nil "\
10191*Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
10192
10193(custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep")
10194
10195(defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
10196List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
10197
10198(custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep")
10199
10200(autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
10201Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10202While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
10203or \\<grep-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
10204where grep found matches.
10205
10206This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
10207easily repeat a grep command.
10208
10209A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
10210tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
10211in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
10212if that history list is empty).
10213
10214If specified, optional second arg HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is the regexp to
10215temporarily highlight in visited source lines.
10216
10217\(fn COMMAND-ARGS &optional HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" t nil)
10218 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" nil t)
10219
10220(autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
10221Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
10222Collect output in a buffer.
10223While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
10224to find the text that grep hits refer to.
10225
10226This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
10227easily repeat a find command.
10228
10229\(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
10230
10231(autoload (quote grep-tree) "grep" "\
10232Grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
10233Collect output in a buffer.
10234Interactively, prompt separately for each search parameter.
10235With prefix arg, reuse previous REGEXP.
10236The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
10237FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-tree-files-aliases', e.g.
10238entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
10239
10240While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
10241to find the text that grep hits refer to.
10242
10243This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
10244easily repeat a find command.
10245
10246When used non-interactively, optional arg SUBDIRS limits the search to
10247those sub directories of DIR.
10248
10249\(fn REGEXP FILES DIR &optional SUBDIRS)" t nil)
10250
10251;;;***
10252
10253;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (16511 32460))
10254;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
10255
10256(autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
10257Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
10258SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
10259and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
10260the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
10261
10262\(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
10263
10264;;;***
10265
10266;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode bashdb jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx
10267;;;;;; sdb gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (16511 32618))
10268;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
10269
10270(autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
10271Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10272The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10273and source-file directory for your debugger.
10274
10275\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10276
10277(autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
10278Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10279The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10280and source-file directory for your debugger.
10281
10282\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10283
10284(autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
10285Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10286The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10287and source-file directory for your debugger.
10288
10289\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10290
10291(autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
10292Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10293The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10294and source-file directory for your debugger.
10295
10296You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
10297directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
10298
10299\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10300
10301(autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
10302Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10303The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10304and source-file directory for your debugger.
10305
10306\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10307
10308(autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
10309Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
10310The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10311and source-file directory for your debugger.
10312
10313\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10314
10315(autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
10316Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
10317The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
10318\"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
10319switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
10320
10321See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
10322information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
10323`gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
10324original source file access method.
10325
10326For general information about commands available to control jdb from
10327gud, see `gud-mode'.
10328
10329\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10330
10331(autoload (quote bashdb) "gud" "\
10332Run bashdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
10333The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
10334and source-file directory for your debugger.
10335
10336\(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
10337 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
10338
10339(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
10340
10341(autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
10342Major mode for editing GDB scripts
10343
10344\(fn)" t nil)
10345
10346;;;***
10347
10348;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (16511
10349;;;;;; 32594))
10350;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
10351
10352(autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
10353Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
10354The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
10355and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
10356
10357Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
10358 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
10359 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
10360 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
10361
10362\(fn)" t nil)
10363
10364;;;***
10365
10366;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
10367;;;;;; (16511 32594))
10368;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
10369
10370(autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
10371Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
10372
10373\(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
10374
10375(autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
10376Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
10377Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
10378second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
10379
10380Repent before ring 31 moves.
10381
10382\(fn)" t nil)
10383
10384(autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
10385Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
10386This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
10387current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
10388to be updated.
10389
10390\(fn)" t nil)
10391
10392;;;***
10393
10394;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
10395;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
10396;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
10397;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (16511 32460))
10398;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
10399
10400(autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
10401Return the help-echo string at point.
10402Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
10403property, or nil, is returned.
10404If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
10405`help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
10406can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
10407
10408\(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
10409
10410(autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
10411Return the keyboard help string at point.
10412If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
10413string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
10414this produces no string either, return nil.
10415
10416\(fn)" nil nil)
10417
10418(autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
10419Display local help in the echo area.
10420This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
10421the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
10422a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
10423printed instead.
10424
10425A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
10426there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
10427mainly meant for use from Lisp.
10428
10429\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10430
10431(autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
10432Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
10433This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
10434
10435\(fn)" t nil)
10436
10437(autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
10438Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
10439This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
10440
10441\(fn)" t nil)
10442
10443(defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
10444*Automatically show local help on point-over.
10445If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
10446`help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
10447echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
10448quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
10449`kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
10450printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
10451included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
10452`local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
10453a non-empty list disables the feature.
10454
10455This variable only takes effect after a call to
10456`help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
10457been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
10458`help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
10459effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
10460
10461When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
10462is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
10463case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
10464list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
10465enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
10466Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
10467that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
10468The default is `never'.")
10469
10470(custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt")
10471
10472(autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
10473Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
10474Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
10475hook.variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
10476Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
10477considered different regions.
10478
10479With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
10480such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
10481If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
10482toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
10483the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
10484region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
10485do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
10486an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
10487in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
10488
10489\(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
10490
10491(autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
10492Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
10493Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
10494areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
10495different regions.
10496
10497With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
10498help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
10499is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
10500toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
10501move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
10502in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
10503are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
10504number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
10505
10506A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
10507help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
10508because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
10509rarely happens in practice.
10510
10511\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10512
10513(autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
10514Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
10515Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
10516areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
10517different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
10518`scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
10519
10520\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10521
10522;;;***
10523
10524;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
10525;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-function locate-library
10526;;;;;; help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (16511 32460))
10527;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
10528
10529(autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "help-fns" "\
10530Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
10531If there is a tutorial version written in the language
10532of the selected language environment, that version is used.
10533If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
10534With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
10535
10536\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10537
10538(autoload (quote locate-library) "help-fns" "\
10539Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
10540This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
10541to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
10542Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
10543to the specified name LIBRARY.
10544
10545If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
10546is used instead of `load-path'.
10547
10548When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
10549string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
10550and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
10551
10552\(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
10553
10554(autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
10555Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
10556
10557\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10558
10559(autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
10560Not documented
10561
10562\(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
10563
10564(autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
10565Return the bound variable symbol found around point.
10566Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
10567
10568\(fn)" nil nil)
10569
10570(autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
10571Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
10572Returns the documentation as a string, also.
10573If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer),
10574it is displayed along with the global value.
10575
10576\(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10577
10578(autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
10579Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
10580The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
10581BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
10582
10583\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10584
10585(autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
10586Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
10587The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
10588If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
10589BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
10590
10591\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10592
10593;;;***
10594
10595;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
10596;;;;;; (16511 32460))
10597;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
10598
10599(defvar three-step-help nil "\
10600*Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
10601The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
10602and window listing and describing the options.
10603A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
10604\\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
10605
10606(custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro")
10607
10608;;;***
10609
10610;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
10611;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
10612;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (16511 32460))
10613;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
10614
10615(autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
10616Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
10617Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
10618Commands:
10619\\{help-mode-map}
10620
10621\(fn)" t nil)
10622
10623(autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
10624Not documented
10625
10626\(fn)" nil nil)
10627
10628(autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
10629Not documented
10630
10631\(fn)" nil nil)
10632
10633(autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
10634Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
10635
10636ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
10637buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
10638calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
10639items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
10640
10641This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
10642because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
10643restore it properly when going back.
10644
10645\(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
10646
10647(autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
10648Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
10649
10650Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
10651references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
10652the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
10653disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
10654`help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
10655preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
10656variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
10657preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
10658
10659If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
10660cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
10661\(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
10662the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
10663
10664A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
10665help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
10666that.
10667
10668\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
10669
10670(autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10671Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
10672MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
10673regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
10674passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10675See `help-make-xrefs'.
10676
10677\(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10678
10679(autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
10680Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
10681TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
10682to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
10683See `help-make-xrefs'.
10684
10685\(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10686
10687(autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
10688Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
10689
10690\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10691
10692;;;***
10693
10694;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
10695;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (16511 32543))
10696;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
10697
10698(autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
10699Describe local key bindings of current mode.
10700
10701\(fn)" t nil)
10702
10703(autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
10704Provide help for current mode.
10705
10706\(fn)" t nil)
10707
10708;;;***
10709
10710;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
10711;;;;;; "hexl.el" (16511 32461))
10712;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
10713
10714(autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
10715\\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
10716This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
10717of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
10718Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
10719
10720This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
10721using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
10722
10723Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
10724representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
10725are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
10726values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
10727
10728If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
10729unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
10730periods.
10731
10732If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
10733in hexl format.
10734
10735A sample format:
10736
10737 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
10738 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
10739 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
10740 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
10741 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
10742 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
10743 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
10744 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
10745 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
10746 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
10747 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
10748 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
10749 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
10750 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
10751 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
10752
10753Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
10754cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
10755to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
10756
10757Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
10758also supported.
10759
10760There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
10761
10762ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
10763bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
10764insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
10765
10766\\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
10767it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
10768of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
10769
10770\\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
10771into the buffer at the current point.
10772
10773\\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
10774into the buffer at the current point.
10775
10776\\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
10777into the buffer at the current point.
10778
10779\\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
10780
10781Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
10782will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
10783
10784You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
10785
10786\\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
10787
10788\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10789
10790(autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
10791Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
10792Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.
10793
10794\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
10795
10796(autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
10797Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
10798This discards the buffer's undo information.
10799
10800\(fn)" t nil)
10801
10802;;;***
10803
10804;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
10805;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
10806;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (16511
10807;;;;;; 32461))
10808;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
10809
10810(defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
10811Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
10812
10813(custom-autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock")
10814
10815(autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
10816Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
10817
10818If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
10819turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
10820submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
10821which can be called interactively, are:
10822
10823\\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10824 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10825
10826\\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
10827 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
10828 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
10829 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
10830
10831\\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
10832 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
10833
10834\\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
10835 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
10836
10837\\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
10838 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
10839 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
10840 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
10841 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
10842 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
10843
10844\\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
10845 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
10846
10847When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
10848beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
10849 Hi-lock: FOO
10850where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
10851already present. The patterns must start before position (number
10852of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
10853will be read until
10854 Hi-lock: end
10855is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
10856
10857\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10858
10859(defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
10860
10861(autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10862Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
10863
10864Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10865list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10866\\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10867\(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10868
10869\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10870
10871(defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
10872
10873(autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10874Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
10875
10876Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
10877list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
10878\\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
10879\(See info node `Minibuffer History')
10880
10881\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10882
10883(defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
10884
10885(autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10886Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
10887
10888Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
10889lower-case letters made case insensitive.
10890
10891\(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
10892
10893(defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
10894
10895(autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
10896Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
10897
10898Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
10899regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
10900interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
10901\\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
10902\(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
10903
10904\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10905
10906(autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
10907Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
10908
10909Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
10910`highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
10911be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
10912
10913\(fn)" t nil)
10914
10915;;;***
10916
10917;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
10918;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (16511 32618))
10919;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
10920
10921(autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
10922Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
10923With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
10924In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
10925would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
10926how the hiding is done:
10927
10928`hide-ifdef-env'
10929 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
10930 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
10931 is used.
10932
10933`hide-ifdef-define-alist'
10934 An association list of defined symbol lists.
10935 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10936 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
10937 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
10938
10939`hide-ifdef-lines'
10940 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
10941 #endif lines when hiding.
10942
10943`hide-ifdef-initially'
10944 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
10945 is activated.
10946
10947`hide-ifdef-read-only'
10948 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
10949 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
10950
10951\\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
10952
10953\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10954
10955(defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
10956*Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
10957
10958(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif")
10959
10960(defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
10961*Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
10962
10963(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif")
10964
10965(defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
10966*Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
10967
10968(custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif")
10969
10970;;;***
10971
10972;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
10973;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (16511 32618))
10974;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
10975
10976(defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
10977*Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
10978
10979(custom-autoload (quote hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all) "hideshow")
10980
10981(defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
10982*Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
10983Each element has the form
10984 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
10985
10986If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
10987and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
10988
10989START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
10990defined as text surrounded by START and END.
10991
10992As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
10993MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
10994MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
10995place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
10996is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
10997see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
10998
10999For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
11000cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
11001
11002See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
11003use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
11004
11005If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
11006appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
11007whitespace. Case does not matter.")
11008
11009(autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
11010Toggle hideshow minor mode.
11011With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11012When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
11013commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
11014The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
11015
11016The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
11017`hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
11018`hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
11019
11020Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
11021variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
11022
11023Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
11024
11025Key bindings:
11026\\{hs-minor-mode-map}
11027
11028\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11029
11030;;;***
11031
11032;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
11033;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
11034;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
11035;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
11036;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (16511 32461))
11037;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
11038
11039(defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
11040
11041(autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
11042Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
11043This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
11044
11045\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11046
11047(autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
11048Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
11049
11050Without an argument:
11051 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
11052 or passive state as determined by the variable
11053 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
11054 and passive state.
11055
11056With an argument ARG:
11057 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
11058 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
11059 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
11060
11061Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
11062Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
11063 not displayed in a different face.
11064
11065Functions:
11066\\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
11067\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
11068\\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
11069 buffer with the contents of a file
11070\\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
11071\\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
11072 various faces.
11073
11074Hook variables:
11075`highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
11076`highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
11077`highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.
11078
11079\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11080
11081(autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11082Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11083
11084\(fn)" t nil)
11085
11086(autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
11087Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
11088
11089\(fn)" t nil)
11090
11091(autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
11092Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
11093
11094Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
11095of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
11096face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
11097shown in the last face in the list.
11098
11099You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
11100by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
11101buffer to be saved):
11102
11103 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)
11104
11105\(fn)" t nil)
11106
11107(autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
11108Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
11109
11110The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
11111
11112If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
11113to save the file.
11114
11115Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
11116written to a temporary file for comparison.
11117
11118If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11119changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11120\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11121
11122\(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
11123
11124(autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
11125Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
11126
11127If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
11128this function is called interactively.
11129
11130If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
11131also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
11132read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
11133
11134If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
11135changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
11136\\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
11137
11138\(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
11139
11140(autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
11141Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
11142
11143When called interactively:
11144- if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
11145- if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
11146- if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
11147- if called with a negative prefix turn it off
11148
11149When called from a program:
11150- if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
11151- if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
11152- if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
11153- otherwise just turn it on
11154
11155When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
11156on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
11157variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
11158\"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
11159
11160\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11161
11162;;;***
11163
11164;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
11165;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
11166;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
11167;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
11168;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (16511 32462))
11169;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
11170
11171(defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
11172The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
11173To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
11174or insert functions in this list.")
11175
11176(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp")
11177
11178(defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
11179*Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
11180
11181(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp")
11182
11183(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
11184*Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
11185
11186(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp")
11187
11188(defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
11189*Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
11190
11191(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp")
11192
11193(defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
11194*Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
11195
11196(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp")
11197
11198(defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
11199*The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
11200If nil, all buffers are searched.")
11201
11202(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11203
11204(defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
11205*A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
11206Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11207\(as atoms)")
11208
11209(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11210
11211(defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
11212*A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
11213Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
11214\(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
11215`hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
11216
11217(custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp")
11218
11219(autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
11220Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
11221The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
11222tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
11223application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
11224expansions.
11225With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
11226function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
11227undoes the expansion.
11228
11229\(fn ARG)" t nil)
11230
11231(autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
11232Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
11233Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
11234argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
11235
11236\(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
11237
11238;;;***
11239
11240;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
11241;;;;;; (16511 32462))
11242;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
11243
11244(autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11245Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
11246With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11247
11248If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11249line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
11250buffer's point might be different from the point of a
11251non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
11252`hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
11253
11254When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
11255line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
11256uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
11257addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
11258
11259\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11260
11261(defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
11262Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
11263See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11264Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11265use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
11266
11267(custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line")
11268
11269(autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
11270Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
11271With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
11272
11273Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
11274`global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
11275
11276\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11277
11278;;;***
11279
11280;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
11281;;;;;; (16511 32530))
11282;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
11283
11284(autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
11285Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
11286If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
11287
11288This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
11289
11290\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11291
11292(autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
11293Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
11294
11295The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
11296documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
11297
11298The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
11299
11300\(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
11301
11302;;;***
11303
11304;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
11305;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (16511 32590))
11306;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
11307
11308(autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
11309This function is obsolete.
11310Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11311Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11312
11313\(fn)" nil nil)
11314
11315(autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
11316This function is obsolete.
11317Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11318Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11319
11320\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11321
11322(autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
11323This function is obsolete.
11324Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
11325Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
11326
11327\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11328
11329;;;***
11330
11331;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
11332;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-help-buffers
11333;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers
11334;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp
11335;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
11336;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
11337;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
11338;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
11339;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
11340;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
11341;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
11342;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
11343;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
11344;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
11345;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
11346;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
11347;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
11348;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
11349;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
11350;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
11351;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
11352;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (16511 32462))
11353;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
11354
11355(autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11356Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
11357With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
11358
11359\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11360
11361(autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11362Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
11363
11364\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11365
11366(autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11367Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
11368
11369\(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
11370
11371(autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11372Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
11373
11374\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11375
11376(autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11377Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
11378
11379\(fn)" t nil)
11380
11381(autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11382Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11383
11384\(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11385
11386(autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11387Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
11388
11389\(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
11390 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext.el")
11391 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11392 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext.el")
11393 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11394 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext.el")
11395 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext.el")
11396 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext.el")
11397 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11398 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext.el")
11399 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext.el")
11400 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext.el")
11401
11402(autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
11403Not documented
11404
11405\(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
11406
11407(autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11408Make the current filters into a filtering group.
11409
11410\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11411
11412(autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11413Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
11414
11415\(fn)" t nil)
11416
11417(autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11418Remove the first filter group.
11419
11420\(fn)" t nil)
11421
11422(autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11423Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
11424
11425\(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11426
11427(autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11428Remove all filter groups.
11429
11430\(fn)" t nil)
11431
11432(autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11433Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
11434
11435\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11436
11437(autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11438Kill the filter group named NAME.
11439The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
11440
11441\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11442
11443(autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
11444Kill the filter group at point.
11445See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
11446
11447\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11448
11449(autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
11450Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
11451
11452\(fn)" t nil)
11453
11454(autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
11455Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
11456
11457\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11458
11459(autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11460Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
11461They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
11462prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11463
11464\(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
11465
11466(autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11467Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
11468They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
11469
11470\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11471
11472(autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
11473Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
11474The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
11475If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11476of replacing the current filters.
11477
11478\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11479
11480(autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
11481Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
11482
11483\(fn)" t nil)
11484
11485(autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11486Remove the top filter in this buffer.
11487
11488\(fn)" t nil)
11489
11490(autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11491Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
11492
11493This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
11494be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
11495turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
11496
11497\(fn)" t nil)
11498
11499(autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11500Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
11501
11502\(fn)" t nil)
11503
11504(autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11505Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
11506
11507\(fn)" t nil)
11508
11509(autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
11510Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
11511If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
11512filter into parts.
11513
11514\(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
11515
11516(autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11517Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11518Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
11519
11520\(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
11521
11522(autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11523Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11524
11525\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11526
11527(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11528Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
11529
11530\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11531
11532(autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
11533Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
11534If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
11535of replacing the current filters.
11536
11537\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11538 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11539 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11540 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11541 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext.el")
11542 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext.el")
11543 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext.el")
11544 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext.el")
11545 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext.el")
11546
11547(autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11548Toggle the current sorting mode.
11549Default sorting modes are:
11550 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
11551 Name - the name of the buffer
11552 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
11553 Size - the size of the buffer
11554
11555\(fn)" t nil)
11556
11557(autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
11558Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
11559
11560\(fn)" t nil)
11561 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext.el")
11562 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext.el")
11563 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext.el")
11564 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext.el")
11565
11566(autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11567Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
11568
11569\(fn)" t nil)
11570
11571(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
11572Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
11573This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
11574for this Ibuffer session.
11575
11576\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11577
11578(autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
11579Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
11580This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
11581for this Ibuffer session.
11582
11583\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11584
11585(autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11586Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11587
11588If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11589to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11590
11591If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
11592mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
11593
11594\(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
11595
11596(autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
11597Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
11598
11599If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
11600to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
11601
11602\(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
11603
11604(autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
11605Hide all of the currently marked lines.
11606
11607\(fn)" t nil)
11608
11609(autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
11610Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
11611
11612\(fn NAME)" t nil)
11613
11614(autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
11615View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
11616This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
11617
11618\(fn)" t nil)
11619
11620(autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
11621Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
11622
11623The names are separated by a space.
11624If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
11625
11626With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
11627With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
11628With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
11629to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
11630
11631You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
11632
11633\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11634
11635(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11636Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
11637
11638\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11639
11640(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11641Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
11642
11643\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11644
11645(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
11646Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
11647
11648\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11649
11650(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
11651Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
11652
11653\(fn MODE)" t nil)
11654
11655(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11656Mark all modified buffers.
11657
11658\(fn)" t nil)
11659
11660(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11661Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
11662
11663\(fn)" t nil)
11664
11665(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11666Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
11667
11668\(fn)" t nil)
11669
11670(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11671Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
11672
11673\(fn)" t nil)
11674
11675(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11676Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
11677
11678\(fn)" t nil)
11679
11680(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11681Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
11682
11683\(fn)" t nil)
11684
11685(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11686Mark all read-only buffers.
11687
11688\(fn)" t nil)
11689
11690(autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
11691Mark all `dired' buffers.
11692
11693\(fn)" t nil)
11694
11695(autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
11696View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
11697Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
11698defaults to one.
11699
11700\(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
11701
11702;;;***
11703
11704;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
11705;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (16511
11706;;;;;; 32462))
11707;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
11708
11709(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
11710Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
11711
11712BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
11713`mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
11714buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
11715
11716If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
11717Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
11718SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
11719the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
11720function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
11721it should return a string to display at the bottom.
11722
11723Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
11724ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
11725inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
11726change its definition, you should explicitly call
11727`ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
11728
11729\(fn SYMBOL (&KEY name inline props summarizer) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11730
11731(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11732Define a method of sorting named NAME.
11733DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
11734`ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
11735DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
11736
11737For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
11738buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
11739value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
11740
11741\(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11742
11743(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
11744Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
11745OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
11746`ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
11747When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
11748each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
11749
11750ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
11751DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
11752INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
11753MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
11754uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
11755deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
11756MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
11757to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
11758values are:
11759 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
11760 t - the function it always modifies buffers
11761 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
11762 buffer's modification flag.
11763DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
11764prompted before performing this operation.
11765OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
11766operation is complete, in the form:
11767 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
11768ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
11769confirmation message, in the form:
11770 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
11771COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
11772macro for exactly what it does.
11773
11774\(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&KEY interactive mark modifier-p dangerous (opstring operated on) (active-opstring Operate on) complex) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11775
11776(autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
11777Define a filter named NAME.
11778DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
11779READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
11780DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
11781
11782BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
11783not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
11784will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
11785bound to the current value of the filter.
11786
11787\(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&KEY reader description) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
11788
11789;;;***
11790
11791;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
11792;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (16511 32463))
11793;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
11794
11795(autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
11796Display a list of buffers, in another window.
11797If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11798buffers which are visiting a file.
11799
11800\(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11801
11802(autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
11803Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
11804If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
11805buffers which are visiting a file.
11806
11807\(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
11808
11809(autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
11810Begin using `ibuffer' to edit a list of buffers.
11811Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
11812
11813Optional argument OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
11814Optional argument NAME specifies the name of the buffer; it defaults
11815to \"*Ibuffer*\".
11816Optional argument QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers
11817to use; see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
11818Optional argument NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
11819Optional argument SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The
11820special value `onewindow' means always use another window.
11821Optional argument FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering
11822groups to use; see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
11823Optional argument FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
11824If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have that value
11825locally in this buffer.
11826
11827\(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
11828
11829;;;***
11830
11831;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
11832;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (16511 32463))
11833;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
11834
11835(autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
11836Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
11837With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
11838
11839\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11840
11841(autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
11842Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
11843Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.
11844
11845\(fn)" nil nil)
11846
11847;;;***
11848
11849;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (16511 32618))
11850;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
11851
11852(autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
11853Major mode for editing Icon code.
11854Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
11855Tab indents for Icon code.
11856Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
11857Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
11858\\{icon-mode-map}
11859Variables controlling indentation style:
11860 icon-tab-always-indent
11861 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
11862 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
11863 icon-auto-newline
11864 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
11865 inserted in Icon code.
11866 icon-indent-level
11867 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
11868 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
11869 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
11870 icon-continued-statement-offset
11871 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
11872 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
11873 icon-continued-brace-offset
11874 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
11875 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
11876 icon-brace-offset
11877 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
11878 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
11879 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
11880 this far to the right of the start of its line.
11881
11882Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
11883with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11884
11885\(fn)" t nil)
11886
11887;;;***
11888
11889;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
11890;;;;;; (16511 35668))
11891;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
11892
11893(autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
11894Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
11895If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
11896If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
11897
11898When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
11899is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
11900separate frames.
11901
11902The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
11903with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
11904
11905The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
11906input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
11907See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
11908
11909\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
11910
11911\(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
11912
11913;;;***
11914
11915;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
11916;;;;;; (16511 35693))
11917;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
11918
11919(autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
11920Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
11921
11922The main features of this mode are
11923
119241. Indentation and Formatting
11925 --------------------------
11926 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
11927 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
11928
11929 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
11930 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
11931 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
11932 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
11933
11934 Comments are indented as follows:
11935
11936 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
11937 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
11938 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
11939
11940 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
11941
11942 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
11943 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
11944 relative to the first will be retained. Use
11945 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
11946 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
11947 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not
11948 recommended).
11949
11950 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
11951 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
11952 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
11953 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
11954
119552. Routine Info
11956 ------------
11957 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
11958 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
11959 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
11960 source file of a module. These commands know about system
11961 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
11962 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
11963 this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
11964 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
11965
119663. Online IDL Help
11967 ---------------
11968 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
11969 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
11970 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
11971 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
11972 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
11973
119744. Completion
11975 ----------
11976 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
11977 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
11978 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
11979 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
11980 mixed or upper case.
11981
119825. Code Templates and Abbreviations
11983 --------------------------------
11984 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
11985 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
11986
11987 \\pr PROCEDURE template
11988 \\fu FUNCTION template
11989 \\c CASE statement template
11990 \\sw SWITCH statement template
11991 \\f FOR loop template
11992 \\r REPEAT Loop template
11993 \\w WHILE loop template
11994 \\i IF statement template
11995 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
11996 \\b BEGIN
11997
11998 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
11999 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
12000
12001 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
12002 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
12003 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
12004
120056. Automatic Case Conversion
12006 -------------------------
12007 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
12008 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
12009
120107. Automatic END completion
12011 ------------------------
12012 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
12013 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
12014
120158. Hooks
12016 -----
12017 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
12018 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
12019
120209. Documentation and Customization
12021 -------------------------------
12022 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
12023 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
12024 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
12025 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
12026 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
12027
1202810.Keybindings
12029 -----------
12030 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
12031 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
12032 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
12033
12034\\{idlwave-mode-map}
12035
12036\(fn)" t nil)
12037
12038;;;***
12039
12040;;;### (autoloads (ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name ido-dired
12041;;;;;; ido-insert-file ido-write-file ido-find-file-other-frame
12042;;;;;; ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame ido-find-file-read-only-other-window
12043;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window
12044;;;;;; ido-find-file ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame
12045;;;;;; ido-insert-buffer ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
12046;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-read-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido"
12047;;;;;; "ido.el" (16511 32464))
12048;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
12049
12050(defvar ido-mode nil "\
12051Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
12052should be enabled. The following values are possible:
12053- `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
12054 displaying...)
12055- `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
12056- `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
12057- `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
12058
12059Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12060use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
12061
12062(custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido")
12063
12064(autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
12065Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
12066With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12067Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
12068keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
12069commands to the ido versions of these functions.
12070However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
12071if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
12072This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
12073
12074\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12075
12076(autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
12077Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
12078Return the name of a buffer selected.
12079PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
12080buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
12081If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
12082If INITIAL is non-nil, it specifies the initial input string.
12083
12084\(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12085
12086(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
12087Switch to another buffer.
12088The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
12089default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
12090in another frame.
12091
12092As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
12093displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
12094`ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
12095buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have their
12096normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12097
12098RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
12099list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
12100
12101\\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
12102If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
12103
12104\\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12105\\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12106\\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12107matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
12108If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
12109in a separate window.
12110\\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
12111\\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12112\\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12113\\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12114\\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
12115\\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
12116\\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into ido-find-file.
12117\\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
12118\\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
12119
12120\(fn)" t nil)
12121
12122(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
12123Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
12124The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12125For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12126
12127\(fn)" t nil)
12128
12129(autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
12130Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
12131The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12132For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12133
12134\(fn)" t nil)
12135
12136(autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
12137Kill a buffer.
12138The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12139For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12140
12141\(fn)" t nil)
12142
12143(autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
12144Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
12145The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12146For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12147
12148\(fn)" t nil)
12149
12150(autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
12151Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
12152The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12153For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido'.
12154
12155\(fn)" t nil)
12156
12157(autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
12158Switch to another file starting from DIR.
12159
12160\(fn DIR)" t nil)
12161
12162(autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
12163Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
12164The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
12165default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
12166visible in another frame.
12167
12168The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you type
12169in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed if
12170substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
12171`ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
12172then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
12173except for the following: \\<ido-mode-map>
12174
12175RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
12176list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
12177
12178\\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
12179If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
12180
12181\\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
12182\\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
12183\\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
12184matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
12185If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
12186in a separate window.
12187\\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
12188\\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
12189\\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
12190\\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
12191\\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
12192\\[ido-wide-find-file] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
12193\\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
12194\\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
12195\\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
12196\\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
12197\\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
12198\\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
12199\\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
12200\\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
12201\\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
12202
12203\(fn)" t nil)
12204
12205(autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
12206Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12207The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12208For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12209
12210\(fn)" t nil)
12211
12212(autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
12213Switch to another file and show it in another window.
12214The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12215For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12216
12217\(fn)" t nil)
12218
12219(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
12220Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
12221The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12222For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12223
12224\(fn)" t nil)
12225
12226(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
12227Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
12228The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12229For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12230
12231\(fn)" t nil)
12232
12233(autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
12234Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
12235The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12236For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12237
12238\(fn)" t nil)
12239
12240(autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
12241Display a file in another window but don't select it.
12242The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12243For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12244
12245\(fn)" t nil)
12246
12247(autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
12248Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
12249The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12250For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12251
12252\(fn)" t nil)
12253
12254(autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
12255Write current buffer to a file.
12256The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12257For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12258
12259\(fn)" t nil)
12260
12261(autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
12262Insert contents of file in current buffer.
12263The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12264For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12265
12266\(fn)" t nil)
12267
12268(autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
12269Call dired the ido way.
12270The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
12271For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] ido-find-file'.
12272
12273\(fn)" t nil)
12274
12275(autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
12276Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12277See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12278
12279\(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
12280
12281(autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
12282Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
12283See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
12284
12285\(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
12286
12287;;;***
12288
12289;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (16511 32464))
12290;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
12291 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
12292
12293(autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
12294Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
12295Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
12296
12297\(fn)" t nil)
12298
12299;;;***
12300
12301;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
12302;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
12303;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (16511 32464))
12304;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
12305
12306(autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
12307Determine the image type from image data DATA.
12308Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
12309be determined.
12310
12311\(fn DATA)" nil nil)
12312
12313(autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
12314Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
12315Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
12316be determined.
12317
12318\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12319
12320(autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
12321Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
12322Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
12323
12324\(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
12325
12326(autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
12327Create an image.
12328FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
12329Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
12330or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
12331of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
12332use its file extension as image type.
12333Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
12334Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
12335like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
12336Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
12337
12338\(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
12339
12340(autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
12341Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
12342IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
12343IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
12344`before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
12345image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
12346POS may be an integer or marker.
12347AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12348display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12349display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12350means display it in the right marginal area.
12351
12352\(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12353
12354(autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
12355Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
12356IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
12357with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
12358defaulted if you omit it.
12359AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
12360display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
12361display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
12362means display it in the right marginal area.
12363
12364\(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
12365
12366(autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
12367Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
12368Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
12369BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
12370
12371\(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
12372
12373(autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
12374Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
12375
12376SPECS is a list of image specifications.
12377
12378Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12379a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12380least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12381`:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12382e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12383string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
12384is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
12385specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
12386satisfied.
12387
12388The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.
12389
12390\(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
12391
12392(autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
12393Define SYMBOL as an image.
12394
12395SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
12396documentation string.
12397
12398Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
12399a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
12400least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
12401`:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
12402e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
12403string containing the actual image data. The first image
12404specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
12405define SYMBOL.
12406
12407Example:
12408
12409 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
12410 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
12411
12412\(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
12413
12414;;;***
12415
12416;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
12417;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
12418;;;;;; "image-file.el" (16511 32464))
12419;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
12420
12421(defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
12422*A list of image-file filename extensions.
12423Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
12424in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
12425
12426See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
12427setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12428`auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12429the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12430
12431(custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file")
12432
12433(defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
12434*List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
12435Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
12436in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
12437
12438See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
12439enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
12440`auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
12441the variable is set using \\[customize].")
12442
12443(custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file")
12444
12445(autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
12446Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
12447
12448\(fn)" nil nil)
12449
12450(autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
12451Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
12452Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
12453the command `insert-file-contents'.
12454
12455\(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
12456
12457(defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
12458Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
12459See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12460Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12461use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
12462
12463(custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file")
12464
12465(autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
12466Toggle visiting of image files as images.
12467With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
12468Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
12469
12470Image files are those whose name has an extension in
12471`image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
12472`image-file-name-regexps'.
12473
12474\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12475
12476;;;***
12477
12478;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
12479;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (16511 32465))
12480;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
12481
12482(defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
12483*The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
12484
12485Affects only the mouse index menu.
12486
12487Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
12488The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
12489in the buffer.
12490
12491Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
12492
12493The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
12494element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
12495\(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
12496
12497(custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu")
12498
12499(defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
12500The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
12501
12502If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
12503to create a buffer index.
12504
12505The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
12506 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
12507or like this:
12508 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12509with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
12510the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
12511of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
12512with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
12513
12514MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
12515entries are not nested.
12516
12517REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
12518to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
12519etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
12520menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
12521
12522INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
12523function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
12524
12525The variable is buffer-local.
12526
12527The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
12528regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
12529used to alter the syntax table for the search.
12530
12531For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
12532`fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
12533characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
12534during matching.")
12535
12536(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
12537
12538(defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
12539The function to use for creating a buffer index.
12540
12541It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
12542of the current buffer as an alist.
12543
12544Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
12545Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
12546A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
12547The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
12548if it is a sub-alist.
12549
12550This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
12551
12552The variable is buffer-local.")
12553
12554(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
12555
12556(defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
12557Function for finding the next index position.
12558
12559If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
12560`imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
12561to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
12562file.
12563
12564The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
12565index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
12566
12567This variable is local in all buffers.")
12568
12569(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
12570
12571(defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
12572Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
12573
12574This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
12575finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
12576It should return the name for that index item.
12577
12578This variable is local in all buffers.")
12579
12580(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
12581
12582(defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
12583Function to compare string with index item.
12584
12585This function will be called with two strings, and should return
12586non-nil if they match.
12587
12588If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
12589Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
12590such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
12591arguments match\".
12592
12593This variable is local in all buffers.")
12594
12595(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
12596
12597(defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
12598The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
12599The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
12600
12601(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
12602
12603(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
12604
12605(make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
12606
12607(autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
12608Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
12609NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
12610See the command `imenu' for more information.
12611
12612\(fn NAME)" t nil)
12613
12614(autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
12615Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
12616
12617A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
12618
12619\(fn)" t nil)
12620
12621(autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
12622Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
12623INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
12624for more information.
12625
12626\(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
12627
12628;;;***
12629
12630;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
12631;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
12632;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (16511 27936))
12633;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
12634
12635(autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
12636Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
12637
12638\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12639
12640(autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
12641Not documented
12642
12643\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
12644
12645(autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12646Not documented
12647
12648\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
12649
12650(autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
12651Not documented
12652
12653\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
12654
12655(autoload (quote indian-2-column-to-ucs-region) "ind-util" "\
12656Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
12657
12658\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
12659
12660;;;***
12661
12662;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
12663;;;;;; (16511 32623))
12664;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
12665
12666(defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
12667*What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
12668Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
12669mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
12670\(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
12671
12672(defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
12673*Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
12674
12675(defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
12676*Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
12677This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
12678and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
12679to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
12680The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
12681produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
12682but it works only in Common Lisp.")
12683
12684(defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
12685Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
12686Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
12687and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
12688Inferior Lisp buffer.
12689
12690This variable is only used if the variable
12691`comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
12692
12693More precise choices:
12694Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
12695franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
12696kcl: \"^>+ *\"
12697
12698This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
12699
12700(defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
12701*Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
12702
12703(autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
12704Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
12705If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
12706to that buffer.
12707With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
12708of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
12709`inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
12710\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
12711
12712\(fn CMD)" t nil)
12713 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
12714
12715(defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
12716
12717;;;***
12718
12719;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
12720;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
12721;;;;;; info-standalone info-emacs-manual info info-other-window)
12722;;;;;; "info" "info.el" (16511 32466))
12723;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
12724
12725(autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
12726Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
12727
12728\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12729 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
12730
12731(autoload (quote info) "info" "\
12732Enter Info, the documentation browser.
12733Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
12734the default is the top-level directory of Info.
12735Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
12736`(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
12737
12738In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
12739to read a file name from the minibuffer.
12740
12741The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
12742The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
12743in all the directories in that path.
12744
12745\(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
12746
12747(autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
12748Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
12749
12750\(fn)" t nil)
12751
12752(autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
12753Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
12754Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
12755In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
12756
12757\(fn)" nil nil)
12758
12759(autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
12760Go to the Info directory node.
12761
12762\(fn)" t nil)
12763 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info-history*")
12764 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info-toc*")
12765
12766(autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
12767Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this file.
12768The index is defined as the first node in the top level menu whose
12769name contains the word \"Index\", plus any immediately following
12770nodes whose names also contain the word \"Index\".
12771If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
12772the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
12773Use the `,' command to see the other matches.
12774Give a blank topic name to go to the Index node itself.
12775
12776\(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
12777
12778(autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
12779Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
12780Build a menu of the possible matches.
12781
12782\(fn STRING)" t nil)
12783
12784(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
12785Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
12786The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12787or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12788the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12789COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
12790
12791\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
12792
12793(autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
12794Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
12795KEY is a string.
12796Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
12797The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
12798or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
12799the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
12800
12801\(fn KEY)" t nil)
12802
12803(autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
12804Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
12805This will add a speedbar major display mode.
12806
12807\(fn)" t nil)
12808
12809;;;***
12810
12811;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
12812;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
12813;;;;;; (16511 32465))
12814;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
12815
12816(autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
12817Throw away all cached data.
12818This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
12819quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
12820system.
12821
12822\(fn)" t nil)
12823
12824(autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
12825Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
12826When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
12827In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
12828into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12829The default symbol is the one found at point.
12830
12831With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
12832
12833\(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
12834
12835(autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
12836Display the documentation of a file.
12837When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
12838In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
12839into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
12840The default file name is the one found at point.
12841
12842With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
12843
12844\(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
12845
12846(autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
12847Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
12848
12849\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12850
12851(autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
12852Perform completion on file preceding point.
12853
12854\(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
12855
12856;;;***
12857
12858;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
12859;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (16511 32465))
12860;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
12861
12862(autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
12863Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
12864
12865\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
12866
12867(autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
12868Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
12869The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
12870
12871\(fn)" t nil)
12872
12873(autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
12874Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
12875`custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
12876
12877`custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
12878link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
12879quite a while.
12880
12881\(fn)" t nil)
12882
12883;;;***
12884
12885;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
12886;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (16511 32466))
12887;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
12888
12889(autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
12890Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
12891
12892\(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
12893
12894(autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
12895Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
12896Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
12897
12898To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
12899table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
12900should be saved in place of the original visited file.
12901
12902The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
12903in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
12904file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
12905contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
12906
12907\(fn)" t nil)
12908
12909(autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
12910Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
12911Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
12912
12913\(fn)" t nil)
12914
12915(autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
12916Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
12917Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
12918Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
12919For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
12920
12921\(fn)" nil nil)
12922
12923;;;***
12924
12925;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
12926;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
12927;;;;;; (16511 30641))
12928;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
12929
12930(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12931Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
12932
12933\(fn)" t nil)
12934
12935(autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
12936Toggle input method in interactive search.
12937
12938\(fn)" t nil)
12939
12940(autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
12941Not documented
12942
12943\(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
12944
12945;;;***
12946
12947;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
12948;;;;;; (16511 30641))
12949;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
12950
12951(autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
12952Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
12953This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
12954When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
12955\(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
12956letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
12957
12958You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
12959with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
12960
12961Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
12962~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
12963~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
12964\"s gives German sharp s.
12965/a gives a with ring.
12966/e gives an a-e ligature.
12967~< and ~> give guillemots.
12968~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
12969~? gives an inverted question mark.
12970
12971With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
12972and a negative argument disables it.
12973
12974\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12975
12976;;;***
12977
12978;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
12979;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
12980;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
12981;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (16511 30642))
12982;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
12983
12984(autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
12985Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
12986The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12987Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12988
12989\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12990
12991(autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
12992Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
12993The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
12994Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
12995
12996\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
12997
12998(autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
12999Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
13000The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
13001Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13002
13003\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13004
13005(autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
13006Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
13007The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
13008Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13009
13010\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13011
13012(autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
13013Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
13014The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
13015Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13016
13017\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13018
13019(autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
13020Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
13021The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
13022Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13023
13024\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13025
13026(autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
13027Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
13028The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
13029Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13030
13031\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13032
13033(autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
13034Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
13035The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
13036Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13037
13038\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13039
13040(autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
13041Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
13042The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
13043Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
13044
13045\(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13046
13047(autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
13048Warn that format is read-only.
13049
13050\(fn)" t nil)
13051
13052(autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
13053Warn that format is write-only.
13054
13055\(fn)" t nil)
13056
13057(autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
13058Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.
13059
13060\(fn)" t nil)
13061
13062;;;***
13063
13064;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
13065;;;;;; (16511 30642))
13066;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
13067 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
13068 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
13069 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
13070
13071;;;***
13072
13073;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
13074;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
13075;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
13076;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
13077;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
13078;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (16511 32639))
13079;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
13080
13081(defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
13082*File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
13083If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
13084where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
13085
13086(custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell")
13087
13088(defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
13089*Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
13090
13091These will override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
13092
13093Customization changes made to `ispell-dictionary-alist' will not operate
13094over emacs sessions. To make permanent changes to your dictionary
13095definitions, you will need to make your changes in this variable, save,
13096and then re-start emacs.")
13097
13098(custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13099
13100(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13101
13102(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
13103
13104(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
13105
13106(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
13107
13108(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
13109
13110(setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
13111
13112(defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
13113An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
13114
13115Each element of this list is also a list:
13116
13117\(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
13118 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
13119
13120DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
13121nil means the default dictionary.
13122
13123CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
13124word.
13125
13126NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
13127
13128OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
13129used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
13130and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
13131otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
13132regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
13133\"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
13134\"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
13135If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
13136Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
13137
13138MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
13139Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
13140single word.
13141
13142ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
13143subprocess.
13144
13145EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
13146have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
13147can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
13148in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
13149The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
13150but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
13151Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
13152`ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
13153
13154CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
13155
13156Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
13157contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
13158LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
13159
13160(custom-autoload (quote ispell-dictionary-alist) "ispell")
13161
13162(defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
13163Key map for ispell menu.")
13164
13165(defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
13166Spelling menu for XEmacs.
13167If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
13168and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
13169
13170(defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
13171
13172(if ispell-menu-map-needed (let ((dicts (if (fboundp (quote ispell-valid-dictionary-list)) (ispell-valid-dictionary-list) (mapcar (lambda (x) (or (car x) "default")) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (dict-map (make-sparse-keymap "Dictionaries"))) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (if (not dicts) (define-key ispell-menu-map [default] (quote ("Select Default Dict" "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary "default"))))) (fset (quote ispell-dict-map) dict-map) (define-key ispell-menu-map [dictionaries] (\` (menu-item "Select Dict" ispell-dict-map))) (dolist (name dicts) (define-key dict-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (\` (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-change-dictionary (\, name)))))))))
13173
13174(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle . flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
13175
13176(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
13177
13178(if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
13179
13180(defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
13181Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
13182The alist key must be a regular expression.
13183Valid forms include:
13184 (KEY) - just skip the key.
13185 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
13186 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
13187 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
13188
13189(defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
13190*Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
13191First list is used raw.
13192Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
13193
13194Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
13195for skipping in latex mode.")
13196
13197(defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
13198*Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
13199Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
13200Note - substrings of other matches must come last
13201 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^
13202>]\").")
13203 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
13204
13205(autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
13206Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
13207If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
13208in a window allowing you to choose one.
13209
13210If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
13211is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
13212\(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
13213When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
13214when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
13215
13216With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
13217resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
13218
13219Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
13220
13221This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
13222or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
13223
13224return values:
13225nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
132260 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
13227\"word\" word corrected from word list.
13228\(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
13229quit spell session exited.
13230
13231\(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
13232
13233(autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
13234Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
13235If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
13236
13237\(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
13238
13239(autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
13240Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
13241
13242Selections are:
13243
13244DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
13245SPC: Accept word this time.
13246`i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
13247`a': Accept word for this session.
13248`A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
13249`r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
13250`R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
13251`?': Show these commands.
13252`x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
13253`X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
13254 the aborted check to be completed later.
13255`q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
13256`l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
13257`u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
13258`m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
13259`C-l': redraws screen
13260`C-r': recursive edit
13261`C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame
13262
13263\(fn)" nil nil)
13264
13265(autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
13266Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
13267With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
13268
13269\(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
13270
13271(autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
13272Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
13273A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
13274
13275By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
13276
13277With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.
13278
13279\(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
13280
13281(autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
13282Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
13283Return nil if spell session is quit,
13284 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
13285
13286\(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
13287
13288(autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
13289Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
13290
13291\(fn)" t nil)
13292
13293(autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
13294Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
13295
13296\(fn)" t nil)
13297
13298(autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
13299Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
13300
13301\(fn)" t nil)
13302
13303(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
13304Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
13305If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
13306sequence inside of a word.
13307
13308Standard ispell choices are then available.
13309
13310\(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
13311
13312(autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
13313Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
13314
13315\(fn)" t nil)
13316
13317(autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
13318Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
13319If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
13320that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
13321
13322Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
13323looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
13324program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
13325available on the net.
13326
13327\(fn)" t nil)
13328
13329(autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
13330Toggle Ispell minor mode.
13331With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
13332
13333In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
13334warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
13335
13336All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
13337them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
13338
13339\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13340
13341(autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
13342Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
13343Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
13344Don't check included messages.
13345
13346To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
13347use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
13348The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
13349
13350To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
13351in your .emacs file:
13352 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
13353 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
13354 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
13355 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
13356
13357You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
13358`news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
13359 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
13360
13361\(fn)" t nil)
13362
13363;;;***
13364
13365;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
13366;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
13367;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (16511 32467))
13368;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
13369
13370(autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13371Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
13372Return the name of a buffer selected.
13373PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
13374buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
13375If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.
13376
13377\(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
13378
13379(autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
13380Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
13381Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
13382adds a hook to the minibuffer.
13383
13384Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.
13385
13386\(fn)" t nil)
13387
13388(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13389Switch to another buffer.
13390
13391The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
13392buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
13393default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
13394in another frame.
13395For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13396
13397\(fn)" t nil)
13398
13399(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
13400Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
13401The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13402For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13403
13404\(fn)" t nil)
13405
13406(autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
13407Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
13408The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13409For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13410
13411\(fn)" t nil)
13412
13413(autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
13414Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
13415The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
13416For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'.
13417
13418\(fn)" t nil)
13419
13420(defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
13421Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
13422See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13423Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13424use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
13425
13426(custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb")
13427
13428(autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
13429Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
13430With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
13431This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
13432`iswitchb' for details.
13433
13434\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13435
13436;;;***
13437
13438;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
13439;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
13440;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
13441;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (16511 25860))
13442;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
13443
13444(autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
13445Not documented
13446
13447\(fn)" nil nil)
13448
13449(autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
13450Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
13451The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13452The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13453Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
13454 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
13455 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
13456 necessary to represent OBJ.
13457
13458\(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
13459
13460(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
13461Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
13462The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13463The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13464
13465\(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13466
13467(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
13468Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
13469The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13470The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13471Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
13472
13473\(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
13474
13475(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
13476Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
13477The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
13478The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
13479
13480\(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
13481
13482(autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
13483Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
13484Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
13485of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13486
13487\(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
13488
13489(autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
13490Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
13491
13492\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13493
13494(autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13495Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
13496`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13497`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13498Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
13499
13500\(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
13501
13502(autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
13503Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
13504`Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
13505`Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
13506Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
13507
13508\(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
13509
13510(autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
13511Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
13512If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
13513
13514\(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
13515
13516;;;***
13517
13518;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (16511
13519;;;;;; 32467))
13520;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
13521
13522(autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
13523Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
13524FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
13525that needs to be (re)fontified.
13526If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.
13527
13528\(fn FUN &optional CONTEXTUAL)" nil nil)
13529
13530;;;***
13531
13532;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
13533;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (16511 32467))
13534;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
13535
13536(defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
13537Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
13538See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13539Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13540use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
13541
13542(custom-autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr")
13543
13544(autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13545Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
13546With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
13547Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).
13548
13549\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13550
13551(autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
13552Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.
13553
13554\(fn &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
13555
13556;;;***
13557
13558;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
13559;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
13560;;;;;; (16511 32550))
13561;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
13562
13563(defvar keypad-setup nil "\
13564Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13565When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13566decimal key must be specified.")
13567
13568(custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad")
13569
13570(defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
13571Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
13572When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13573decimal key must be specified.")
13574
13575(custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad")
13576
13577(defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
13578Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13579When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13580decimal key must be specified.")
13581
13582(custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13583
13584(defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
13585Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
13586When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
13587decimal key must be specified.")
13588
13589(custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad")
13590
13591(autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
13592Set keypad bindings in function-key-map according to SETUP.
13593If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
13594are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
13595If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
13596keys are bound.
13597
13598 Setup Binding
13599 -------------------------------------------------------------
13600 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
13601 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
13602 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
13603 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
13604 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
13605 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
13606 in the global and local keymaps.
13607
13608If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
13609the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
13610
13611\(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
13612
13613;;;***
13614
13615;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
13616;;;;;; (16511 30642))
13617;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
13618
13619(autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
13620Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
13621LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
13622
13623`Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
13624at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
13625at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
13626respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
13627shorter.
13628
13629`Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
13630in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
13631the context of text formatting.
13632
13633\(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
13634
13635;;;***
13636
13637;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (16511
13638;;;;;; 30642))
13639;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
13640
13641(defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
13642Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
13643With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
13644candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
13645list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
13646positions that contains the current selection.")
13647
13648(autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
13649Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
13650Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
13651When called from a program, expects two arguments,
13652positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
13653When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
13654and the return value is the length of the conversion.
13655
13656\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13657
13658;;;***
13659
13660;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
13661;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
13662;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
13663;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (16511 32468))
13664;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
13665 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
13666 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
13667 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
13668 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
13669 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
13670 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
13671 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
13672
13673(autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
13674Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13675The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13676Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
13677Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
13678Use \\[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name.
13679Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined;
13680
13681With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
13682defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
13683by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
13684
13685Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
13686defining the macro.
13687
13688Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
13689The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13690The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13691
13692\(fn ARG)" t nil)
13693
13694(autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
13695Finish defining a keyboard macro.
13696The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13697The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
13698or it can be given a name with \\[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked
13699under that name.
13700
13701With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
13702counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
13703An argument of zero means repeat until error.
13704
13705\(fn ARG)" t nil)
13706
13707(autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13708Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
13709A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
13710
13711When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
13712just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
13713command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
13714for details on how to adjust or disable this behaviour.
13715
13716To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
13717others, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13718
13719\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
13720
13721(autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
13722Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
13723The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
13724
13725Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
13726macro.
13727
13728With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
13729the current value of `kmacro-counter').
13730
13731When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
13732the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
13733inserts previous kmacro-counter (but do not modify counter).
13734
13735The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
13736The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
13737
13738\(fn ARG)" t nil)
13739
13740(autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13741End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
13742With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13743With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
13744
13745\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13746
13747(autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
13748Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
13749With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
13750Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
13751
13752To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
13753even after defining other macros, use \\[name-last-kbd-macro].
13754
13755\(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
13756
13757(autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
13758Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
13759If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
13760
13761\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13762
13763;;;***
13764
13765;;;### (autoloads (kannada-composition-function kannada-post-read-conversion
13766;;;;;; kannada-compose-string kannada-compose-region) "knd-util"
13767;;;;;; "language/knd-util.el" (16511 53420))
13768;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
13769
13770(defconst kannada-consonant "[\x0c95-\x0cb9]")
13771
13772(autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
13773Not documented
13774
13775\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13776
13777(autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
13778Not documented
13779
13780\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
13781
13782(autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
13783Not documented
13784
13785\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
13786
13787(autoload (quote kannada-composition-function) "knd-util" "\
13788Compose Kannada characters after the position POS.
13789If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
13790In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
13791
13792\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13793
13794;;;***
13795
13796;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
13797;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (16511 25861))
13798;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
13799
13800(defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
13801*The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
13802\"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
13803
13804(autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
13805Not documented
13806
13807\(fn)" nil nil)
13808
13809;;;***
13810
13811;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
13812;;;;;; (16511 32594))
13813;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
13814
13815(defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
13816
13817(autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
13818Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
13819
13820\(fn)" t nil)
13821
13822(defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
13823
13824(autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
13825Start or resume an Lm game.
13826If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
13827Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
13828
13829prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
13830---------------------------------------------------------------------
13831none / 1 | yes | no
13832 2 | yes | yes
13833 3 | no | yes
13834 4 | no | no
13835
13836You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
13837if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
13838Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
13839
13840\(fn PARG)" t nil)
13841
13842;;;***
13843
13844;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
13845;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
13846;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (16511 25862))
13847;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
13848
13849(autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
13850Not documented
13851
13852\(fn STR)" nil nil)
13853
13854(autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
13855Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
13856Only the first syllable is transcribed.
13857The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
13858START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
13859LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
13860
13861Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
13862syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
13863
13864\(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
13865
13866(autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
13867Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
13868
13869\(fn STR)" nil nil)
13870
13871(autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
13872Not documented
13873
13874\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
13875
13876(autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
13877Not documented
13878
13879\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
13880
13881;;;***
13882
13883;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
13884;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (16511 30643))
13885;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
13886
13887(defvar latin1-display nil "\
13888Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
13889This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
13890if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
13891the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
13892ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
13893methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
13894`latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
13895
13896This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
13897charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
13898
13899Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13900use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13901
13902(custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp")
13903
13904(autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
13905Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
13906See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
13907must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
13908display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
13909`latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
13910some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
13911a Unicode font with which to display them.
13912
13913\(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
13914
13915(defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
13916Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
13917This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
13918changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
13919
13920Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13921use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
13922
13923(custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp")
13924
13925;;;***
13926
13927;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
13928;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (16511 32468))
13929;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
13930
13931(autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
13932Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
13933With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
13934automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
13935
13936 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
13937
13938For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
13939`jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
13940JIT Lock's favor.
13941
13942When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
13943
13944- Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
13945 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
13946 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
13947 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
13948 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
13949 for large buffers.
13950
13951- Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
13952 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
13953 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
13954 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
13955 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
13956
13957- Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
13958 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
13959 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
13960 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
13961 slow to keep up with your typing.
13962
13963- Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
13964 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
13965 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
13966 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
13967 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
13968 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
13969
13970- Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
13971 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
13972 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
13973 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
13974
13975Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
13976lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
13977on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
13978event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
13979
13980Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
13981If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
13982fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
13983the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
13984verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
13985
13986\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13987
13988(autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
13989Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
13990
13991\(fn)" nil nil)
13992
13993;;;***
13994
13995;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
13996;;;;;; (16511 32623))
13997;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
13998
13999(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.lds" . ld-script-mode)))
14000
14001(autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
14002A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
14003
14004\(fn)" t nil)
14005
14006;;;***
14007
14008;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
14009;;;;;; (16511 32474))
14010;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
14011
14012(defconst ledit-save-files t "\
14013*Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
14014
14015(defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
14016*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
14017
14018(defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
14019*Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
14020
14021(autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
14022\\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
14023Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
14024 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
14025 for later transmission to Lisp job.
14026 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
14027 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
14028 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
14029 and transmit saved text.
14030\\{ledit-mode-map}
14031To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
14032do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
14033
14034\(fn)" t nil)
14035
14036(autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
14037Not documented
14038
14039\(fn)" nil nil)
14040
14041;;;***
14042
14043;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (16511 32594))
14044;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
14045
14046(autoload (quote life) "life" "\
14047Run Conway's Life simulation.
14048The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
14049arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
14050generations (this defaults to 1).
14051
14052\(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
14053
14054;;;***
14055
14056;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (16511
14057;;;;;; 32474))
14058;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
14059
14060(autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
14061Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
14062If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
14063is nil, raise an error.
14064
14065This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
14066hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
14067instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
14068undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
14069loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
14070the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
14071variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
14072in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
14073such as redefining an Emacs function.
14074
14075\(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
14076
14077;;;***
14078
14079;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
14080;;;;;; (16511 32477))
14081;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
14082
14083(autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
14084Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
14085With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.
14086
14087\(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER)" t nil)
14088
14089(autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
14090Run the locate command with a filter.
14091
14092The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
14093shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.
14094
14095\(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER)" t nil)
14096
14097;;;***
14098
14099;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (16511 32477))
14100;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
14101
14102(autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
14103Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
14104\\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
14105If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
14106Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
14107buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
14108Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
14109`log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
14110LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
14111 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
14112If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
14113 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
14114 uses the current buffer.
14115
14116\(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
14117
14118;;;***
14119
14120;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (16511
14121;;;;;; 32477))
14122;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
14123
14124(autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
14125Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
14126
14127\(fn)" t nil)
14128
14129;;;***
14130
14131;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
14132;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (16511
14133;;;;;; 32477))
14134;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
14135
14136(defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
14137
14138(defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
14139
14140(defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
14141*The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
14142\(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
14143
14144On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
14145lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
14146
14147On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
14148a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
14149Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
14150printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
14151\"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
14152it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
14153file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
14154
14155(custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr")
14156
14157(defvar lpr-switches nil "\
14158*List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
14159It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
14160switch on this list.
14161See `lpr-command'.")
14162
14163(custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr")
14164
14165(defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
14166*Name of program for printing a file.
14167
14168On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
14169Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
14170The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
14171Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
14172`printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
14173treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
14174argument.")
14175
14176(custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr")
14177
14178(autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
14179Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
14180See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14181for customization of the printer command.
14182
14183\(fn)" t nil)
14184
14185(autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
14186Paginate and print buffer contents.
14187
14188The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14189If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14190`lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14191`lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14192
14193Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14194in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14195
14196See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14197for further customization of the printer command.
14198
14199\(fn)" t nil)
14200
14201(autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
14202Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
14203See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14204for customization of the printer command.
14205
14206\(fn START END)" t nil)
14207
14208(autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
14209Paginate and print the region contents.
14210
14211The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
14212If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
14213`lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
14214`lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
14215
14216Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
14217in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
14218
14219See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
14220for further customization of the printer command.
14221
14222\(fn START END)" t nil)
14223
14224;;;***
14225
14226;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
14227;;;;;; (16511 32478))
14228;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
14229
14230(defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
14231*Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
14232Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
14233
14234(custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp")
14235
14236;;;***
14237
14238;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (16511
14239;;;;;; 32530))
14240;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
14241
14242(autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
14243Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
14244If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
14245
14246This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
14247
14248\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14249
14250;;;***
14251
14252;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (16511
14253;;;;;; 32623))
14254;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
14255
14256(autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
14257A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
14258\\{m4-mode-map}
14259
14260\(fn)" t nil)
14261
14262;;;***
14263
14264;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
14265;;;;;; (16511 32544))
14266;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
14267
14268(autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
14269Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
14270If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
14271The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
14272definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
14273
14274\(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
14275
14276;;;***
14277
14278;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
14279;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (16511 32478))
14280;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
14281
14282(autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14283Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
14284Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
14285The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
14286Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
14287
14288\(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
14289
14290(autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
14291Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
14292Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
14293\(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
14294
14295This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
14296definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
14297will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
14298are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
14299bindings.
14300
14301To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
14302use this command, and then save the file.
14303
14304\(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
14305
14306(autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
14307Query user during kbd macro execution.
14308 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
14309commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
14310each time the macro executes.
14311 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
14312Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
14313\\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
14314\\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
14315\\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
14316\\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
14317\\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
14318
14319\(fn FLAG)" t nil)
14320
14321(autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
14322For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
14323of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
14324
14325When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
14326BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
14327The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
14328execute.
14329
14330This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
14331removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
14332
14333For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
14334author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
14335section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
14336and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
14337`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
14338
14339Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
14340looked like this:
14341
14342 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
14343 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
14344 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
14345
14346You could enter the names in this format:
14347
14348 foo
14349 bar
14350 baz
14351
14352and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
14353
14354 \\C-x (
14355 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
14356 \\C-x )
14357
14358and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
14359`\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
14360
14361\(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
14362 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
14363
14364;;;***
14365
14366;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
14367;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (16511 32571))
14368;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
14369
14370(autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
14371Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
14372Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
14373If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
14374`mail-extr-ignore-single-names'.
14375
14376If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
14377or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
14378the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
14379each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
14380one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
14381
14382ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
14383\(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
14384\(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
14385consing a string.)
14386
14387\(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
14388
14389(autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
14390Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
14391
14392\(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
14393
14394;;;***
14395
14396;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
14397;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
14398;;;;;; (16511 32571))
14399;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
14400
14401(autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
14402Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
14403
14404\(fn)" nil nil)
14405
14406(autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
14407Not documented
14408
14409\(fn)" nil nil)
14410
14411(defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
14412*Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
14413
14414(custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist")
14415
14416(autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
14417Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
14418Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
14419message.
14420
14421This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
14422
14423\(fn)" nil nil)
14424
14425;;;***
14426
14427;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
14428;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
14429;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (16511
14430;;;;;; 32571))
14431;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
14432
14433(defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
14434*If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
14435Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
14436often correct parser.")
14437
14438(custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils")
14439
14440(autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
14441Not documented
14442
14443\(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14444
14445(autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14446Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
14447If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14448we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14449
14450\(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14451
14452(autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
14453Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
14454If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14455we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14456
14457\(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
14458
14459(autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
14460Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
14461If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
14462we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
14463If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
14464If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
14465That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
14466as Rmail does.
14467
14468\(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
14469
14470(autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
14471Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
14472The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
14473If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
14474If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
14475If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
14476
14477\(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
14478
14479;;;***
14480
14481;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
14482;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (16511 32571))
14483;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
14484
14485(autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
14486Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
14487
14488\(fn)" nil nil)
14489
14490(autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
14491Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
14492By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
14493
14494\(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
14495
14496(autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
14497Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
14498If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
14499
14500\(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14501
14502;;;***
14503
14504;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
14505;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (16511
14506;;;;;; 32571))
14507;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
14508
14509(defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
14510*Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
14511If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14512 king@grassland.com
14513If `parens', they look like:
14514 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14515If `angles', they look like:
14516 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
14517
14518(custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias")
14519
14520(autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
14521Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
14522If interactive, expand in header fields.
14523Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
14524their `Resent-' variants.
14525
14526Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
14527removed from alias expansions.
14528
14529\(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
14530
14531(autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
14532Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
14533This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
14534
14535Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
14536If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
14537can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
14538if it is quoted with double-quotes.
14539
14540\(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
14541
14542(autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
14543Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
14544Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
14545current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
14546
14547\(fn ARG)" t nil)
14548
14549;;;***
14550
14551;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
14552;;;;;; (16511 32623))
14553;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
14554
14555(autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
14556Major mode for editing Makefiles.
14557This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
14558
14559\\{makefile-mode-map}
14560
14561In the browser, use the following keys:
14562
14563\\{makefile-browser-map}
14564
14565Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
14566
14567`makefile-browser-buffer-name':
14568 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
14569
14570`makefile-target-colon':
14571 The string that gets appended to all target names
14572 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
14573 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
14574
14575`makefile-macro-assign':
14576 The string that gets appended to all macro names
14577 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
14578 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
14579 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
14580 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
14581 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
14582
14583`makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
14584 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
14585 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
14586
14587`makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
14588 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
14589
14590`makefile-browser-cursor-column':
14591 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
14592 up or down in the browser.
14593
14594`makefile-browser-selected-mark':
14595 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
14596
14597`makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
14598 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
14599
14600`makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
14601 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
14602 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
14603 has been selected in the browser.
14604
14605`makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
14606 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
14607 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
14608 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
14609 filenames are omitted.
14610
14611`makefile-cleanup-continuations':
14612 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
14613 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
14614 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
14615 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
14616 the backslash itself intact.
14617 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
14618 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
14619
14620`makefile-browser-hook':
14621 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
14622 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
14623
14624`makefile-special-targets-list':
14625 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
14626 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
14627 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
14628
14629\(fn)" t nil)
14630
14631;;;***
14632
14633;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (16511
14634;;;;;; 32479))
14635;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
14636
14637(autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
14638Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
14639Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
14640
14641\(fn)" t nil)
14642
14643;;;***
14644
14645;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (16511 32479))
14646;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
14647
14648(defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
14649
14650(autoload (quote man) "man" "\
14651Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
14652This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
14653command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
14654results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
14655`Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
14656If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
14657
14658To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
14659SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
14660all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
14661`Man-switches' variable, which see.
14662
14663\(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14664
14665(autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
14666Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
14667
14668\(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
14669
14670;;;***
14671
14672;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (16511 32479))
14673;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
14674
14675(autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
14676Toggle Master mode.
14677With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
14678Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
14679Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
14680
14681When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
14682following commands:
14683
14684\\{master-mode-map}
14685
14686The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
14687You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
14688yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
14689
14690\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14691
14692;;;***
14693
14694;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (16511
14695;;;;;; 32480))
14696;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
14697
14698(put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
14699
14700(defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
14701Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
14702See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
14703Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14704use either \\[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
14705
14706(custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar")
14707
14708(autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
14709Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
14710This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
14711created in the future.
14712With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
14713turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
14714
14715\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14716
14717;;;***
14718
14719;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
14720;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
14721;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
14722;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
14723;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
14724;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
14725;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
14726;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
14727;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
14728;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (16464 65074))
14729;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
14730
14731(defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
14732*Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
14733
14734If nil, they contain just the return address like:
14735 king@grassland.com
14736If `parens', they look like:
14737 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14738If `angles', they look like:
14739 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14740
14741Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
14742`parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
14743
14744(custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message")
14745
14746(defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
14747Regexp matching the signature separator.")
14748
14749(custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message")
14750
14751(defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
14752*Local news organization file.")
14753
14754(custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message")
14755
14756(defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
14757Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14758The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
14759variable `mail-header-separator'.
14760
14761Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
14762`message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
14763`smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
14764
14765See also `send-mail-function'.")
14766
14767(custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message")
14768
14769(defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
14770*Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
14771
14772(custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message")
14773
14774(defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
14775*Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
14776
14777(custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message")
14778
14779(defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
14780*Function for citing an original message.
14781Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
14782`message-cite-original-without-signature'.
14783Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
14784
14785(custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message")
14786
14787(defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
14788*Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
14789This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
14790citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
14791point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
14792
14793(custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message")
14794
14795(defvar message-signature t "\
14796*String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
14797If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
14798If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
14799If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
14800
14801(custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message")
14802
14803(defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
14804*Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
14805Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
14806If nil, don't insert a signature.")
14807
14808(custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message")
14809
14810(define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
14811
14812(autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
14813Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
14814Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
14815C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
14816C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
14817C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14818 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
14819 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
14820 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
14821 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
14822 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
14823 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
14824C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
14825C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
14826C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
14827C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
14828C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
14829C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
14830C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
14831C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
14832C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
14833C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
14834C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
14835C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
14836M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
14837
14838\(fn)" t nil)
14839
14840(autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
14841Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14842OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.
14843
14844\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
14845
14846(autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
14847Start editing a news article to be sent.
14848
14849\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14850
14851(autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
14852Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
14853
14854\(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
14855
14856(autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
14857Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
14858
14859\(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
14860
14861(autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
14862Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
14863If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
14864
14865\(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
14866
14867(autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
14868Cancel an article you posted.
14869If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
14870
14871\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14872
14873(autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
14874Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
14875This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
14876header line with the old Message-ID.
14877
14878\(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880(autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
14881Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
14882
14883\(fn)" t nil)
14884
14885(autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
14886Forward the current message via mail.
14887Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
14888Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
14889
14890\(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
14891
14892(autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
14893Not documented
14894
14895\(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
14896
14897(autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
14898Not documented
14899
14900\(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
14901
14902(autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
14903Let RMAIL uses message to forward.
14904
14905\(fn)" t nil)
14906
14907(autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
14908Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
14909
14910\(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
14911
14912(autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
14913Re-mail the current message.
14914This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
14915contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
14916you.
14917
14918\(fn)" t nil)
14919
14920(autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
14921Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
14922
14923\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14924
14925(autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
14926Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
14927
14928\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
14929
14930(autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
14931Start editing a news article to be sent.
14932
14933\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14934
14935(autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
14936Start editing a news article to be sent.
14937
14938\(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
14939
14940(autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
14941Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
14942Works by overstriking characters.
14943Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14944which specify the range to operate on.
14945
14946\(fn START END)" t nil)
14947
14948(autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
14949Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
14950Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
14951which specify the range to operate on.
14952
14953\(fn START END)" t nil)
14954
14955;;;***
14956
14957;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
14958;;;;;; (16511 32624))
14959;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
14960
14961(autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14962Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
14963Special commands:
14964\\{meta-mode-map}
14965
14966Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
14967`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14968
14969\(fn)" t nil)
14970
14971(autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
14972Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
14973Special commands:
14974\\{meta-mode-map}
14975
14976Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
14977`meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
14978
14979\(fn)" t nil)
14980
14981;;;***
14982
14983;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
14984;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
14985;;;;;; (16511 35537))
14986;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
14987
14988(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
14989Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14990Its body part is not interpreted at all.
14991
14992\(fn)" t nil)
14993
14994(autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
14995Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
14996Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
14997EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
14998Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
14999redisplayed as output is inserted.
15000Its header part is not interpreted at all.
15001
15002\(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
15003
15004(autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
15005Process current buffer through `metamail'.
15006Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
15007EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
15008Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
15009means current).
15010Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
15011redisplayed as output is inserted.
15012
15013\(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
15014
15015(autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
15016Process current region through 'metamail'.
15017Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
15018EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
15019Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
15020means current).
15021Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
15022redisplayed as output is inserted.
15023
15024\(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
15025
15026;;;***
15027
15028;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-user-agent-compose
15029;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (16511
15030;;;;;; 32577))
15031;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
15032
15033(autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
15034Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
15035This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
15036to the MH mail system.
15037
15038See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
15039
15040\(fn)" t nil)
15041
15042(autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
15043Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
15044This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
15045to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
15046for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
15047that want to create a mail buffer.
15048Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.
15049Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO, SUBJECT, and
15050OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
15051
15052\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
15053
15054(autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
15055Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
15056This is `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E.
15057
15058The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
15059initial Subject field, respectively.
15060
15061OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional
15062header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both
15063HEADER and VALUE are strings.
15064
15065CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are ignored.
15066
15067\(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
15068
15069(autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
15070Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
15071This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs front end
15072to the MH mail system.
15073
15074See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.
15075
15076\(fn)" t nil)
15077
15078(autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
15079Mode for composing letters in MH-E.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
15080
15081When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
15082using the MH mail handling system.
15083
15084There are two types of MIME directives used by MH-E: Gnus and MH. The option
15085`mh-compose-insertion' controls what type of directives are inserted by MH-E
15086commands. These directives can be converted to MIME body parts by running
15087\\[mh-edit-mhn] for mhn directives or \\[mh-mml-to-mime] for Gnus directives.
15088This step is mandatory if these directives are added manually. If the
15089directives are inserted with MH-E commands such as \\[mh-compose-insertion],
15090the directives are expanded automatically when the letter is sent.
15091
15092Options that control this mode can be changed with
15093\\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh-compose\" group.
15094
15095When a message is composed, the hooks `text-mode-hook' and
15096`mh-letter-mode-hook' are run.
15097
15098\\{mh-letter-mode-map}
15099
15100\(fn)" t nil)
15101(add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("/drafts/[0-9]+\\'" . mh-letter-mode))
15102
15103;;;***
15104
15105;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el"
15106;;;;;; (16511 32578))
15107;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
15108
15109(autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
15110Inc(orporate) new mail with MH.
15111Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
15112the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
15113
15114\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15115
15116(autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-e" "\
15117Check for new mail in inbox folder.
15118Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil. This function is an entry point to MH-E,
15119the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.
15120
15121\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15122
15123(autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
15124Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
15125
15126\(fn)" t nil)
15127
15128;;;***
15129
15130;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (16511 32581))
15131;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
15132
15133(put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15134
15135(put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15136
15137(put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15138
15139(put (quote mh-nmh-flag) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15140
15141;;;***
15142
15143;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
15144;;;;;; "midnight.el" (16511 32481))
15145;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
15146
15147(autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
15148Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
15149The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
15150`clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
15151`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
15152`clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
15153`clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
15154While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
15155the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
15156displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
15157lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
15158
15159\(fn)" t nil)
15160
15161(autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
15162Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
15163Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
15164to its second argument TM.
15165
15166\(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
15167
15168;;;***
15169
15170;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
15171;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (16511 32481))
15172;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
15173
15174(defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
15175Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
15176See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15177Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15178use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
15179
15180(custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef")
15181
15182(autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
15183Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
15184When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
15185default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
15186the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
15187would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
15188default indication.
15189
15190With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15191Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15192
15193\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15194
15195;;;***
15196
15197;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
15198;;;;;; (16511 32624))
15199;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
15200
15201(autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
15202Major mode for the mixal asm language.
15203\\{mixal-mode-map}
15204
15205\(fn)" t nil)
15206
15207(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
15208
15209;;;***
15210
15211;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
15212;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
15213;;;;;; (16511 25863))
15214;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
15215
15216(autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
15217Not documented
15218
15219\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15220
15221(autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
15222Not documented
15223
15224\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15225
15226(autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
15227Compose Malayalam characters after the position POS.
15228If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
15229In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
15230
15231\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
15232
15233;;;***
15234
15235;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
15236;;;;;; (16464 65075))
15237;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
15238
15239(autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
15240Show the partial part of HANDLE.
15241This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
15242the entire message.
15243If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
15244
15245\(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
15246
15247;;;***
15248
15249;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
15250;;;;;; (16464 65075))
15251;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
15252
15253(autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
15254Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
15255
15256\(fn)" nil nil)
15257
15258(autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
15259Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.
15260
15261\(fn)" nil nil)
15262
15263;;;***
15264
15265;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
15266;;;;;; (16511 32624))
15267;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
15268
15269(autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
15270This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
15271All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
15272followed by the first character of the construct.
15273\\<m2-mode-map>
15274 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
15275 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
15276 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
15277 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
15278 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
15279 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
15280 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
15281 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
15282 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
15283 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
15284 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
15285 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
15286 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
15287 \\[m2-link] link
15288
15289 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
15290 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
15291 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
15292
15293\(fn)" t nil)
15294
15295;;;***
15296
15297;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
15298;;;;;; (16511 32594))
15299;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
15300
15301(autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
15302Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
15303
15304\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15305
15306(autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
15307Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
15308
15309\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
15310
15311;;;***
15312
15313;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (16511
15314;;;;;; 32481))
15315;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
15316
15317(defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
15318Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
15319See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15320Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15321use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
15322
15323(custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel")
15324
15325(autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
15326Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
15327With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
15328Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
15329
15330When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
15331
15332- Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
15333
15334- Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
15335
15336- Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
15337Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
15338Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
15339Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
15340Triple-clicking selects lines.
15341Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
15342
15343- Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
15344the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
15345Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
15346mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
15347`interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
15348
15349- Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
15350the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
15351
15352- Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
15353to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
15354
15355- Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
15356
15357- M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
15358& mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
15359primary selection and region.
15360
15361\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15362
15363;;;***
15364
15365;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (16511 32594))
15366;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
15367
15368(autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
15369Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
15370
15371\(fn)" t nil)
15372
15373;;;***
15374
15375;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (16511 32482))
15376;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
15377
15378(defvar msb-mode nil "\
15379Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
15380See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15381Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15382use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
15383
15384(custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb")
15385
15386(autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
15387Toggle Msb mode.
15388With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
15389This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
15390different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
15391
15392\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15393
15394;;;***
15395
15396;;;### (autoloads (unicode-data unicodedata-file mule-diag list-input-methods
15397;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
15398;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
15399;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
15400;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
15401;;;;;; (16508 53932))
15402;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
15403
15404(autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
15405Display a list of all character sets.
15406
15407The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
15408column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
15409set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
15410for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
15411
15412With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15413but still shows the full information.
15414
15415\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15416
15417(autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
15418Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
15419It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
15420
15421Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
15422DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
15423INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
15424See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
15425detailed meanings of these arguments.
15426
15427\(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
15428
15429(autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
15430Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
15431
15432\(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15433
15434(autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
15435Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
15436
15437\(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
15438
15439(autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15440Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
15441
15442\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
15443
15444(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
15445Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
15446
15447The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
15448where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
15449in place of `..':
15450 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15451 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
15452 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
15453 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
15454 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
15455 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
15456 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15457 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
15458 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15459 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
15460 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15461 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
15462 `default-process-coding-system' for read
15463 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
15464 `default-process-coding-system' for write
15465 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
15466
15467\(fn)" t nil)
15468
15469(autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
15470Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
15471
15472\(fn)" t nil)
15473
15474(autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
15475Display a list of all coding systems.
15476This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
15477
15478With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
15479but still contains full information about each coding system.
15480
15481\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15482
15483(autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
15484Display a list of all coding categories.
15485
15486\(fn)" nil nil)
15487
15488(autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
15489Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.
15490
15491\(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
15492
15493(autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
15494Display information about FONTSET.
15495This shows which font is used for which character(s).
15496
15497\(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
15498
15499(autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
15500Display a list of all fontsets.
15501This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
15502With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
15503see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
15504
15505\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15506
15507(autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
15508Display information about all input methods.
15509
15510\(fn)" t nil)
15511
15512(autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
15513Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
15514
15515This shows various information related to the current multilingual
15516environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
15517character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
15518system which uses fontsets).
15519
15520\(fn)" t nil)
15521
15522(defvar unicodedata-file nil "\
15523Location of UnicodeData file.
15524This is the UnicodeData.txt file from the Unicode consortium, used for
15525diagnostics. If it is non-nil `describe-char-after' will print data
15526looked up from it.")
15527
15528(custom-autoload (quote unicodedata-file) "mule-diag")
15529
15530(autoload (quote unicode-data) "mule-diag" "\
15531Return a list of Unicode data for unicode CHAR.
15532Each element is a list of a property description and the property value.
15533The list is null if CHAR isn't found in `unicodedata-file'.
15534
15535\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15536
15537;;;***
15538
15539;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
15540;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-equal
15541;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-encode coding-system-translation-table-for-decode
15542;;;;;; coding-system-pre-write-conversion coding-system-post-read-conversion
15543;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
15544;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
15545;;;;;; (16511 31724))
15546;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
15547
15548(autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
15549Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
15550TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
15551
15552\(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
15553
15554(make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "21.4")
15555
15556(defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
15557Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
15558
15559(defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
15560Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
15561
15562(autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
15563Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
15564
15565\(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
15566
15567(autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
15568Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
15569The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
15570column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
15571START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
15572are specified in terms of character display width in the current
15573buffer; see also `char-width'.
15574
15575The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
15576character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
15577of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
15578comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
15579the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
15580middle of a character in STR.
15581
15582If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
15583the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
15584
15585If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
15586end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
15587unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
15588width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
15589defaults to \"...\".
15590
15591\(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
15592
15593(defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
15594
15595(make-obsolete (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width) "20.1")
15596
15597(defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
15598Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
15599
15600Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
15601any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
15602\(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
15603
15604You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
15605sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
15606can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
15607
15608(autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15609Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
15610Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
15611 is considered.
15612Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
15613longer than KEYSEQ.
15614See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
15615
15616\(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
15617
15618(autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
15619Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
15620Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
15621Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
15622The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
15623car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
15624If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
15625 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
15626 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
15627Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
15628 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
15629
15630\(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
15631
15632(autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15633Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
15634
15635\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15636
15637(autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
15638Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
15639
15640\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15641
15642(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
15643Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
15644
15645\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15646
15647(autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
15648Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
15649
15650\(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
15651
15652(autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
15653Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
15654Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
15655or one is an alias of the other.
15656
15657\(fn CODING-SYSTEM-1 CODING-SYSTEM-2)" nil nil)
15658
15659(autoload (quote with-coding-priority) "mule-util" "\
15660Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
15661CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See
15662`set-coding-priority'. This affects the implicit sorting of lists of
15663coding sysems returned by operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
15664
15665\(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
15666
15667(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
15668Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
15669PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
15670coding systems ordered by priority.
15671
15672\(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
15673
15674(autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
15675Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
15676The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
15677language environment LANG-ENV.
15678
15679\(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
15680
15681(autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
15682Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
15683On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
15684appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
15685charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
15686basis, this may not be accurate.
15687
15688\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15689
15690;;;***
15691
15692;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
15693;;;;;; (16511 32482))
15694;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
15695
15696(defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
15697Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
15698See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
15699Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15700use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
15701
15702(custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel")
15703
15704(autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
15705Toggle mouse wheel support.
15706With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15707Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15708
15709\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15710
15711(autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
15712Enable mouse wheel support.
15713
15714\(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
15715
15716;;;***
15717
15718;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
15719;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig dns-lookup-host
15720;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
15721;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (16511 32586))
15722;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
15723
15724(autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
15725Run traceroute program for TARGET.
15726
15727\(fn TARGET)" t nil)
15728
15729(autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
15730Ping HOST.
15731If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
15732`ping-program-options'.
15733
15734\(fn HOST)" t nil)
15735
15736(autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
15737Run ipconfig program.
15738
15739\(fn)" t nil)
15740
15741(defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
15742
15743(autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
15744Run netstat program.
15745
15746\(fn)" t nil)
15747
15748(autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
15749Run the arp program.
15750
15751\(fn)" t nil)
15752
15753(autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
15754Run the route program.
15755
15756\(fn)" t nil)
15757
15758(autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15759Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
15760
15761\(fn HOST)" t nil)
15762
15763(autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
15764Run nslookup program.
15765
15766\(fn)" t nil)
15767
15768(autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
15769Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
15770
15771\(fn HOST)" t nil)
15772
15773(autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
15774Run dig program.
15775
15776\(fn HOST)" t nil)
15777
15778(autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
15779Run ftp program.
15780
15781\(fn HOST)" t nil)
15782
15783(autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
15784Finger USER on HOST.
15785
15786\(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
15787
15788(autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
15789Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
15790If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
15791from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
15792
15793\(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
15794
15795(autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
15796Not documented
15797
15798\(fn)" t nil)
15799
15800(autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
15801Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
15802
15803\(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
15804
15805(autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
15806Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
15807
15808\(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
15809
15810;;;***
15811
15812;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region
15813;;;;;; comment-region uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column
15814;;;;;; comment-indent comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars
15815;;;;;; comment-multi-line comment-padding comment-style comment-column)
15816;;;;;; "newcomment" "newcomment.el" (16511 32482))
15817;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
15818
15819(defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
15820
15821(defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
15822
15823(defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
15824
15825(defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
15826
15827(defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
15828Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
15829Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
15830be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
15831to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
15832Major modes should set this variable.")
15833
15834(defvar comment-column 32 "\
15835*Column to indent right-margin comments to.
15836Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
15837can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
15838Comments might be indented to a value smaller than this in order
15839not to go beyond `comment-fill-column'.")
15840
15841(custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment")
15842
15843(defvar comment-start nil "\
15844*String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
15845
15846(defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
15847*Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
15848If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
15849at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
15850
15851(defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
15852Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
15853
15854(defvar comment-end "" "\
15855*String to insert to end a new comment.
15856Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
15857
15858(defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
15859Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
15860This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
15861the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
15862column indentation or nil.
15863If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
15864
15865(defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
15866Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
15867The function has no args.
15868
15869Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
15870comments always start in column zero.")
15871
15872(defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
15873*Style to be used for `comment-region'.
15874See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
15875
15876(custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment")
15877
15878(defvar comment-padding " " "\
15879Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
15880Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
15881of the corresponding number of spaces.
15882
15883Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
15884makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
15885
15886(custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment")
15887
15888(defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
15889*Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
15890This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
15891
15892(custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment")
15893
15894(autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
15895Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
15896Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
15897this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
15898the variables are properly set.
15899
15900\(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
15901
15902(autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
15903Default for `comment-indent-function'.
15904
15905\(fn)" nil nil)
15906
15907(autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
15908Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
15909If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
15910
15911\(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
15912
15913(autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
15914Set the comment column based on point.
15915With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
15916With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
15917With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
15918 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
15919
15920\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15921
15922(autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
15923Kill the comment on this line, if any.
15924With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
15925
15926\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15927
15928(autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15929Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
15930The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
15931comment markers.
15932
15933\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15934
15935(autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
15936Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
15937With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
15938Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
15939If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
15940By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
15941even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
15942do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
15943
15944The strings used as comment starts are built from
15945`comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
15946
15947\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15948
15949(autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
15950Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
15951in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
15952is passed on to the respective function.
15953
15954\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
15955
15956(autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
15957Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
15958If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
15959 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
15960 case it calls `uncomment-region').
15961Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
15962Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
15963Else, call `comment-indent'.
15964
15965\(fn ARG)" t nil)
15966
15967(autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
15968Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
15969This indents the body of the continued comment
15970under the previous comment line.
15971
15972This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
15973starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
15974If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
15975
15976If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
15977or comment indentation.
15978
15979The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
15980unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
15981
15982\(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
15983
15984;;;***
15985
15986;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (16464
15987;;;;;; 65087))
15988;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
15989
15990(autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
15991Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
15992If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
15993as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
15994first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
15995symbol in the alist.
15996
15997\(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
15998
15999;;;***
16000
16001;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
16002;;;;;; (16464 65087))
16003;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
16004
16005(autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
16006Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
16007This command does not work if you use short group names.
16008
16009\(fn)" t nil)
16010
16011;;;***
16012
16013;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
16014;;;;;; (16464 65087))
16015;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
16016
16017(autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
16018\"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
16019Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
16020
16021\(fn)" t nil)
16022
16023;;;***
16024
16025;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
16026;;;;;; (16464 65087))
16027;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
16028
16029(autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
16030Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
16031
16032\(fn)" t nil)
16033
16034;;;***
16035
16036;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
16037;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (16464 65087))
16038;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
16039
16040(autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
16041Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
16042
16043\(fn)" t nil)
16044
16045(autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
16046Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
16047
16048\(fn)" t nil)
16049
16050(autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
16051Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
16052
16053\(fn)" t nil)
16054
16055;;;***
16056
16057;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
16058;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (16511 32482))
16059;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
16060
16061(defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
16062Function to call to handle disabled commands.
16063If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
16064
16065(autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" "\
16066Not documented
16067
16068\(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16069
16070(autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
16071Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
16072The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
16073to future sessions.
16074
16075\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
16076
16077(autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
16078Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
16079The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
16080to future sessions.
16081
16082\(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
16083
16084;;;***
16085
16086;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
16087;;;;;; (16511 32639))
16088;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
16089
16090(autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
16091Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
16092\\{nroff-mode-map}
16093Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
16094Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
16095closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
16096
16097\(fn)" t nil)
16098
16099;;;***
16100
16101;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
16102;;;;;; (16511 32624))
16103;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
16104
16105(autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
16106Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
16107Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
16108specified by `octave-help-files'.
16109If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
16110
16111\(fn KEY)" t nil)
16112
16113;;;***
16114
16115;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
16116;;;;;; (16511 32624))
16117;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
16118
16119(autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
16120Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
16121This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
16122
16123Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
16124
16125The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
16126command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
16127
16128Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
16129the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
16130startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
16131
16132\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16133
16134(defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
16135
16136;;;***
16137
16138;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
16139;;;;;; (16511 32624))
16140;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
16141
16142(autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
16143Major mode for editing Octave code.
16144
16145This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
16146indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
16147showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
16148Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
16149
16150Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
16151computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
16152solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
16153can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
16154is why you need this mode!).
16155
16156The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
16157ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
16158source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
16159
16160Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
16161
16162Keybindings
16163===========
16164
16165\\{octave-mode-map}
16166
16167Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
16168==============================================
16169
16170octave-auto-indent
16171 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
16172 Default is nil.
16173
16174octave-auto-newline
16175 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
16176 Default is nil.
16177
16178octave-blink-matching-block
16179 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
16180 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
16181
16182octave-block-offset
16183 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
16184 Default is 2.
16185
16186octave-continuation-offset
16187 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
16188 Default is 4.
16189
16190octave-continuation-string
16191 String used for Octave continuation lines.
16192 Default is a backslash.
16193
16194octave-mode-startup-message
16195 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
16196 Default is t.
16197
16198octave-send-echo-input
16199 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
16200 command to the inferior Octave process.
16201
16202octave-send-line-auto-forward
16203 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
16204 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
16205
16206octave-send-echo-input
16207 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
16208
16209Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
16210
16211To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
16212following lines to your `.emacs' file:
16213
16214 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
16215 (setq auto-mode-alist
16216 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
16217
16218To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
16219add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
16220
16221 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
16222 (lambda ()
16223 (abbrev-mode 1)
16224 (auto-fill-mode 1)
16225 (if (eq window-system 'x)
16226 (font-lock-mode 1))))
16227
16228To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
16229This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
16230already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
16231including a reproducible test case and send the message.
16232
16233\(fn)" t nil)
16234
16235;;;***
16236
16237;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
16238;;;;;; (16511 32590))
16239;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
16240
16241(autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
16242Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
16243It is now better to use Customize instead.
16244
16245\(fn)" t nil)
16246
16247(autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
16248Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
16249Selects a buffer containing such a list,
16250in which there are commands to set the option values.
16251Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
16252
16253The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
16254
16255\(fn)" t nil)
16256
16257;;;***
16258
16259;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
16260;;;;;; (16511 32482))
16261;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
16262
16263(autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
16264Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
16265Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
16266two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
16267
16268Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
16269invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
16270of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
16271back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
16272
16273Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
16274\\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
16275\\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
16276\\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
16277\\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
16278\\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
16279
16280\\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
16281\\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
16282\\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
16283
16284The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
16285They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
16286\\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
16287\\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
16288\\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
16289 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
16290 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
16291\\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
16292\\[show-entry] make it visible.
16293\\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
16294 The subheadings remain visible.
16295\\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
16296
16297The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
16298A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
16299beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
16300
16301Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
16302`outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
16303
16304\(fn)" t nil)
16305
16306(autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
16307Toggle Outline minor mode.
16308With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
16309See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
16310
16311\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16312
16313;;;***
16314
16315;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (16511 32482))
16316;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
16317
16318(defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
16319Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
16320See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16321Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16322use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
16323
16324(custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren")
16325
16326(autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
16327Toggle Show Paren mode.
16328With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
16329Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
16330
16331When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
16332in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
16333
16334\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16335
16336;;;***
16337
16338;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
16339;;;;;; (16511 32531))
16340;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
16341
16342(autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
16343Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
16344The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
16345unknown are returned as nil.
16346
16347\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16348
16349;;;***
16350
16351;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (16511
16352;;;;;; 32625))
16353;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
16354
16355(autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
16356Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
16357TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16358
16359\\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
16360\\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
16361
16362Other useful functions are:
16363
16364\\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
16365\\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
16366\\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
16367\\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
16368\\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
16369\\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
16370\\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
16371\\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
16372\\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
16373
16374Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
16375
16376 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
16377 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
16378 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
16379 Indentation for case statements.
16380 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
16381 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
16382 mark after an end.
16383 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
16384 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
16385 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
16386 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
16387 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16388 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
16389 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
16390 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
16391 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
16392 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
16393
16394See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
16395pascal-separator-keywords.
16396
16397Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
16398no args, if that value is non-nil.
16399
16400\(fn)" t nil)
16401
16402;;;***
16403
16404;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
16405;;;;;; (16511 32550))
16406;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
16407
16408(autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
16409Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
16410The keys affected are:
16411Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
16412C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
16413M-Backspace does undo.
16414Home and End move to beginning and end of line
16415C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
16416C-Escape does list-buffers.
16417
16418\(fn)" t nil)
16419
16420;;;***
16421
16422;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
16423;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (16511 32550))
16424;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
16425
16426(defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16427Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
16428See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16429Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16430use either \\[customize] or the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
16431
16432(custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16433
16434(autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
16435Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
16436
16437This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16438
16439The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
16440which modify the status of the mark.
16441
16442The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
16443The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
16444
16445C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
16446S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
16447
16448M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
16449S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
16450behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
16451variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
16452turning `pc-selection-mode' on.
16453
16454C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
16455S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
16456
16457HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
16458S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
16459With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
16460
16461END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
16462S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
16463With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
16464
16465PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
16466S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
16467
16468S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
16469S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
16470C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
16471
16472In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
16473the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
16474but before calling `pc-selection-mode'):
16475
16476 F6 other-window
16477 DELETE delete-char
16478 C-DELETE kill-line
16479 M-DELETE kill-word
16480 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
16481 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
16482 M-BACKSPACE undo
16483
16484\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16485
16486(defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
16487Toggle PC Selection mode.
16488Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
16489and cursor movement commands.
16490This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
16491You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
16492
16493(custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select")
16494
16495;;;***
16496
16497;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (16511
16498;;;;;; 32483))
16499;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
16500
16501(autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
16502Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
16503
16504\(fn)" nil nil)
16505
16506;;;***
16507
16508;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
16509;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (16511 32483))
16510;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
16511
16512(autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16513Completion for `gzip'.
16514
16515\(fn)" nil nil)
16516
16517(autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16518Completion for `bzip2'.
16519
16520\(fn)" nil nil)
16521
16522(autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16523Completion for GNU `make'.
16524
16525\(fn)" nil nil)
16526
16527(autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
16528Completion for the GNU tar utility.
16529
16530\(fn)" nil nil)
16531
16532(defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16533
16534;;;***
16535
16536;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
16537;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (16511 32483))
16538;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
16539
16540(autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16541Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
16542
16543\(fn)" nil nil)
16544
16545(autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16546Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
16547
16548\(fn)" nil nil)
16549
16550(autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
16551Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
16552
16553\(fn)" nil nil)
16554
16555;;;***
16556
16557;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (16511
16558;;;;;; 32483))
16559;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
16560
16561(autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
16562Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
16563These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
16564system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
16565not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
16566You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
16567
16568\(fn)" nil nil)
16569
16570;;;***
16571
16572;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
16573;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
16574;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (16511 32483))
16575;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
16576
16577(autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16578Completion for `cd'.
16579
16580\(fn)" nil nil)
16581
16582(defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
16583
16584(autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16585Completion for `rmdir'.
16586
16587\(fn)" nil nil)
16588
16589(autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16590Completion for `rm'.
16591
16592\(fn)" nil nil)
16593
16594(autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16595Completion for `xargs'.
16596
16597\(fn)" nil nil)
16598
16599(defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
16600
16601(autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16602Completion for `which'.
16603
16604\(fn)" nil nil)
16605
16606(autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16607Completion for the `chown' command.
16608
16609\(fn)" nil nil)
16610
16611(autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
16612Completion for the `chgrp' command.
16613
16614\(fn)" nil nil)
16615
16616;;;***
16617
16618;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
16619;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
16620;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (16511
16621;;;;;; 32484))
16622;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
16623
16624(autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
16625Support extensible programmable completion.
16626To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
16627completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
16628
16629\(fn)" t nil)
16630
16631(autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
16632If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
16633
16634\(fn)" t nil)
16635
16636(autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
16637Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16638This will modify the current buffer.
16639
16640\(fn)" t nil)
16641
16642(autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
16643Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
16644
16645\(fn)" t nil)
16646
16647(autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
16648Expand the textual value of the current argument.
16649This will modify the current buffer.
16650
16651\(fn)" t nil)
16652
16653(autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
16654Display any help information relative to the current argument.
16655
16656\(fn)" t nil)
16657
16658(autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
16659Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
16660
16661\(fn)" t nil)
16662
16663(autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16664Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
16665COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
16666dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
16667`comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
16668
16669\(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
16670
16671(autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
16672Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
16673
16674\(fn)" nil nil)
16675
16676;;;***
16677
16678;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
16679;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
16680;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (16511 32485))
16681;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
16682
16683(autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
16684Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
16685Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
16686and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16687
16688With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
16689
16690\(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS)" t nil)
16691
16692(autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
16693Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
16694With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16695A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16696 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16697Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16698FLAGS is ignored.
16699
16700\(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
16701
16702(autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
16703Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
16704That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
16705Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16706With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16707A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16708 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16709Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16710
16711\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16712
16713(autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
16714Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16715Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16716With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
16717A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16718 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16719The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
16720 passed to cvs.
16721
16722\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
16723
16724(autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
16725Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
16726Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
16727With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
16728A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
16729 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
16730Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
16731
16732\(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
16733
16734(add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
16735
16736(defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
16737The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
16738Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
16739
16740(custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs")
16741
16742(defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
16743Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
16744nil means never do it.
16745ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
16746 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
16747Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
16748
16749(custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs")
16750
16751(defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
16752Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
16753The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
16754
16755;;;***
16756
16757;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (16511 32484))
16758;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
16759
16760(defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
16761
16762;;;***
16763
16764;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
16765;;;;;; (16511 32625))
16766;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
16767
16768(autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
16769Major mode for editing Perl code.
16770Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
16771Tab indents for Perl code.
16772Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
16773Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16774Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16775\\{perl-mode-map}
16776Variables controlling indentation style:
16777 `perl-tab-always-indent'
16778 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
16779 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16780 `perl-tab-to-comment'
16781 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
16782 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
16783 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
16784 `perl-nochange'
16785 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
16786 `perl-indent-level'
16787 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
16788 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16789 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16790 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
16791 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16792 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16793 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
16794 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16795 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
16796 `perl-brace-offset'
16797 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16798 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
16799 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16800 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16801 `perl-label-offset'
16802 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
16803 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
16804 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
16805
16806Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
16807 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
16808 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
16809 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
16810 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
16811 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
16812 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
16813
16814Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
16815
16816\(fn)" t nil)
16817
16818;;;***
16819
16820;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
16821;;;;;; (16511 32639))
16822;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
16823
16824(autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
16825Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
16826Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
16827afterwards settable by these commands:
16828 C-c < Move left after insertion.
16829 C-c > Move right after insertion.
16830 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
16831 C-c . Move down after insertion.
16832 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
16833 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
16834 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
16835 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
16836 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
16837 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
16838 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
16839 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
16840The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
16841direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
16842spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
16843with these commands:
16844 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
16845 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
16846 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
16847 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
16848 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
16849 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
16850 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
16851 Return Move to beginning of next line.
16852You can edit tabular text with these commands:
16853 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
16854 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
16855 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
16856 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
16857 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
16858 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
16859 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
16860 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
16861You can manipulate text with these commands:
16862 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
16863 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
16864 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
16865 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
16866 text is saved in the kill ring.
16867 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
16868You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
16869 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
16870 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
16871 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
16872 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
16873 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
16874 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
16875 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
16876 commands if invoked soon enough.
16877You can return to the previous mode with:
16878 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
16879 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
16880
16881Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
16882
16883Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
16884they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
16885
16886\(fn)" t nil)
16887
16888(defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
16889
16890;;;***
16891
16892;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
16893;;;;;; (16511 32639))
16894;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
16895
16896(autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
16897Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
16898Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
16899
16900\(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16901
16902;;;***
16903
16904;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (16511 32594))
16905;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
16906
16907(autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
16908Play pong and waste time.
16909This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
16910Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
16911
16912pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
16913
16914\\{pong-mode-map}
16915
16916\(fn)" t nil)
16917
16918;;;***
16919
16920;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-to-string)
16921;;;;;; "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (16511 32545))
16922;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
16923
16924(autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
16925Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
16926OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
16927to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
16928
16929\(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
16930
16931(autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
16932Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
16933Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
16934can handle, whenever this is possible.
16935Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
16936
16937\(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
16938
16939(autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
16940Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
16941If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
16942instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
16943in the variable `values'.
16944
16945\(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
16946
16947(autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
16948Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
16949With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
16950Ignores leading comment characters.
16951
16952\(fn ARG)" t nil)
16953
16954;;;***
16955
16956;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
16957;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
16958;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
16959;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
16960;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
16961;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
16962;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
16963;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
16964;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
16965;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
16966;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
16967;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
16968;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
16969;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
16970;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
16971;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
16972;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
16973;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
16974;;;;;; (16511 32487))
16975;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
16976
16977(autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
16978Activate the printing interface buffer.
16979
16980If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
16981
16982For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
16983
16984\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16985
16986(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
16987Preview directory using ghostview.
16988
16989Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
16990file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
16991command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
16992that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
16993
16994Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
16995nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
16996FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
16997save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
16998PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
16999file name.
17000
17001See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17002
17003\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17004
17005(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17006Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
17007
17008Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
17009file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17010command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
17011that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17012
17013Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
17014nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
17015FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
17016save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17017PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
17018file name.
17019
17020See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17021
17022\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17023
17024(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
17025Print directory using PostScript printer.
17026
17027Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
17028file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17029command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
17030that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17031
17032Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
17033nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
17034FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
17035save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17036PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
17037file name.
17038
17039See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17040
17041\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17042
17043(autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
17044Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17045
17046It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
17047
17048Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
17049file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17050command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
17051that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17052
17053Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
17054nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
17055FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
17056save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17057PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
17058file name.
17059
17060See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17061
17062\(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17063
17064(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
17065Preview buffer using ghostview.
17066
17067Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17068prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17069the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17070
17071Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17072argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
17073temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
17074with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17075
17076\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17077
17078(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17079Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
17080
17081Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17082prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17083the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17084
17085Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17086argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17087printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17088that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17089
17090\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17091
17092(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
17093Print buffer using PostScript printer.
17094
17095Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17096prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17097the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17098
17099Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17100argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17101printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17102that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17103
17104\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17105
17106(autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
17107Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17108
17109It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
17110
17111Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
17112prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
17113the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17114
17115Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17116argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
17117printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
17118that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
17119
17120\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17121
17122(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
17123Preview region using ghostview.
17124
17125See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17126
17127\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17128
17129(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17130Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
17131
17132See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17133
17134\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17135
17136(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
17137Print region using PostScript printer.
17138
17139See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17140
17141\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17142
17143(autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
17144Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
17145
17146See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17147
17148\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17149
17150(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
17151Preview major mode using ghostview.
17152
17153See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
17154
17155\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17156
17157(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17158Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
17159
17160See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
17161
17162\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17163
17164(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
17165Print major mode using PostScript printer.
17166
17167See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
17168
17169\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17170
17171(autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
17172Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
17173
17174See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
17175
17176\(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17177
17178(autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
17179Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
17180The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17181The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17182
17183Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17184matching.
17185
17186Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17187prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17188
17189See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17190
17191\(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17192
17193(autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
17194Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
17195The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17196The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17197
17198\(fn)" t nil)
17199
17200(autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
17201Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
17202The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
17203The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
17204
17205\(fn)" t nil)
17206
17207(autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
17208Print directory using text printer.
17209
17210Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
17211matching.
17212
17213Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
17214prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
17215
17216See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
17217
17218\(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
17219
17220(autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
17221Print buffer using text printer.
17222
17223\(fn)" t nil)
17224
17225(autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
17226Print region using text printer.
17227
17228\(fn)" t nil)
17229
17230(autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
17231Print major mode using text printer.
17232
17233\(fn)" t nil)
17234
17235(autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
17236Preview spooled PostScript.
17237
17238Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17239user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17240instead of saving it in a temporary file.
17241
17242Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17243save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
17244PostScript image in a file with that name.
17245
17246\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17247
17248(autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17249Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
17250
17251Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17252user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17253instead of sending it to the printer.
17254
17255Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17256send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17257image in a file with that name.
17258
17259\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17260
17261(autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
17262Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17263
17264Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17265user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17266instead of sending it to the printer.
17267
17268Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17269send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17270image in a file with that name.
17271
17272\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17273
17274(autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
17275Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17276
17277Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17278user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17279instead of sending it to the printer.
17280
17281Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17282send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17283image in a file with that name.
17284
17285\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17286
17287(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
17288Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17289
17290\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17291
17292(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
17293Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
17294
17295\(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17296
17297(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17298Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
17299
17300\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17301
17302(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
17303Print PostScript file FILENAME.
17304
17305\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17306
17307(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
17308Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
17309
17310\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
17311
17312(autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
17313Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
17314
17315Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
17316PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
17317command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
17318saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17319
17320Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
17321argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
17322PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
17323PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
17324nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
17325PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
17326file name.
17327
17328\(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
17329
17330(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
17331Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
17332
17333\(fn)" t nil)
17334
17335(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
17336Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
17337
17338If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17339right.
17340If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17341bottom.
17342
17343\(fn)" t nil)
17344
17345(autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
17346Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
17347
17348\(fn)" t nil)
17349
17350(autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
17351Toggle printing using ghostscript.
17352
17353\(fn)" t nil)
17354
17355(autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
17356Toggle printing with faces.
17357
17358\(fn)" t nil)
17359
17360(autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
17361Toggle spooling.
17362
17363\(fn)" t nil)
17364
17365(autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
17366Toggle duplex.
17367
17368\(fn)" t nil)
17369
17370(autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
17371Toggle tumble.
17372
17373If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
17374right.
17375If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
17376bottom.
17377
17378\(fn)" t nil)
17379
17380(autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
17381Toggle landscape.
17382
17383\(fn)" t nil)
17384
17385(autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
17386Toggle upside-down.
17387
17388\(fn)" t nil)
17389
17390(autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
17391Toggle line number.
17392
17393\(fn)" t nil)
17394
17395(autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
17396Toggle zebra stripes.
17397
17398\(fn)" t nil)
17399
17400(autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
17401Toggle printing header.
17402
17403\(fn)" t nil)
17404
17405(autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
17406Toggle printing header frame.
17407
17408\(fn)" t nil)
17409
17410(autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
17411Toggle menu lock.
17412
17413\(fn)" t nil)
17414
17415(autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
17416Toggle auto region.
17417
17418\(fn)" t nil)
17419
17420(autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
17421Toggle auto mode.
17422
17423\(fn)" t nil)
17424
17425(autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
17426Customization of the `printing' group.
17427
17428\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17429
17430(autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
17431Customization of the `lpr' group.
17432
17433\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17434
17435(autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
17436Help for the printing package.
17437
17438\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17439
17440(autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
17441Interactively select a PostScript printer.
17442
17443\(fn)" t nil)
17444
17445(autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
17446Interactively select a text printer.
17447
17448\(fn)" t nil)
17449
17450(autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
17451Interactively select a PostScript utility.
17452
17453\(fn)" t nil)
17454
17455(autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
17456Show current ps-print settings.
17457
17458\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17459
17460(autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
17461Show current printing settings.
17462
17463\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17464
17465(autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
17466Show current lpr settings.
17467
17468\(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
17469
17470(autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17471Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
17472
17473If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17474Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17475`pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17476printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
17477
17478
17479Interactively, you have the following situations:
17480
17481 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17482 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
17483 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
17484
17485 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17486 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17487 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
17488 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
17489 current active printer.
17490
17491 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17492 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
17493 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17494 printer.
17495
17496 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
17497 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
17498 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
17499 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
17500 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
17501
17502
17503Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
17504zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
17505
17506 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
17507
17508 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
17509 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
17510 be done using the new current active printer.
17511
17512 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
17513 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
17514 printer.
17515
17516 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
17517 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
17518 printer to that choosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
17519 instead of sending it to the printer.
17520
17521 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
17522 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17523 printer.
17524
17525 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
17526
17527
17528Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17529are both set to t.
17530
17531\(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
17532
17533(autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
17534Fast fire function for text printing.
17535
17536If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
17537Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
17538`pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
17539printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
17540
17541Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
17542user for a new active text printer.
17543
17544Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
17545
17546 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
17547
17548 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
17549 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
17550 printer.
17551
17552 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
17553
17554Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
17555are both set to t.
17556
17557\(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
17558
17559;;;***
17560
17561;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
17562;;;;;; (16511 32625))
17563;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
17564
17565(autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
17566Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
17567Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
17568Commands:
17569\\{prolog-mode-map}
17570Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
17571if that value is non-nil.
17572
17573\(fn)" t nil)
17574
17575(autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
17576Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
17577
17578\(fn)" t nil)
17579
17580;;;***
17581
17582;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (16511 32487))
17583;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
17584
17585(defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
17586*List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
17587The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
17588
17589;;;***
17590
17591;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (16511
17592;;;;;; 32625))
17593;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
17594
17595(autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
17596Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
17597
17598Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
17599
17600The following variables hold user options, and can
17601be set through the `customize' command:
17602
17603 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
17604 `ps-mode-tab'
17605 `ps-mode-paper-size'
17606 `ps-mode-print-function'
17607 `ps-run-prompt'
17608 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
17609 `ps-run-x'
17610 `ps-run-dumb'
17611 `ps-run-init'
17612 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
17613 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
17614
17615Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
17616
17617
17618\\{ps-mode-map}
17619
17620
17621When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
17622a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
17623The keymap for this second window is:
17624
17625\\{ps-run-mode-map}
17626
17627
17628When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
17629with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
17630point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
17631to the interpreter was sent from that window.
17632Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
17633
17634\(fn)" t nil)
17635
17636;;;***
17637
17638;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-end-job ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-initialize
17639;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (16511 32487))
17640;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
17641
17642(defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
17643*Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
17644
17645Valid values are:
17646
17647 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
17648 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
17649 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
17650 changed by setting the variable
17651 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
17652 The initial value of this variable is
17653 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
17654 documentation).
17655
17656 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
17657 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
17658 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
17659 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
17660 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
17661 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
17662 test it.
17663
17664 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
17665 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
17666 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
17667 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
17668 source file. BDF fonts are included in
17669 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
17670 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
17671 use this value, be sure to have installed
17672 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
17673 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
17674 documentation of this variable).
17675
17676 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
17677 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
17678 characters. This is convenient when you want or
17679 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
17680 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
17681 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
17682
17683Any other value is treated as nil.")
17684
17685(custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule")
17686
17687(autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
17688Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
17689
17690\(fn)" nil nil)
17691
17692(autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
17693Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
17694This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
17695
17696\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
17697
17698(autoload (quote ps-mule-end-job) "ps-mule" "\
17699Finish printing job for multi-byte chars.
17700
17701\(fn)" nil nil)
17702
17703;;;***
17704
17705;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
17706;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
17707;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
17708;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
17709;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
17710;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (16511
17711;;;;;; 32489))
17712;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
17713
17714(defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
17715*List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
17716See `ps-paper-type'.")
17717
17718(custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print")
17719
17720(defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
17721*Specify the size of paper to format for.
17722Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
17723example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
17724
17725(custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print")
17726
17727(defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
17728*Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
17729
17730Valid values are:
17731
17732 nil Do not print colors.
17733
17734 t Print colors.
17735
17736 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
17737 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
17738
17739Any other value is treated as t.")
17740
17741(custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print")
17742
17743(autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
17744Customization of ps-print group.
17745
17746\(fn)" t nil)
17747
17748(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17749Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17750
17751Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17752user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
17753sending it to the printer.
17754
17755Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17756send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17757image in a file with that name.
17758
17759\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17760
17761(autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17762Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
17763Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17764the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17765so it has a way to determine color values.
17766
17767\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17768
17769(autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
17770Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17771Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
17772
17773\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17774
17775(autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17776Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
17777Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17778the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17779so it has a way to determine color values.
17780
17781\(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17782
17783(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17784Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17785Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
17786buffer to be sent to the printer later.
17787
17788Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17789
17790\(fn)" t nil)
17791
17792(autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17793Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
17794Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17795the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17796so it has a way to determine color values.
17797
17798Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17799
17800\(fn)" t nil)
17801
17802(autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
17803Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17804Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
17805
17806Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17807
17808\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17809
17810(autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
17811Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
17812Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
17813the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
17814so it has a way to determine color values.
17815
17816Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
17817
17818\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
17819
17820(autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
17821Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
17822
17823Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
17824user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
17825instead of sending it to the printer.
17826
17827Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
17828send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
17829image in a file with that name.
17830
17831\(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
17832
17833(autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
17834Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
17835Done using the current ps-print setup.
17836Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
17837\", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
17838
17839\(fn)" t nil)
17840
17841(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
17842Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
17843The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17844
17845\(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17846
17847(autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
17848Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
17849The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
17850
17851\(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
17852
17853(autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
17854Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
17855
17856\(fn)" nil nil)
17857
17858(autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
17859Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17860
17861If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
17862with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17863
17864If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17865otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17866
17867The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
17868
17869See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
17870
17871\(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17872
17873(autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
17874Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
17875
17876If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
17877with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
17878
17879If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
17880otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
17881
17882The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
17883
17884 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
17885
17886FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
17887
17888FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
17889foreground and background colors respectively.
17890
17891EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
17892 bold - use bold font.
17893 italic - use italic font.
17894 underline - put a line under text.
17895 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
17896 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
17897 shadow - text will have a shadow.
17898 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
17899 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
17900
17901If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
17902
17903\(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
17904
17905;;;***
17906
17907;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
17908;;;;;; (16511 32626))
17909;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
17910
17911(add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
17912
17913(add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
17914
17915(add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
17916
17917(autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
17918Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
17919CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
17920buffer automatically.
17921If there is a process already running in `*Python*', switch to
17922that buffer. Interactively a prefix arg, allows you to edit the initial
17923command line (default is the value of `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
17924will be added to this as appropriate. Runs the hooks
17925`inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
17926\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
17927
17928\(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW)" t nil)
17929
17930(autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
17931Major mode for editing Python files.
17932Turns on Font Lock mode unconditionally since it is required for correct
17933parsing of the source.
17934See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
17935contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
17936commands for running Python under Emacs.
17937
17938The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
17939with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
17940current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
17941times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
17942the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
17943\\<python-mode-map>
17944Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
17945an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
17946deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
17947deletes a charcter backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
17948the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
17949through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
17950
17951\\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multiline strings appropriately, but has no
17952effect outside them.
17953
17954Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
17955Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
17956lines count as headers.
17957
17958\\{python-mode-map}
17959
17960\(fn)" t nil)
17961
17962(autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
17963Major mode for editing Jython files.
17964Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
17965Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
17966
17967\(fn)" t nil)
17968
17969;;;***
17970
17971;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
17972;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
17973;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
17974;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
17975;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (16511 30645))
17976;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
17977
17978(autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
17979Return the title of the current Quail package.
17980
17981\(fn)" nil nil)
17982
17983(autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
17984Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
17985The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
17986
17987This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
17988`quail-activate', which see.
17989
17990\(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
17991
17992(autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
17993Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
17994TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
17995Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
17996 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
17997 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
17998 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
17999
18000GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
18001If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
18002 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
18003If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
18004 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
18005 shown.
18006If it is nil, the current key is shown.
18007
18008DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
18009`describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
18010\\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
18011string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
18012replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
18013list of candidates.
18014
18015TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
18016region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
18017command to be called.
18018
18019FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
18020for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
18021translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
18022first candidate when the same key is entered later.
18023
18024DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
18025selected automatically without allowing users to select another
18026translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
18027no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
18028programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
18029to t.
18030
18031KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
18032user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
18033documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
18034`quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
18035
18036SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
18037the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
18038If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
18039this package defines no translations for single character keys.
18040
18041CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
18042map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
18043Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
18044other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
18045convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
18046characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
18047
18048MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
18049length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
18050key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
18051the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
18052packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
18053break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
18054
18055OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
18056covers Quail translation region.
18057
18058UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
18059the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
18060default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
18061for it) is inserted.
18062
18063CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
18064conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
18065vs. corresponding command to be called.
18066
18067If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
18068commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
18069non-Quail commands.
18070
18071\(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
18072
18073(autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
18074Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
18075
18076Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
18077characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
18078standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
18079function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
18080you type is correctly handled.
18081
18082\(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
18083
18084(autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
18085Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
18086
18087The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
18088keyboard type.
18089
18090\(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
18091
18092(autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
18093Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
18094Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
18095KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18096TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
18097If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18098If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18099If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18100 for the translation.
18101In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18102
18103If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18104 it is used to handle KEY.
18105
18106The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
18107rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
18108ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
18109the following annotation types are supported.
18110
18111 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
18112 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
18113
18114 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
18115 candidate list.
18116
18117 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
18118 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
18119 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
18120 inserted.
18121
18122 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
18123 generated for the following translations.
18124
18125\(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
18126
18127(autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
18128Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
18129
18130Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18131which to install MAP.
18132
18133The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
18134
18135\(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18136
18137(autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
18138Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
18139
18140Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
18141which to install MAP.
18142
18143The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
18144
18145\(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
18146
18147(autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
18148Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
18149KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
18150TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
18151 a function, or a cons.
18152It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
18153If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
18154If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
18155 for the translation.
18156If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
18157 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
18158 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
18159 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
18160In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
18161
18162If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
18163 it is used to handle KEY.
18164
18165Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
18166to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
18167current Quail package.
18168
18169Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
18170to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18171
18172\(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
18173
18174(autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
18175Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
18176
18177If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
18178current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
18179
18180Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
18181
18182Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
18183function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
18184
18185\(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
18186
18187(autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
18188Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
18189DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
18190normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
18191of the Emacs source tree.
18192
18193It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
18194and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
18195
18196When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
18197directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
18198of each directory.
18199
18200\(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
18201
18202;;;***
18203
18204;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
18205;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
18206;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (16511
18207;;;;;; 32586))
18208;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
18209
18210(defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
18211Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
18212`quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
18213`quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
18214
18215To make use of this do something like:
18216
18217 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
18218
18219in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
18220
18221(autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
18222Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
18223
18224If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
18225buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18226`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18227
18228\(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18229
18230(autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
18231Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
18232
18233\(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18234
18235(autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
18236Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
18237
18238See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
18239is decided.
18240
18241\(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
18242
18243(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
18244Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
18245
18246If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
18247current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
18248`quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
18249
18250\(fn &optional (LOOKUP (funcall quickurl-grab-lookup-function)))" t nil)
18251
18252(autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
18253Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
18254
18255\(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
18256
18257(autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
18258Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
18259
18260\(fn)" t nil)
18261
18262(autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
18263A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
18264
18265The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
18266
18267\\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
18268
18269\(fn)" t nil)
18270
18271(autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
18272Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
18273
18274\(fn)" t nil)
18275
18276;;;***
18277
18278;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (16511
18279;;;;;; 32586))
18280;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
18281
18282(autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
18283Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
18284See \\[compile].
18285
18286\(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
18287
18288;;;***
18289
18290;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
18291;;;;;; (16511 32545))
18292;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
18293
18294(autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
18295Call up the RE Builder for the current window.
18296
18297\(fn)" t nil)
18298
18299;;;***
18300
18301;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (16511 33042))
18302;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
18303
18304(defvar recentf-mode nil "\
18305Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
18306See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18307Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18308use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
18309
18310(custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf")
18311
18312(autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
18313Toggle recentf mode.
18314With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18315Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18316
18317When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
18318that were operated on recently.
18319
18320\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18321
18322;;;***
18323
18324;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
18325;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
18326;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
18327;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (16511
18328;;;;;; 32489))
18329;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
18330
18331(autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
18332If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
18333As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
18334the desired column only if the line is long enough.
18335
18336\(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
18337
18338(make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
18339
18340(autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
18341Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
18342The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
18343line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
18344ends.
18345
18346When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18347With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
18348to be deleted.
18349
18350\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18351
18352(autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18353Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18354Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18355
18356When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18357With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18358deleted.
18359
18360\(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
18361
18362(autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
18363Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
18364Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
18365
18366\(fn START END)" nil nil)
18367
18368(autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
18369Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
18370
18371When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18372You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
18373
18374With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
18375deleted.
18376
18377\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18378
18379(autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
18380Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
18381
18382\(fn)" t nil)
18383
18384(autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18385Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
18386RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
18387line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
18388RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
18389After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
18390and point is at the lower right corner.
18391
18392\(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
18393
18394(autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
18395Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18396
18397The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
18398but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
18399
18400When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18401With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
18402on the right side of the rectangle.
18403
18404\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18405
18406(defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
18407
18408(autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
18409Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
18410The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
18411at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
18412rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
18413
18414When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18415With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
18416
18417\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18418
18419(autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
18420Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
18421The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
18422
18423Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
18424
18425\(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18426
18427(defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
18428
18429(autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
18430Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
18431
18432When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18433The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
18434This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
18435
18436\(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
18437
18438(autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
18439Blank out the region-rectangle.
18440The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
18441
18442When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
18443With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
18444rectangle which were empty.
18445
18446\(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
18447
18448;;;***
18449
18450;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (16511
18451;;;;;; 32640))
18452;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
18453
18454(autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
18455Toggle Refill minor mode.
18456With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
18457
18458When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
18459changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
18460refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
18461
18462\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18463
18464;;;***
18465
18466;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
18467;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (16511 32643))
18468;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
18469
18470(autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
18471Turn on RefTeX mode.
18472
18473\(fn)" nil nil)
18474
18475(autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
18476Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
18477
18478\\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
18479capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
18480
18481Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
18482When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
18483context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
18484\\ref macro.
18485
18486Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
18487to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
18488database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
18489
18490Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
18491or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
18492`\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
18493
18494Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
18495pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
18496
18497Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
18498You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
18499
18500\\{reftex-mode-map}
18501Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
18502on the menu bar.
18503
18504------------------------------------------------------------------------------
18505
18506\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18507
18508(autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
18509Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
18510This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
18511
18512\(fn)" nil nil)
18513
18514;;;***
18515
18516;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
18517;;;;;; (16511 32640))
18518;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
18519
18520(autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
18521Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
18522After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
18523bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
18524matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
18525to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
18526
18527If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
18528
18529FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
18530
18531When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
18532When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
18533called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
18534add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
18535
18536The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
18537Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
18538While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
18539`=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
18540
18541\(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
18542
18543;;;***
18544
18545;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
18546;;;;;; (16511 32641))
18547;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
18548
18549(autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
18550Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
18551This buffer was created with RefTeX.
18552
18553To insert new phrases, use
18554 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
18555 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
18556
18557To index phrases use one of:
18558
18559\\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
18560\\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
18561\\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
18562\\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
18563\\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
18564
18565You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
18566To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
18567
18568For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
18569
18570Here are all local bindings.
18571
18572\\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
18573
18574\(fn)" t nil)
18575
18576;;;***
18577
18578;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
18579;;;;;; (16511 32641))
18580;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
18581
18582(autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
18583Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
18584When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
18585of master file.
18586
18587\(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
18588
18589;;;***
18590
18591;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
18592;;;;;; (16511 32545))
18593;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
18594
18595(autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
18596Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
18597Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
18598quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
18599is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
18600The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
18601
18602 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
18603 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
18604
18605If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
18606by \\=\\< and \\>.
18607
18608\(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
18609
18610(autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
18611Return the depth of REGEXP.
18612This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
18613in REGEXP.
18614
18615\(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
18616
18617;;;***
18618
18619;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (16511 32489))
18620;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
18621
18622(autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
18623Repeat most recently executed command.
18624With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
18625the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
18626This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
18627
18628If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
18629be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
18630can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
18631
18632\(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
18633
18634;;;***
18635
18636;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
18637;;;;;; (16511 32572))
18638;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
18639
18640(autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
18641Begin submitting a bug report via email.
18642
18643ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
18644the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
18645you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
18646Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
18647Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
18648and point is left after the salutation.
18649
18650VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
18651for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
18652passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
18653to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
18654left after that text.
18655
18656This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
18657is non-nil.
18658
18659This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
18660to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
18661\(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
18662mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
18663
18664\(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
18665
18666;;;***
18667
18668;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
18669;;;;;; (16511 32490))
18670;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
18671
18672(autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
18673Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
18674Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
18675visibility of comments that precede it.
18676 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
18677 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
18678window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
18679definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
18680which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
18681as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
18682 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
18683preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
18684the comment lines.
18685 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
18686visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
18687visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
18688comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
18689first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
18690
18691\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18692 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
18693
18694;;;***
18695
18696;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (16511
18697;;;;;; 32490))
18698;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
18699
18700(autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
18701Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
18702
18703\(fn)" nil nil)
18704
18705;;;***
18706
18707;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
18708;;;;;; (16511 32490))
18709;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
18710
18711(autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18712Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
18713Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18714
18715Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18716With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18717With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18718
18719\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18720
18721(defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
18722Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
18723See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18724Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18725use either \\[customize] or the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
18726
18727(custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal")
18728
18729(autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
18730Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
18731Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
18732
18733Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
18734With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
18735With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
18736
18737\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18738
18739;;;***
18740
18741;;;### (autoloads (file-name-shadow-mode file-name-shadow-tty-properties
18742;;;;;; file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow" "rfn-eshadow.el"
18743;;;;;; (16511 32490))
18744;;; Generated autoloads from rfn-eshadow.el
18745
18746(defvar file-name-shadow-properties (quote (face file-name-shadow field shadow)) "\
18747Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18748Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active.
18749If emacs is not running under a window system,
18750`file-name-shadow-tty-properties' is used instead.")
18751
18752(custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18753
18754(defvar file-name-shadow-tty-properties (quote (before-string "{" after-string "} " field shadow)) "\
18755Properties given to the `shadowed' part of a filename in the minibuffer.
18756Only used when `file-name-shadow-mode' is active and emacs
18757is not running under a window-system; if emacs is running under a window
18758system, `file-name-shadow-properties' is used instead.")
18759
18760(custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-tty-properties) "rfn-eshadow")
18761
18762(defvar file-name-shadow-mode nil "\
18763Non-nil if File-Name-Shadow mode is enabled.
18764See the command `file-name-shadow-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18765Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18766use either \\[customize] or the function `file-name-shadow-mode'.")
18767
18768(custom-autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow")
18769
18770(autoload (quote file-name-shadow-mode) "rfn-eshadow" "\
18771Toggle File-Name Shadow mode.
18772When active, any part of a filename being read in the minibuffer
18773that would be ignored (because the result is passed through
18774`substitute-in-file-name') is given the properties in
18775`file-name-shadow-properties', which can be used to make
18776that portion dim, invisible, or otherwise less visually noticeable.
18777
18778With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18779Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18780
18781\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18782
18783;;;***
18784
18785;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
18786;;;;;; (16511 32545))
18787;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
18788
18789(autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
18790Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
18791
18792\(fn X)" nil nil)
18793
18794(autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
18795Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
18796
18797\(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
18798
18799;;;***
18800
18801;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (16511 35558))
18802;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
18803 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
18804
18805(autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
18806Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
18807INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
18808other arguments for `rlogin'.
18809
18810Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
18811
18812Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
18813\(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
18814If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
18815a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
18816
18817When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
18818a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
18819
18820The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
18821run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
18822
18823The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
18824the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
18825INPUT-ARGS.
18826
18827If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
18828default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
18829access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
18830an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
18831error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
18832
18833If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
18834directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
18835This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
18836share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
18837
18838If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
18839function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
18840variable.
18841
18842\(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
18843
18844;;;***
18845
18846;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
18847;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
18848;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
18849;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
18850;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
18851;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
18852;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (16511 32573))
18853;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
18854
18855(defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
18856*A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
18857A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
18858plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
18859
18860(custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail")
18861
18862(defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
18863A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
18864variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
18865`rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
18866value is the user's email address and name.)
18867It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
18868
18869(defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date" "\\|^x.*-priority:\\|^x-mimeole:") "\
18870*Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
18871This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
18872which normally happens once for each message,
18873when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
18874To make a change in this variable take effect
18875for a message that you have already viewed,
18876go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
18877
18878(custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18879
18880(defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
18881*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
18882If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
18883`rmail-ignored-headers'.")
18884
18885(custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail")
18886
18887(defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
18888*Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
18889
18890(custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail")
18891
18892(defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
18893*Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
18894A value of nil means don't highlight.
18895See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
18896
18897(custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail")
18898
18899(defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
18900*Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
18901
18902(custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail")
18903
18904(defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
18905*Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
18906
18907(custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail")
18908
18909(defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
18910*List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
18911nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
18912\(the name varies depending on the operating system,
18913and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
18914
18915(custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail")
18916
18917(defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
18918*Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
18919
18920(custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail")
18921
18922(defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
18923*Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
18924
18925(custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail")
18926
18927(defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
18928*Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
18929
18930(custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail")
18931
18932(defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
18933*Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
18934
18935(custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail")
18936
18937(defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
18938List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
18939
18940(defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
18941List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
18942
18943(defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
18944List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
18945
18946(custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail")
18947
18948(defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
18949List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
18950
18951(defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
18952List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
18953When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
18954still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
18955
18956(defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
18957Coding system used in RMAIL file.
18958
18959This is set to nil by default.")
18960
18961(defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
18962*If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
18963If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
18964If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
18965until a user explicitly requires it.")
18966
18967(custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail")
18968
18969(defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
18970Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
18971This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18972It is called with no argument.")
18973
18974(defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
18975Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
18976This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
18977`rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
18978It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18979buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18980is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18981
18982(defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
18983Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
18984This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18985It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
18986buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
18987is the outgoing mail buffer.")
18988
18989(defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
18990Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
18991This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18992It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
18993MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
18994
18995(defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
18996Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
18997This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
18998It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
18999MSG is the message number,
19000REGEXP is the regular expression,
19001LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
19002
19003(defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
19004Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
19005When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
19006this feature is required with `require'.")
19007
19008(defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
19009*Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
19010If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
19011the message is decoded as normal way.
19012
19013If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
19014ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
19015the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
19016
19017(defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
19018Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
19019The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
19020
19021(autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
19022Read and edit incoming mail.
19023Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
19024 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
19025Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
19026
19027May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
19028that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
19029Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
19030have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
19031
19032If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
19033
19034\(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
19035
19036(autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
19037Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
19038All normal editing commands are turned off.
19039Instead, these commands are available:
19040
19041\\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
19042\\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
19043\\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
19044\\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
19045\\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
19046\\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
19047\\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
19048\\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
19049\\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
19050\\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
19051\\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
19052\\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
19053\\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
19054\\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
19055 till a deleted message is found.
19056\\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
19057\\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
19058\\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
19059\\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
19060\\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
19061\\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
19062\\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
19063\\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
19064\\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
19065\\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
19066\\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
19067\\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
19068\\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
19069\\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
19070\\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
19071\\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
19072\\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
19073\\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
19074 (label defaults to last one specified).
19075 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
19076 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
19077\\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
19078\\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
19079\\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
19080\\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
19081\\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
19082\\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
19083\\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
19084
19085\(fn)" t nil)
19086
19087(autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
19088Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
19089
19090\(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
19091
19092(autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
19093Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.
19094
19095\(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
19096
19097;;;***
19098
19099;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
19100;;;;;; (16511 32573))
19101;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
19102
19103(autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
19104Edit the contents of this message.
19105
19106\(fn)" t nil)
19107
19108;;;***
19109
19110;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
19111;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
19112;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (16511 32573))
19113;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
19114
19115(autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19116Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19117Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19118
19119\(fn STRING)" t nil)
19120
19121(autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19122Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
19123Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
19124
19125\(fn STRING)" t nil)
19126
19127(autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
19128Not documented
19129
19130\(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
19131
19132(autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19133Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
19134LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19135If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19136With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
19137
19138\(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19139
19140(autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
19141Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
19142LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
19143If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
19144With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
19145
19146\(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
19147
19148;;;***
19149
19150;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
19151;;;;;; (16511 32573))
19152;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
19153
19154(autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
19155Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
19156You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
19157If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
19158
19159\(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19160
19161;;;***
19162
19163;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
19164;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
19165;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (16511 32573))
19166;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
19167
19168(defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
19169*Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
19170This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
19171The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
19172NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
19173or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
19174a file name as a string.")
19175
19176(custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout")
19177
19178(autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
19179Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
19180If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
19181If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
19182buffer visiting that file.
19183If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
19184appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
19185
19186The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
19187which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19188
19189A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19190starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19191
19192If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
19193mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
19194
19195\(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
19196
19197(defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
19198*Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
19199
19200(custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout")
19201
19202(autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
19203Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
19204A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
19205starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
19206When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
19207
19208If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
19209messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
19210will be appended with their original headers.
19211
19212The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
19213which is updated to the name you use in this command.
19214
19215The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
19216to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
19217
19218The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
19219
19220\(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
19221
19222(autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
19223Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
19224FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
19225
19226\(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
19227
19228;;;***
19229
19230;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
19231;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
19232;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (16511
19233;;;;;; 32573))
19234;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
19235
19236(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
19237Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
19238If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19239
19240\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19241
19242(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
19243Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
19244If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19245
19246\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19247
19248(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
19249Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
19250If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19251
19252\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19253
19254(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
19255Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
19256If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19257
19258\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19259
19260(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
19261Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
19262If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19263
19264\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19265
19266(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
19267Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
19268If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19269
19270\(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
19271
19272(autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
19273Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
19274If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
19275KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
19276
19277\(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
19278
19279;;;***
19280
19281;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
19282;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
19283;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
19284;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
19285;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (16511 32573))
19286;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
19287
19288(defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
19289*Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
19290
19291(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum")
19292
19293(defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
19294*Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
19295
19296(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum")
19297
19298(autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
19299Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
19300
19301\(fn)" t nil)
19302
19303(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
19304Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
19305LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
19306
19307\(fn LABELS)" t nil)
19308
19309(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
19310Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
19311Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
19312but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19313 only look in the To and From fields.
19314RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19315
19316\(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
19317
19318(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
19319Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
19320If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
19321\(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
19322Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
19323
19324\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
19325
19326(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
19327Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
19328Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
19329but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
19330 look in the whole message.
19331SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
19332
19333\(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
19334
19335(autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
19336Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
19337SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
19338
19339\(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
19340
19341(defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
19342*Function to decode summary-line.
19343
19344By default, `identity' is set.")
19345
19346(custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum")
19347
19348(defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
19349*Regexp matching user mail addresses.
19350If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
19351when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
19352the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
19353If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
19354are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
19355
19356Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
19357sent by you under different user names.
19358Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
19359
19360Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
19361
19362(custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum")
19363
19364;;;***
19365
19366;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
19367;;;;;; (16511 32591))
19368;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
19369
19370(autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
19371Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
19372Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
19373If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
19374
19375\(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
19376
19377;;;***
19378
19379;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
19380;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (16511 32490))
19381;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
19382
19383(autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
19384Return Rot13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
19385
19386\(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
19387
19388(autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
19389Return Rot13 encryption of STRING.
19390
19391\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
19392
19393(autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
19394Rot13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
19395
19396\(fn START END)" t nil)
19397
19398(autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
19399Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
19400The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
19401
19402To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
19403is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
19404in rot 13.
19405
19406See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
19407
19408\(fn)" t nil)
19409
19410(autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
19411Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.
19412
19413\(fn)" t nil)
19414
19415;;;***
19416
19417;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
19418;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
19419;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
19420;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
19421;;;;;; (16511 35573))
19422;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
19423
19424(defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
19425*This variable is obsolete.")
19426
19427(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini")
19428
19429(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
19430*This variable is obsolete.")
19431
19432(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19433
19434(defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
19435*This variable is obsolete.")
19436
19437(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19438
19439(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
19440*This variable is obsolete.")
19441
19442(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini")
19443
19444(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
19445*This variable is obsolete.")
19446
19447(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini")
19448
19449(defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
19450*This variable is obsolete.")
19451
19452(custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini")
19453
19454(autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
19455This function is obsolete.
19456
19457\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
19458
19459;;;***
19460
19461;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (16511
19462;;;;;; 32490))
19463;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
19464
19465(autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
19466Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
19467
19468\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19469
19470;;;***
19471
19472;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (16511
19473;;;;;; 32546))
19474;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
19475
19476(autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
19477Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
19478FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
19479NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
19480
19481\(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
19482
19483(autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
19484Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
19485See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
19486
19487The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
19488notation.
19489
19490STRING
19491 matches string STRING literally.
19492
19493CHAR
19494 matches character CHAR literally.
19495
19496`not-newline'
19497 matches any character except a newline.
19498 .
19499`anything'
19500 matches any character
19501
19502`(any SET)'
19503 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
19504 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
19505
19506'(in SET)'
19507 like `any'.
19508
19509`(not (any SET))'
19510 matches any character not in SET
19511
19512`line-start'
19513 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
19514 in the text being matched
19515
19516`line-end'
19517 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
19518
19519`string-start'
19520 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19521 string being matched against.
19522
19523`string-end'
19524 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19525 string being matched against.
19526
19527`buffer-start'
19528 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
19529 buffer being matched against.
19530
19531`buffer-end'
19532 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
19533 buffer being matched against.
19534
19535`point'
19536 matches the empty string, but only at point.
19537
19538`word-start'
19539 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19540 word.
19541
19542`word-end'
19543 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
19544
19545`word-boundary'
19546 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
19547 word.
19548
19549`(not word-boundary)'
19550 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
19551 word.
19552
19553`digit'
19554 matches 0 through 9.
19555
19556`control'
19557 matches ASCII control characters.
19558
19559`hex-digit'
19560 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
19561
19562`blank'
19563 matches space and tab only.
19564
19565`graphic'
19566 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
19567 space, and DEL.
19568
19569`printing'
19570 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
19571 and DEL.
19572
19573`alphanumeric'
19574 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19575 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19576
19577`letter'
19578 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19579 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
19580
19581`ascii'
19582 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
19583
19584`nonascii'
19585 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
19586
19587`lower'
19588 matches anything lower-case.
19589
19590`upper'
19591 matches anything upper-case.
19592
19593`punctuation'
19594 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
19595 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
19596
19597`space'
19598 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
19599
19600`word'
19601 matches anything that has word syntax.
19602
19603`(syntax SYNTAX)'
19604 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
19605 of the following symbols.
19606
19607 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
19608 `punctuation' (\\s.)
19609 `word' (\\sw)
19610 `symbol' (\\s_)
19611 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
19612 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
19613 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
19614 `string-quote' (\\s\")
19615 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
19616 `escape' (\\s\\)
19617 `character-quote' (\\s/)
19618 `comment-start' (\\s<)
19619 `comment-end' (\\s>)
19620 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
19621 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
19622
19623`(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
19624 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
19625
19626`(category CATEGORY)'
19627 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
19628 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
19629
19630 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
19631 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
19632 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
19633 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
19634 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
19635 `symbol' (\\c5)
19636 `digit' (\\c6)
19637 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
19638 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
19639 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
19640 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
19641 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
19642 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
19643 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
19644 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
19645 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
19646 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
19647 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
19648 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
19649 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
19650 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
19651 `ascii' (\\ca)
19652 `arabic' (\\cb)
19653 `chinese' (\\cc)
19654 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
19655 `greek' (\\cg)
19656 `korean' (\\ch)
19657 `indian' (\\ci)
19658 `japanese' (\\cj)
19659 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
19660 `latin' (\\cl)
19661 `lao' (\\co)
19662 `tibetan' (\\cq)
19663 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
19664 `thai' (\\ct)
19665 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
19666 `hebrew' (\\cw)
19667 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
19668 `can-break' (\\c|)
19669
19670`(not (category CATEGORY))'
19671 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
19672
19673`(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19674 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
19675
19676`(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19677 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
19678 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
19679
19680`(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19681 another name for `submatch'.
19682
19683`(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
19684 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
19685 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
19686 regular expression.
19687
19688`(minimal-match SEXP)'
19689 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
19690 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
19691 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
19692 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
19693
19694`(maximal-match SEXP)'
19695 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
19696
19697`(zero-or-more SEXP)'
19698 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19699
19700`(0+ SEXP)'
19701 like `zero-or-more'.
19702
19703`(* SEXP)'
19704 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19705
19706`(*? SEXP)'
19707 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19708
19709`(one-or-more SEXP)'
19710 matches one or more occurrences of A.
19711
19712`(1+ SEXP)'
19713 like `one-or-more'.
19714
19715`(+ SEXP)'
19716 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19717
19718`(+? SEXP)'
19719 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19720
19721`(zero-or-one SEXP)'
19722 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
19723
19724`(optional SEXP)'
19725 like `zero-or-one'.
19726
19727`(? SEXP)'
19728 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
19729
19730`(?? SEXP)'
19731 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
19732
19733`(repeat N SEXP)'
19734 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19735
19736`(repeat N M SEXP)'
19737 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
19738
19739`(backref N)'
19740 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
19741
19742`(backref N)'
19743 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
19744
19745`(eval FORM)'
19746 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
19747 `regexp-quote' it.
19748
19749`(regexp REGEXP)'
19750 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
19751
19752\(fn REGEXP)" nil (quote macro))
19753
19754;;;***
19755
19756;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
19757;;;;;; (16511 32626))
19758;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
19759
19760(autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
19761Major mode for editing Scheme code.
19762Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19763
19764In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
19765commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
19766the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
19767modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
19768with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
19769Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
19770documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
19771start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
19772
19773Commands:
19774Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19775Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19776\\{scheme-mode-map}
19777Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
19778if that value is non-nil.
19779
19780\(fn)" t nil)
19781
19782(autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
19783Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
19784Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
19785
19786Commands:
19787Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
19788Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
19789\\{scheme-mode-map}
19790Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
19791`dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
19792that variable's value is a string.
19793
19794\(fn)" t nil)
19795
19796;;;***
19797
19798;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
19799;;;;;; (16464 65088))
19800;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
19801
19802(autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
19803Mode for editing Gnus score files.
19804This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
19805
19806\\{gnus-score-mode-map}
19807
19808\(fn)" t nil)
19809
19810;;;***
19811
19812;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (16511
19813;;;;;; 32591))
19814;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
19815
19816(autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
19817Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
19818Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
19819\\{scribe-mode-map}
19820
19821Interesting variables:
19822
19823`scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
19824 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
19825
19826`scribe-electric-quote'
19827 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
19828
19829`scribe-electric-parenthesis'
19830 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
19831 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
19832
19833\(fn)" t nil)
19834
19835;;;***
19836
19837;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
19838;;;;;; (16511 32490))
19839;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
19840
19841(defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
19842Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
19843See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
19844Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19845use either \\[customize] or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
19846
19847(custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all")
19848
19849(autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
19850Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
19851With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
19852When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
19853apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
19854
19855\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19856
19857;;;***
19858
19859;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
19860;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file
19861;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
19862;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-yank-ignored-headers
19863;;;;;; mail-interactive mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from
19864;;;;;; mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (16511 32574))
19865;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
19866
19867(defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
19868*Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
19869
19870If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
19871 king@grassland.com
19872If `parens', they look like:
19873 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
19874If `angles', they look like:
19875 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
19876If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
19877derived from the envelope-from address.
19878
19879In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
19880Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
19881to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
19882controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
19883
19884(custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail")
19885
19886(defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
19887*If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
19888The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
19889the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
19890
19891On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
19892privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
19893smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
19894variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
19895
19896(custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail")
19897
19898(defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
19899*Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
19900This is done when the message is initialized,
19901so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
19902
19903(custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail")
19904
19905(defvar mail-interactive nil "\
19906*Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
19907nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
19908
19909(custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail")
19910
19911(defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
19912*Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
19913
19914(custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-ignored-headers) "sendmail")
19915
19916(defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
19917Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
19918The headers should be delimited by a line which is
19919not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
19920that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
19921This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
19922`message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
19923
19924(custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail")
19925
19926(defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
19927*Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
19928
19929(custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail")
19930
19931(defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
19932*Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
19933This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
19934
19935(custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail")
19936
19937(defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
19938*Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
19939If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
19940when you first send mail.")
19941
19942(custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail")
19943
19944(defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
19945*If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
19946This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
19947feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
19948This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
19949
19950(custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail")
19951
19952(defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
19953*If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
19954This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
19955the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
19956This file need not actually exist.")
19957
19958(custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail")
19959
19960(defvar mail-signature nil "\
19961*Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
19962If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
19963If a string, that string is inserted.
19964 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
19965 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
19966Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
19967and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
19968
19969(custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail")
19970
19971(defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
19972*Directory for mail buffers.
19973Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
19974This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
19975
19976(custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail")
19977
19978(autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
19979Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
19980Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
19981\\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
19982Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
19983 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
19984 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
19985 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
19986\\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
19987\\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
19988\\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
19989\\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
19990\\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
19991Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
19992`mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
19993
19994\(fn)" t nil)
19995
19996(defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
19997*Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
19998This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
19999and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
20000but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
20001See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
20002
20003(defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
20004Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
20005This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
20006
20007This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
20008User should not set this variable manually,
20009instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
20010of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
20011See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
20012 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
20013
20014(autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
20015Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
20016When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
20017The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
20018
20019Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
20020end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
20021
20022\\<mail-mode-map>
20023While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
20024
20025Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
20026to move to message header fields:
20027\\{mail-mode-map}
20028
20029If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
20030when the message is initialized.
20031
20032If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
20033a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
20034
20035If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
20036is inserted.
20037
20038The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
20039initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
20040
20041When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
20042not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
20043
20044The second through fifth arguments,
20045 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
20046 the initial contents of those header fields.
20047 These arguments should not have final newlines.
20048The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
20049 original message being replied to, or else an action
20050 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
20051 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
20052The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
20053 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
20054 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
20055 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
20056
20057\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
20058
20059(autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
20060Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20061
20062\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
20063
20064(autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
20065Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20066
20067\(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
20068
20069;;;***
20070
20071;;;### (autoloads (server-mode server-start) "server" "server.el"
20072;;;;;; (16511 32490))
20073;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
20074
20075(autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
20076Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
20077This starts a server communications subprocess through which
20078client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
20079To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
20080Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
20081
20082Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.
20083
20084\(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
20085
20086(defvar server-mode nil "\
20087Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
20088See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
20089Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20090use either \\[customize] or the function `server-mode'.")
20091
20092(custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server")
20093
20094(autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
20095Toggle Server mode.
20096With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
20097Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
20098`emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
20099
20100\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20101
20102;;;***
20103
20104;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (16511 32491))
20105;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
20106
20107(autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
20108Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
20109See \"ses-example.ses\" (in the etc data directory) for more info.
20110
20111Key definitions:
20112\\{ses-mode-map}
20113These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
20114\\{ses-mode-print-map}
20115These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
20116\\{ses-mode-edit-map}
20117
20118\(fn)" t nil)
20119
20120;;;***
20121
20122;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
20123;;;;;; (16511 32643))
20124;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
20125
20126(autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20127Major mode for editing SGML documents.
20128Makes > match <.
20129Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
20130`sgml-quick-keys'.
20131
20132An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
20133the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
20134N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
20135
20136If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
20137your `.emacs' file.
20138
20139Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
20140
20141Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20142Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
20143\\{sgml-mode-map}
20144
20145\(fn)" t nil)
20146
20147(defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
20148
20149(autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
20150Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
20151This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
20152completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
20153\\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
20154which this is based.
20155
20156Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
20157
20158To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
20159browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
20160you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
20161can also view with a browser to see what happens:
20162
20163<title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
20164have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
20165<hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
20166
20167<p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
20168ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
20169<b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
20170Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
20171
20172Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
20173to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
20174href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
20175directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
20176
20177Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
20178
20179If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
20180interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
20181To work around that, do:
20182 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
20183
20184\\{html-mode-map}
20185
20186\(fn)" t nil)
20187
20188;;;***
20189
20190;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
20191;;;;;; (16511 32627))
20192;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
20193
20194(autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
20195Major mode for editing shell scripts.
20196This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
20197as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
20198Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
20199assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
20200
20201This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
20202means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
20203mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
20204shell-specific features.
20205
20206The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
20207The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
20208following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
20209
20210\\[sh-case] case statement
20211\\[sh-for] for loop
20212\\[sh-function] function definition
20213\\[sh-if] if statement
20214\\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
20215\\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
20216\\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
20217\\[sh-select] select loop
20218\\[sh-until] until loop
20219\\[sh-while] while loop
20220
20221For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
20222\\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
20223\\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
20224\\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
20225would indent to the way it currently is.
20226\\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
20227buffer indents as it currently is indented.
20228
20229
20230\\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
20231\\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
20232\\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
20233\\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
20234\\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
20235\\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
20236
20237\\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
20238{, (, [, ', \", `
20239 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
20240
20241If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
20242set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
20243indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
20244
20245If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
20246with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
20247
20248\(fn)" t nil)
20249
20250(defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
20251
20252;;;***
20253
20254;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
20255;;;;;; (16511 32546))
20256;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
20257
20258(autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
20259Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
20260
20261This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
20262`load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
20263files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
20264message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
20265the earlier.
20266
20267For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
20268
20269\(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
20270
20271and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
20272XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
20273\(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
20274
20275The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
20276the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
20277
20278When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
20279problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
20280XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
2028119.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
20282it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
20283Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
20284will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
20285emacs version).
20286
20287This function performs these checks and flags all possible
20288shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
20289\(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
20290XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
20291considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
20292
20293When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
20294buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
20295\(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
20296
20297\(fn)" t nil)
20298
20299;;;***
20300
20301;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
20302;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (16511
20303;;;;;; 32491))
20304;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
20305
20306(autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
20307Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
20308This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
20309one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
20310defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
20311files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
20312in the cluster.
20313
20314\(fn NAME)" t nil)
20315
20316(autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
20317Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
20318It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
20319new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
20320specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
20321
20322\(fn)" t nil)
20323
20324(autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
20325Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
20326Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
20327of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
20328hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
20329Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
20330`shadow-define-cluster').
20331
20332\(fn)" t nil)
20333
20334(autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
20335Set up file shadowing.
20336
20337\(fn)" t nil)
20338
20339;;;***
20340
20341;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
20342;;;;;; (16511 32492))
20343;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
20344
20345(defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
20346Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
20347don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
20348match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
20349shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
20350arguments.")
20351
20352(custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell")
20353
20354(autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
20355Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
20356Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
20357If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
20358If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
20359Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
20360 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
20361 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
20362If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
20363 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
20364 discards input when it starts up.)
20365The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
20366and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
20367See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
20368
20369To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
20370in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
20371before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
20372in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
20373The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
20374`default-process-coding-system'.
20375
20376The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
20377such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
20378its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
20379Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
20380
20381\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
20382
20383\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20384 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
20385
20386;;;***
20387
20388;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (16511
20389;;;;;; 32627))
20390;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
20391
20392(autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
20393Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
20394\\{simula-mode-map}
20395Variables controlling indentation style:
20396 `simula-tab-always-indent'
20397 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
20398 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20399 `simula-indent-level'
20400 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
20401 `simula-substatement-offset'
20402 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
20403 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
20404 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
20405 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
20406 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
20407 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
20408 `simula-label-offset' -4711
20409 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
20410 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
20411 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
20412 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
20413 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
20414 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
20415 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
20416 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
20417 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
20418 `simula-electric-indent' nil
20419 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
20420 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
20421 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
20422 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
20423 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
20424 or nil if they should not be changed.
20425 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
20426 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
20427 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
20428 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
20429
20430Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
20431with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
20432
20433\(fn)" t nil)
20434
20435;;;***
20436
20437;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
20438;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (16511 32493))
20439;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
20440
20441(defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
20442Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
20443
20444(autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
20445Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
20446DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
20447SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
20448
20449\(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
20450
20451(autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
20452Insert SKELETON.
20453Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
20454If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
20455on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
20456This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
20457\\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
20458
20459Optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
20460of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
20461
20462\(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
20463
20464(autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
20465Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
20466
20467With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
20468\(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
20469If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
20470REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
20471
20472An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
20473points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
20474alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
20475But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
20476
20477The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
20478variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
20479interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
20480
20481SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
20482not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
20483
20484If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
20485`skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
20486
20487 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
20488 _ interesting point, interregion here
20489 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
20490 interesting point set by _
20491 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
20492 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
20493 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
20494 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
20495 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
20496 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
20497 nil skipped
20498
20499After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
20500or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
20501
20502Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
20503itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
20504different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
20505non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
20506continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
20507a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
20508formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
20509strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
20510
20511Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
20512Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
20513Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
20514endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
20515to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
20516available:
20517
20518 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
20519 then: insert previously read string once more
20520 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
20521 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
20522 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
20523
20524When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
20525`skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
20526
20527\(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
20528
20529(autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
20530Insert the character you type ARG times.
20531
20532With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
20533is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
20534Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
20535word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
20536Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
20537such as backslash.
20538
20539If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
20540the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
20541symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
20542
20543\(fn ARG)" t nil)
20544
20545;;;***
20546
20547;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
20548;;;;;; (16511 33063))
20549;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
20550
20551(autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
20552Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
20553NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
20554buffer names.
20555
20556\(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
20557
20558(autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
20559Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
20560\\{smerge-mode-map}
20561
20562\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20563
20564;;;***
20565
20566;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
20567;;;;;; (16464 65088))
20568;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
20569
20570(autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
20571Display textual smileys as images.
20572START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
20573of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
20574which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.
20575
20576\(fn START END)" t nil)
20577
20578;;;***
20579
20580;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
20581;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (16511 32574))
20582;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
20583
20584(autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
20585Not documented
20586
20587\(fn)" nil nil)
20588
20589(autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
20590Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
20591
20592\(fn)" t nil)
20593
20594;;;***
20595
20596;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (16511 32595))
20597;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
20598
20599(autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
20600Play the Snake game.
20601Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
20602
20603Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
20604
20605Snake mode keybindings:
20606 \\<snake-mode-map>
20607\\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
20608\\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
20609\\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
20610\\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
20611\\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
20612\\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
20613\\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
20614
20615\(fn)" t nil)
20616
20617;;;***
20618
20619;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
20620;;;;;; (16511 32586))
20621;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
20622
20623(autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20624Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
20625Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20626Tab indents for C code.
20627Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20628Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20629\\{snmp-mode-map}
20630Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
20631`snmp-mode-hook'.
20632
20633\(fn)" t nil)
20634
20635(autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
20636Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
20637Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
20638Tab indents for C code.
20639Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
20640Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20641\\{snmp-mode-map}
20642Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
20643then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
20644
20645\(fn)" t nil)
20646
20647;;;***
20648
20649;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
20650;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
20651;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (16511 32531))
20652;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
20653
20654(defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
20655*The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
20656
20657A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
20658`12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
20659and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
20660
20661For example, the form
20662
20663 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
20664 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
20665
20666would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
20667
20668(custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar")
20669
20670(defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
20671*Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20672
20673The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20674sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
20675can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
20676York City.
20677
20678This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20679
20680(custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar")
20681
20682(defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
20683*Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
20684
20685The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
20686sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
20687can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
20688York City.
20689
20690This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20691
20692(custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar")
20693
20694(defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
20695*Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
20696For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
20697pair.
20698
20699This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
20700
20701(custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar")
20702
20703(autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
20704Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
20705If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
20706
20707If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
20708latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
20709
20710This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
20711
20712\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20713
20714(autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
20715*local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
20716Requires floating point.
20717
20718\(fn)" nil nil)
20719
20720;;;***
20721
20722;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (16511
20723;;;;;; 32595))
20724;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
20725
20726(autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
20727Play Solitaire.
20728
20729To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
20730\\<solitaire-mode-map>
20731Move around the board using the cursor keys.
20732Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
20733Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
20734Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
20735\(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
20736check after each move or undo)
20737
20738What is Solitaire?
20739
20740I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
20741its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
20742Initially, the board will look similar to this:
20743
20744 Le Solitaire
20745 ============
20746
20747 o o o
20748
20749 o o o
20750
20751 o o o o o o o
20752
20753 o o o . o o o
20754
20755 o o o o o o o
20756
20757 o o o
20758
20759 o o o
20760
20761Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
20762hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
20763aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
20764one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
20765
20766A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
20767after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
20768horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
20769this: o o .
20770
20771Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
20772which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
20773
20774That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
20775
20776 o o o
20777
20778 . o o
20779
20780 o o . o o o o
20781
20782 o . o o o o o
20783
20784 o o o o o o o
20785
20786 o o o
20787
20788 o o o
20789
20790Pick your favourite shortcuts:
20791
20792\\{solitaire-mode-map}
20793
20794\(fn ARG)" t nil)
20795
20796;;;***
20797
20798;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
20799;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
20800;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (16511 32493))
20801;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
20802
20803(autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
20804General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
20805
20806We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
20807called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
20808it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
20809buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
20810contiguous.
20811
20812Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
20813If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
20814The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20815the sort order.
20816
20817The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
20818across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
20819
20820NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
20821It moves point to the start of the next record.
20822It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
20823The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
20824is called.
20825
20826ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
20827It should move point to the end of the record.
20828
20829STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
20830It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
20831else the key is the substring between the values of point after
20832STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
20833starts at the beginning of the record.
20834
20835ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
20836ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
20837same as ENDRECFUN.
20838
20839PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
20840it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
20841
20842\(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
20843
20844(autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
20845Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20846Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20847REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20848The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20849the sort order.
20850
20851\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20852
20853(autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
20854Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20855Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20856REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20857The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20858the sort order.
20859
20860\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20861
20862(autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
20863Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
20864Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20865REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
20866The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20867the sort order.
20868
20869\(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
20870
20871(autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
20872Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
20873Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20874Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
20875which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
20876Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
20877With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20878Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20879FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20880
20881\(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20882
20883(autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
20884Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
20885Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
20886With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
20887Called from a program, there are three arguments:
20888FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
20889The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20890the sort order.
20891
20892\(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
20893
20894(autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
20895Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
20896RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
20897 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
20898KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
20899 is to be used for sorting.
20900 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
20901 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
20902 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
20903 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
20904If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
20905
20906With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
20907
20908The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20909the sort order.
20910
20911For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
20912 starting with the letter \"f\",
20913 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
20914
20915\(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
20916
20917(autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
20918Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
20919For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
20920the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
20921The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
20922A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
20923The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
20924the sort order.
20925
20926Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
20927because tabs could be split across the specified columns
20928and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
20929it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
20930Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
20931
20932\(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
20933
20934(autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
20935Reverse the order of lines in a region.
20936From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
20937
20938\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20939
20940;;;***
20941
20942;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
20943;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (16511 32494))
20944;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
20945
20946(defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
20947
20948(autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
20949Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
20950nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
20951`speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
20952supported at a time.
20953`speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
20954`speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
20955
20956\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20957
20958(autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
20959Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
20960If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
20961selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
20962
20963\(fn)" t nil)
20964
20965;;;***
20966
20967;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
20968;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (16511 32643))
20969;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
20970
20971(put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
20972
20973(autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
20974Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
20975For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
20976and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
20977If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
20978as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
20979
20980\(fn)" t nil)
20981
20982(autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
20983Check spelling of word at or before point.
20984If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
20985and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
20986
20987\(fn)" t nil)
20988
20989(autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
20990Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
20991Used in a program, applies from START to END.
20992DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
20993for example, \"word\".
20994
20995\(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
20996
20997(autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
20998Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
20999
21000\(fn STRING)" t nil)
21001
21002;;;***
21003
21004;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (16511
21005;;;;;; 32595))
21006;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
21007
21008(autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
21009Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
21010
21011\(fn)" t nil)
21012
21013(autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
21014Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
21015
21016\(fn)" nil nil)
21017
21018;;;***
21019
21020;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
21021;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
21022;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
21023;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (16511
21024;;;;;; 32628))
21025;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
21026
21027(autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
21028Append a `font-lock-keywords' entry to the existing entries defined
21029 for the specified `product'.
21030
21031\(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS)" nil nil)
21032
21033(autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
21034Show short help for the SQL modes.
21035
21036Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
21037usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
21038
21039Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
21040
21041 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
21042 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
21043 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
21044
21045Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
21046
21047 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
21048 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
21049 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
21050 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
21051 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
21052 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
21053 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
21054 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
21055 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
21056
21057But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
21058
21059Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
21060buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
21061is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
21062that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
21063
21064If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
21065procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
21066`sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
21067anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
21068
21069In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
21070buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
21071appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
21072
21073\(fn)" t nil)
21074
21075(autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
21076Major mode to edit SQL.
21077
21078You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
21079\\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
21080See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
21081
21082\\{sql-mode-map}
21083Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
21084
21085When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
21086buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
21087will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
21088SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
21089determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
21090value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
21091
21092For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
21093`sql-interactive-mode'.
21094
21095Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
21096one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
21097you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
21098
21099\(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
21100 (lambda ()
21101 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
21102
21103\(fn)" t nil)
21104
21105(autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
21106Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
21107
21108If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21109If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21110`*SQL*'.
21111
21112\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21113
21114\(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
21115
21116(autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
21117Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
21118
21119If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21120If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21121`*SQL*'.
21122
21123Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
21124the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21125defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
21126the list `sql-oracle-options'.
21127
21128The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21129input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21130
21131To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21132in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21133before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21134in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21135The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21136`default-process-coding-system'.
21137
21138\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21139
21140\(fn)" t nil)
21141
21142(autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
21143Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
21144
21145If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21146If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21147`*SQL*'.
21148
21149Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
21150the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
21151`sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21152can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
21153
21154The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21155input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21156
21157To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21158in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21159before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21160in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21161The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21162`default-process-coding-system'.
21163
21164\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21165
21166\(fn)" t nil)
21167
21168(autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
21169Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
21170
21171If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21172If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21173`*SQL*'.
21174
21175Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
21176the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21177
21178The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21179input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21180
21181To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21182in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21183before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21184in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21185The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21186`default-process-coding-system'.
21187
21188\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21189
21190\(fn)" t nil)
21191
21192(autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
21193Run sqlite as an inferior process.
21194
21195SQLite is free software.
21196
21197If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21198If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21199`*SQL*'.
21200
21201Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
21202the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21203`sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21204can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
21205
21206The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21207input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21208
21209To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21210in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21211before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21212in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21213The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21214`default-process-coding-system'.
21215
21216\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21217
21218\(fn)" t nil)
21219
21220(autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
21221Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
21222
21223Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
21224
21225If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21226If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21227`*SQL*'.
21228
21229Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
21230the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
21231`sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21232can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
21233
21234The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21235input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21236
21237To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21238in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21239before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21240in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21241The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21242`default-process-coding-system'.
21243
21244\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21245
21246\(fn)" t nil)
21247
21248(autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
21249Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
21250
21251If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21252If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21253`*SQL*'.
21254
21255Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
21256the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
21257defaults, if set.
21258
21259The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21260input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21261
21262To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21263in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21264before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21265in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21266The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21267`default-process-coding-system'.
21268
21269\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21270
21271\(fn)" t nil)
21272
21273(autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
21274Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
21275
21276If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21277If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21278`*SQL*'.
21279
21280Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
21281the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
21282
21283The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21284input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21285
21286To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21287in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21288before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21289in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21290The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21291`default-process-coding-system'.
21292
21293\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21294
21295\(fn)" t nil)
21296
21297(autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
21298Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
21299
21300If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21301If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21302`*SQL*'.
21303
21304Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
21305variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
21306as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
21307in the list `sql-ms-options'.
21308
21309The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21310input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21311
21312To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21313in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21314before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21315in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21316The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21317`default-process-coding-system'.
21318
21319\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21320
21321\(fn)" t nil)
21322
21323(autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
21324Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
21325
21326If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21327If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21328`*SQL*'.
21329
21330Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
21331the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
21332Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
21333`sql-postgres-options'.
21334
21335The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21336input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21337
21338To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21339in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21340before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21341in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21342The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21343`default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
21344your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
21345Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
21346
21347\(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
21348 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
21349
21350\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21351
21352\(fn)" t nil)
21353
21354(autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
21355Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
21356
21357If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21358If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21359`*SQL*'.
21360
21361Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
21362uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
21363defaults, if set.
21364
21365The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21366input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21367
21368To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21369in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21370before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21371in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21372The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21373`default-process-coding-system'.
21374
21375\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21376
21377\(fn)" t nil)
21378
21379(autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
21380Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
21381
21382If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21383If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21384`*SQL*'.
21385
21386Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
21387automatic login.
21388
21389The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21390input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21391
21392If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
21393db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
21394`comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
21395advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
21396
21397To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
21398in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
21399before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
21400in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
21401The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
21402`default-process-coding-system'.
21403
21404\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21405
21406\(fn)" t nil)
21407
21408(autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
21409Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
21410
21411If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
21412If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
21413`*SQL*'.
21414
21415Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
21416Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
21417`sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
21418can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
21419parameters.
21420
21421`sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
21422local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
21423`nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
21424for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
21425an empty password.
21426
21427The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
21428input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
21429
21430\(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
21431
21432\(fn)" t nil)
21433
21434;;;***
21435
21436;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
21437;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
21438;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
21439;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
21440;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (16511
21441;;;;;; 32495))
21442;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
21443
21444(autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
21445Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
21446Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
21447COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
21448is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
21449documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
21450
21451See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
21452
21453\(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
21454
21455(autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
21456Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21457Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21458This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
21459entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
21460`strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
21461Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21462
21463\(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21464
21465(autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21466Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
21467Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
21468Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
21469is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
21470then complete the stroke with button 3.
21471Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke
21472
21473\(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
21474
21475(autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
21476Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21477This must be bound to a mouse event.
21478
21479\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21480
21481(autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21482Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
21483This must be bound to a mouse event.
21484
21485\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
21486
21487(autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
21488Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
21489
21490\(fn STROKE)" t nil)
21491
21492(autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
21493Get instruction on using the `strokes' package.
21494
21495\(fn)" t nil)
21496
21497(autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
21498Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
21499
21500\(fn)" t nil)
21501
21502(autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
21503Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
21504With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
21505chronologically by command name.
21506If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
21507
21508\(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
21509
21510(defvar strokes-mode nil "\
21511Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
21512See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
21513Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21514use either \\[customize] or the function `strokes-mode'.")
21515
21516(custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes")
21517
21518(autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
21519Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
21520With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
21521Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
21522Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
21523new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
21524\\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
21525
21526To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
21527\\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
21528Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
21529\\[strokes-decode-buffer].
21530
21531\\{strokes-mode-map}
21532
21533\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21534
21535(autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
21536Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
21537Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
21538Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
21539
21540\(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
21541
21542(autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
21543Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
21544
21545\(fn)" t nil)
21546
21547;;;***
21548
21549;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
21550;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (16511 32595))
21551;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
21552
21553(autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
21554Studlify-case the region.
21555
21556\(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
21557
21558(autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
21559Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
21560
21561\(fn COUNT)" t nil)
21562
21563(autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
21564Studlify-case the current buffer.
21565
21566\(fn)" t nil)
21567
21568;;;***
21569
21570;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
21571;;;;;; (16511 32574))
21572;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
21573
21574(autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
21575Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
21576This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
21577function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
21578info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
21579`sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
21580original message but it does require a few things:
21581
21582 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
21583
21584 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
21585 reply buffer.
21586
21587 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
21588 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
21589 original message.
21590
21591 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
21592
21593 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
21594
21595For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
21596when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
21597before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
21598
21599\(fn)" nil nil)
21600
21601;;;***
21602
21603;;;### (autoloads (syntax-ppss) "syntax" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" (16511
21604;;;;;; 32546))
21605;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/syntax.el
21606
21607(autoload (quote syntax-ppss) "syntax" "\
21608Parse-Partial-Sexp State at POS.
21609The returned value is the same as `parse-partial-sexp' except that
21610the 2nd and 6th values of the returned state cannot be relied upon.
21611Point is at POS when this function returns.
21612
21613\(fn &optional POS)" nil nil)
21614
21615;;;***
21616
21617;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (16511 32501))
21618;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
21619
21620(autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
21621Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
21622Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21623START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21624The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21625
21626\(fn START END)" t nil)
21627
21628(autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
21629Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
21630A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
21631when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
21632Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
21633START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
21634The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
21635
21636\(fn START END)" t nil)
21637
21638;;;***
21639
21640;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
21641;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
21642;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
21643;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
21644;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
21645;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
21646;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
21647;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
21648;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
21649;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
21650;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
21651;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
21652;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (16511 32645))
21653;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
21654
21655(defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
21656*Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
21657User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
21658
21659(custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table")
21660
21661(defvar table-load-hook nil "\
21662*List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
21663
21664(custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table")
21665
21666(defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
21667*List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
21668
21669(custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table")
21670
21671(defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
21672*List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
21673
21674(custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table")
21675
21676(autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
21677Insert an editable text table.
21678Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
21679parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
21680cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
21681is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
21682for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
21683entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
21684delimiting them.
21685
21686Examples:
21687
21688\\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
21689
21690Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
21691location of point.
21692
21693 -!-
21694
21695Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
21696specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
216975 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
21698table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
21699first cell.
21700
21701 +-----+-----+-----+
21702 |-!- | | |
21703 +-----+-----+-----+
21704
21705Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
21706
21707M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
21708width, which results as
21709
21710 +--------------+-----+-----+
21711 |-!- | | |
21712 +--------------+-----+-----+
21713
21714Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
21715TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
21716
21717 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21718 | | |-!- |
21719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21720
21721If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
21722what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
21723width information to `table-insert'.
21724
21725Cell width(s): 14 6 32
21726
21727instead of
21728
21729Cell width(s): 5
21730
21731This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
21732work all together.
21733
21734If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
21735first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
21736
21737 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21738 |-!- | | |
21739 | | | |
21740 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21741
21742Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
21743
21744 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21745 |-!- | | |
21746 | | | |
21747 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21748 | | | |
21749 | | | |
21750 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21751
21752Move the point under the table as shown below.
21753
21754 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21755 | | | |
21756 | | | |
21757 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21758 | | | |
21759 | | | |
21760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21761 -!-
21762
21763Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
21764when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
21765outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
21766
21767 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21768 | | | |
21769 | | | |
21770 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21771 | | | |
21772 | | | |
21773 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21774 |-!- | | |
21775 | | | |
21776 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21777
21778Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
21779results.
21780
21781 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21782 | | | |
21783 | | | |
21784 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21785 | | |Text editing inside the table |
21786 | | |cell produces reasonably |
21787 | | |expected results.-!- |
21788 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21789 | | | |
21790 | | | |
21791 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
21792
21793Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
21794
21795\\{table-cell-map}
21796
21797\(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
21798
21799(autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
21800Insert N table row(s).
21801When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
21802the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
21803the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
21804are appended at the bottom of the table.
21805
21806\(fn N)" t nil)
21807
21808(autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
21809Insert N table column(s).
21810When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
21811of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
21812right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
21813created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
21814
21815\(fn N)" t nil)
21816
21817(autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
21818Insert row(s) or column(s).
21819See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
21820
21821\(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
21822
21823(autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
21824Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
21825Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
21826optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
21827buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
21828all the table specific features.
21829
21830\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21831
21832(autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
21833Not documented
21834
21835\(fn)" t nil)
21836
21837(autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
21838Recognize all tables within region.
21839BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
21840prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
21841inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
21842specific features.
21843
21844\(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
21845
21846(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
21847Not documented
21848
21849\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21850
21851(autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
21852Recognize a table at point.
21853If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
21854becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
21855the table specific features.
21856
21857\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21858
21859(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
21860Not documented
21861
21862\(fn)" t nil)
21863
21864(autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
21865Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
21866Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
21867optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
21868must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
21869is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
21870plain text and loses all the table specific features.
21871
21872\(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
21873
21874(autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
21875Not documented
21876
21877\(fn)" t nil)
21878
21879(autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
21880Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
21881Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
21882cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
21883heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
21884optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
21885specified.
21886
21887\(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21888
21889(autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
21890Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
21891Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
21892and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
21893must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
21894is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
21895one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
21896table structure.
21897
21898\(fn N)" t nil)
21899
21900(autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
21901Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
21902Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
21903table's rectangle structure.
21904
21905\(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
21906
21907(autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
21908Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
21909Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
21910table's rectangle structure.
21911
21912\(fn N)" t nil)
21913
21914(autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
21915Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
21916With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21917a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
21918Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
21919
21920Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
21921
21922You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
21923\\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
21924\\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
21925
21926+-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
21927|0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
21928+--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
21929|2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
21930| +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
21931| |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
21932+--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
21933
21934+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21935|0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
21936| | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
21937+--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
21938|3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
21939| | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
21940+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21941
21942+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
21943|0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
21944| +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
21945| |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
21946+--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
21947|5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
21948| |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
21949+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
21950
21951\(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
21952
21953(autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
21954Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
21955With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
21956a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
21957
21958\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21959
21960(autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
21961Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
21962DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
21963
21964\(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
21965
21966(autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
21967Split current cell vertically.
21968Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
21969
21970\(fn)" t nil)
21971
21972(autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
21973Split current cell horizontally.
21974Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
21975
21976\(fn)" t nil)
21977
21978(autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
21979Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
21980ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
21981
21982\(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
21983
21984(autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
21985Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
21986WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
21987'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
21988
21989\(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
21990
21991(autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
21992Justify cell contents.
21993JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
21994'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
21995non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
21996otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
21997
21998\(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
21999
22000(autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
22001Justify cells of a row.
22002JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
22003'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
22004
22005\(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
22006
22007(autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
22008Justify cells of a column.
22009JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
22010'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
22011
22012\(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
22013
22014(autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
22015Toggle fixing width mode.
22016In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
22017width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
22018order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
22019
22020\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22021
22022(autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
22023Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
22024The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
22025width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
22026height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
22027is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
22028frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
22029and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
22030the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
22031non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
22032WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
22033
22034\(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
22035
22036(autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
22037Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
22038LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
22039structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
22040The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
22041object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
22042buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
22043the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
22044When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
22045buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
22046generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
22047buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
22048untouched.
22049
22050References used for this implementation:
22051
22052HTML:
22053 http://www.w3.org
22054
22055LaTeX:
22056 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
22057
22058CALS (DocBook DTD):
22059 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
22060 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
22061
22062\(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
22063
22064(autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
22065Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
22066STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
22067empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
22068numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
22069parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
22070last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
22071number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
22072traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
22073entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
22074elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
22075INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
22076insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
22077INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
22078is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
22079structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
22080'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
22081
22082Example:
22083
22084 (progn
22085 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
22086 (table-forward-cell 15)
22087 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
22088 (table-forward-cell 16)
22089 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
22090 (table-forward-cell 1)
22091 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
22092
22093 (progn
22094 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
22095 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
22096 (table-forward-cell 1)
22097 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
22098
22099\(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
22100
22101(autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
22102Delete N row(s) of cells.
22103Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
22104contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
22105consists from cells of same height.
22106
22107\(fn N)" t nil)
22108
22109(autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
22110Delete N column(s) of cells.
22111Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
22112the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
22113column must consists from cells of same width.
22114
22115\(fn N)" t nil)
22116
22117(autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
22118Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
22119Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
22120specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
22121The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
22122COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
22123is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
22124delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
22125columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
22126ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
22127the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
22128is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
22129justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
22130width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
22131ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
22132
22133
22134Example 1:
22135
221361, 2, 3, 4
221375, 6, 7, 8
22138, 9, 10
22139
22140Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
22141\",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
22142this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
22143specified as 5.
22144
22145+-----+-----+-----+-----+
22146| 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
22147+-----+-----+-----+-----+
22148| 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
22149+-----+-----+-----+-----+
22150| | 9 | 10 | |
22151+-----+-----+-----+-----+
22152
22153Note:
22154
22155In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
22156in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
22157of each row is optional.
22158
22159
22160Example 2:
22161
22162This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
22163Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
22164-!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
22165name headers. This time specify empty string for both
22166COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
22167
22168-!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
22169requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
22170
22171Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
22172 expression and raw delimiter regular
22173 expression, it parses the specified text
22174 area and extracts cell items from
22175 non-table text and then forms a table out
22176 of them.
22177
22178Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
22179 creates a single cell table. The text in
22180 the specified region is placed in that
22181 cell.-*-
22182
22183Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
22184like this.
22185
22186+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22187|`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22188|requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22189| |
22190|Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
22191| expression and raw delimiter regular |
22192| expression, it parses the specified text |
22193| area and extracts cell items from |
22194| non-table text and then forms a table out |
22195| of them. |
22196| |
22197|Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
22198| creates a single cell table. The text in |
22199| the specified region is placed in that |
22200| cell. |
22201+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22202
22203By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
22204paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
22205independently.
22206
22207+-----------------------------------------------------------------+
22208|`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
22209|requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
22210+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22211|Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
22212| |expression and raw delimiter regular |
22213| |expression, it parses the specified text |
22214| |area and extracts cell items from |
22215| |non-table text and then forms a table out |
22216| |of them. |
22217+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22218|Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
22219| |creates a single cell table. The text in |
22220| |the specified region is placed in that |
22221| |cell. |
22222+---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
22223
22224By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
22225contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
22226companion command to `table-capture' this way.
22227
22228\(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
22229
22230(autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
22231Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
22232Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
22233converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
22234`table-capture' which does the opposite process.
22235
22236\(fn)" t nil)
22237
22238;;;***
22239
22240;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (16511 32502))
22241;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
22242
22243(autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
22244Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
22245
22246\(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
22247
22248;;;***
22249
22250;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (16511 35097))
22251;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
22252
22253(autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
22254Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
22255You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
22256Letters no longer insert themselves.
22257Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
22258or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
22259Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
22260
22261If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
22262save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
22263saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
22264inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
22265
22266See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
22267\\{tar-mode-map}
22268
22269\(fn)" t nil)
22270
22271;;;***
22272
22273;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
22274;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (16511 35714))
22275;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
22276
22277(autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
22278Major mode for editing Tcl code.
22279Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
22280Tab indents for Tcl code.
22281Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
22282Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
22283
22284Variables controlling indentation style:
22285 `tcl-indent-level'
22286 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
22287 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
22288 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
22289
22290Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
22291documentation for details):
22292 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
22293 Controls action of TAB key.
22294 `tcl-auto-newline'
22295 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
22296 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
22297 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
22298 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
22299 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
22300
22301Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
22302`tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
22303already exist.
22304
22305Commands:
22306\\{tcl-mode-map}
22307
22308\(fn)" t nil)
22309
22310(autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
22311Run inferior Tcl process.
22312Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
22313See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
22314
22315\(fn CMD)" t nil)
22316
22317(autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
22318Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
22319Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
22320
22321\(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
22322
22323;;;***
22324
22325;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (16511 32586))
22326;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
22327 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22328
22329(autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
22330Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22331Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
22332where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
22333is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
22334falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
22335Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22336
22337\(fn HOST)" t nil)
22338 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
22339
22340(autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
22341Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
22342Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
22343Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
22344
22345\(fn HOST)" t nil)
22346
22347;;;***
22348
22349;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (16511
22350;;;;;; 32504))
22351;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
22352
22353(autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
22354Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
22355The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
22356If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
22357Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
22358the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
22359
22360\(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
22361
22362(autoload (quote term) "term" "\
22363Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22364The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
22365commands to use in that buffer.
22366
22367\\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
22368
22369\(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
22370
22371(autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
22372Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
22373
22374\(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
22375
22376;;;***
22377
22378;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (16511
22379;;;;;; 32505))
22380;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
22381
22382(autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
22383Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
22384ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
22385BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
22386and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
22387program as keyboard input.
22388
22389Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
22390are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
22391WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
22392-- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
22393
22394To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
22395to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
22396type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
22397Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
22398This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
22399
22400`Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
22401
22402Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
22403of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
22404terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
22405terminal-redisplay-interval.
22406
22407This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
22408and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
22409subprocess started.
22410
22411\(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
22412
22413;;;***
22414
22415;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
22416;;;;;; (16511 32546))
22417;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
22418
22419(autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
22420Start coverage on function under point.
22421
22422\(fn)" t nil)
22423
22424;;;***
22425
22426;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (16511 32595))
22427;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
22428
22429(autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
22430Play the Tetris game.
22431Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
22432rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
22433as to form complete rows.
22434
22435tetris-mode keybindings:
22436 \\<tetris-mode-map>
22437\\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
22438\\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
22439\\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
22440\\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
22441\\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
22442\\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
22443\\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
22444\\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
22445
22446\(fn)" t nil)
22447
22448;;;***
22449
22450;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
22451;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
22452;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22453;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
22454;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
22455;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
22456;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
22457;;;;;; (16511 32645))
22458;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
22459
22460(defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
22461*If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
22462
22463(custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode")
22464
22465(defvar tex-directory "." "\
22466*Directory in which temporary files are written.
22467You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
22468and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
22469`\\input' commands with relative directories.")
22470
22471(custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode")
22472
22473(defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
22474Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
22475If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
22476if it matches the first line of the file,
22477`tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
22478
22479(custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode")
22480
22481(defvar tex-main-file nil "\
22482*The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
22483The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
22484if the variable is non-nil.")
22485
22486(custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode")
22487
22488(defvar tex-offer-save t "\
22489*If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
22490
22491(custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode")
22492
22493(defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
22494*Command used to run TeX subjob.
22495TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22496See the documentation of that variable.")
22497
22498(custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22499
22500(defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
22501*Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
22502LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22503See the documentation of that variable.")
22504
22505(custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22506
22507(defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
22508*Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
22509SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
22510See the documentation of that variable.")
22511
22512(custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode")
22513
22514(defvar tex-start-options "" "\
22515*TeX options to use when starting TeX.
22516These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
22517and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
22518If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22519
22520(custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode")
22521
22522(defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
22523*TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
22524They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
22525If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
22526
22527(custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode")
22528
22529(defvar latex-block-names nil "\
22530*User defined LaTeX block names.
22531Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
22532
22533(custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode")
22534
22535(defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
22536*Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
22537If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22538otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22539
22540(custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode")
22541
22542(defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22543*Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22544If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22545otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
22546
22547(custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22548
22549(defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
22550*Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
22551If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22552otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
22553
22554If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
22555`tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
22556for example,
22557
22558 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22559 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
22560
22561would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
22562use.")
22563
22564(custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode")
22565
22566(defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (if (eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) "\
22567*Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
22568If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
22569If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
22570otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
22571
22572If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
22573
22574(custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode")
22575
22576(defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
22577*Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
22578Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
22579
22580(custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode")
22581
22582(defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
22583*Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
22584This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
22585is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
22586Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
22587
22588(custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode")
22589
22590(defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
22591*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22592
22593(custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode")
22594
22595(defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
22596*String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22597
22598(custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode")
22599
22600(autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22601Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
22602Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
22603this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
22604`latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
22605such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
22606says which mode to use.
22607
22608\(fn)" t nil)
22609
22610(defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
22611
22612(defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
22613
22614(defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
22615
22616(autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22617Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
22618Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22619Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22620and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22621
22622Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
22623copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
22624running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22625\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22626\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22627\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22628\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22629
22630Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22631mismatched $'s or braces.
22632
22633Special commands:
22634\\{plain-tex-mode-map}
22635
22636Mode variables:
22637tex-run-command
22638 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22639tex-directory
22640 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
22641 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22642tex-dvi-print-command
22643 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22644tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22645 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22646 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22647tex-dvi-view-command
22648 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22649tex-show-queue-command
22650 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22651 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22652
22653Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22654`tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
22655special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22656
22657\(fn)" t nil)
22658
22659(autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22660Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
22661Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22662Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22663and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22664
22665Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22666copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22667running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22668\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22669\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22670\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22671\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22672
22673Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22674mismatched $'s or braces.
22675
22676Special commands:
22677\\{latex-mode-map}
22678
22679Mode variables:
22680latex-run-command
22681 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22682tex-directory
22683 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
22684 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22685tex-dvi-print-command
22686 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22687tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22688 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22689 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22690tex-dvi-view-command
22691 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22692tex-show-queue-command
22693 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22694 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22695
22696Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
22697`tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
22698subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
22699
22700\(fn)" t nil)
22701
22702(autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22703Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
22704Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
22705Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
22706and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
22707
22708Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
22709copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
22710running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
22711\\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
22712\\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
22713\\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
22714\\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
22715
22716Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
22717mismatched $'s or braces.
22718
22719Special commands:
22720\\{slitex-mode-map}
22721
22722Mode variables:
22723slitex-run-command
22724 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22725tex-directory
22726 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
22727 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
22728tex-dvi-print-command
22729 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
22730tex-alt-dvi-print-command
22731 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
22732 argument) to print a .dvi file.
22733tex-dvi-view-command
22734 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
22735tex-show-queue-command
22736 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
22737 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
22738
22739Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
22740`tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
22741`slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
22742`tex-shell-hook' is run.
22743
22744\(fn)" t nil)
22745
22746(autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
22747Not documented
22748
22749\(fn)" nil nil)
22750
22751(autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
22752Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
22753
22754\(fn)" t nil)
22755
22756;;;***
22757
22758;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
22759;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (16511 32646))
22760;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
22761
22762(autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
22763Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
22764The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22765name specified in the @setfilename command.
22766
22767Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
22768and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
22769Info-split to do these manually.
22770
22771\(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22772
22773(autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
22774Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
22775This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
22776The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
22777converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
22778
22779\(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
22780
22781(autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
22782Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
22783The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
22784names specified in the @setfilename command.
22785
22786This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
22787creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
22788is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
22789Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
22790
22791Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
22792if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
22793
22794\(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
22795
22796;;;***
22797
22798;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
22799;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (16511 32647))
22800;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
22801
22802(defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
22803*String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
22804
22805(custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo")
22806
22807(defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
22808*String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
22809
22810(custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo")
22811
22812(autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
22813Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
22814
22815 It has these extra commands:
22816\\{texinfo-mode-map}
22817
22818 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
22819and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
22820the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
22821modified version of TeX input format.
22822
22823 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
22824set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
22825what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
22826use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
22827
22828 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
22829This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
22830lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
22831These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
22832In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
22833use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
22834in the Texinfo file.
22835
22836 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
22837frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
22838commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
22839\\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
22840move forward past the closing brace.
22841
22842Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
22843updating menus and node pointers. These functions
22844
22845 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
22846 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
22847 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
22848
22849Here are the functions:
22850
22851 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
22852 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
22853 texinfo-sequential-node-update
22854
22855 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
22856 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
22857 texinfo-master-menu
22858
22859 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
22860
22861The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
22862which menu descriptions are indented.
22863
22864Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
22865`texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
22866in the region.
22867
22868To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
22869hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
22870Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
22871`@chapter' or `@section' line.
22872
22873If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
22874be the first node in the file.
22875
22876Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
22877value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
22878
22879\(fn)" t nil)
22880
22881;;;***
22882
22883;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
22884;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
22885;;;;;; (16511 25865))
22886;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
22887
22888(autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
22889Compose Thai characters in the region.
22890When called from a program, expects two arguments,
22891positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
22892
22893\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
22894
22895(autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
22896Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
22897
22898\(fn STRING)" nil nil)
22899
22900(autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
22901Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
22902
22903\(fn)" t nil)
22904
22905(autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
22906Not documented
22907
22908\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
22909
22910;;;***
22911
22912;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
22913;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
22914;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (16511 32505))
22915;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
22916
22917(autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
22918Move forward to the end of the next THING.
22919
22920\(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
22921
22922(autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22923Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
22924THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22925Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22926`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22927
22928See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22929a symbol as a valid THING.
22930
22931The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
22932of the textual entity that was found.
22933
22934\(fn THING)" nil nil)
22935
22936(autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22937Return the THING at point.
22938THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
22939Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
22940`word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
22941
22942See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
22943a symbol as a valid THING.
22944
22945\(fn THING)" nil nil)
22946
22947(autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22948Not documented
22949
22950\(fn)" nil nil)
22951
22952(autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22953Not documented
22954
22955\(fn)" nil nil)
22956
22957(autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22958Not documented
22959
22960\(fn)" nil nil)
22961
22962(autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
22963Not documented
22964
22965\(fn)" nil nil)
22966
22967;;;***
22968
22969;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show-all thumbs-dired-show-marked
22970;;;;;; thumbs-show-all-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
22971;;;;;; (16511 32505))
22972;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
22973
22974(autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
22975Display the thumbnail for IMG.
22976
22977\(fn IMG)" t nil)
22978
22979(autoload (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
22980Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
22981Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
22982and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
22983
22984\(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
22985
22986(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
22987In Dired, make a thumbs buffer with all marked files.
22988
22989\(fn)" t nil)
22990
22991(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-all) "thumbs" "\
22992In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
22993
22994\(fn)" t nil)
22995
22996(defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-all-from-dir))
22997
22998(autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
22999In dired, Call the setroot program on the image at point.
23000
23001\(fn)" t nil)
23002
23003;;;***
23004
23005;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
23006;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
23007;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
23008;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
23009;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
23010;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (16511 25865))
23011;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
23012
23013(autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
23014Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
23015Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
23016
23017\(fn CH)" nil nil)
23018
23019(autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
23020Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
23021
23022\(fn STR)" nil nil)
23023
23024(autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
23025Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
23026The returned string has no composition information.
23027
23028\(fn STR)" nil nil)
23029
23030(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
23031Compose Tibetan string STR.
23032
23033\(fn STR)" nil nil)
23034
23035(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
23036Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
23037
23038\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23039
23040(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
23041Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
23042This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
23043are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
23044
23045\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23046
23047(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
23048Decompose Tibetan string STR.
23049This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
23050are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
23051
23052\(fn STR)" nil nil)
23053
23054(autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
23055Not documented
23056
23057\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23058
23059(autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
23060Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
23061See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
23062
23063\(fn)" t nil)
23064
23065(autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
23066Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
23067See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
23068
23069\(fn)" t nil)
23070
23071(autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
23072Not documented
23073
23074\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23075
23076(autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
23077Not documented
23078
23079\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23080
23081(autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
23082Not documented
23083
23084\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
23085
23086;;;***
23087
23088;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
23089;;;;;; (16511 32647))
23090;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
23091
23092(autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
23093Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
23094See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
23095`tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
23096parameters.
23097This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
23098
23099\(fn BEG END)" t nil)
23100
23101(autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
23102Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
23103See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
23104`tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
23105parameters.
23106This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
23107
23108\(fn)" t nil)
23109
23110;;;***
23111
23112;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
23113;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (16511 32505))
23114;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
23115
23116(defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
23117*Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
23118
23119(custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time")
23120
23121(autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
23122Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
23123This display updates automatically every minute.
23124If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
23125are displayed as well.
23126This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
23127
23128\(fn)" t nil)
23129
23130(defvar display-time-mode nil "\
23131Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
23132See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23133Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23134use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
23135
23136(custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time")
23137
23138(autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
23139Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
23140With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
23141
23142When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
23143If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
23144are displayed as well.
23145This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
23146
23147\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23148
23149;;;***
23150
23151;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
23152;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
23153;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time date-to-time)
23154;;;;;; "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (16511 32531))
23155;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
23156
23157(autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23158Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23159
23160\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23161
23162(autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
23163Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
23164
23165\(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
23166
23167(autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
23168Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
23169
23170\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23171
23172(autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
23173Convert DAYS into a time value.
23174
23175\(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
23176
23177(autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
23178Return the time elapsed since TIME.
23179TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
23180
23181\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23182
23183(defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
23184
23185(autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
23186Subtract two time values.
23187Return the difference in the format of a time value.
23188
23189\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23190
23191(autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
23192Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
23193
23194\(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
23195
23196(autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
23197Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
23198DATE should be a date-time string.
23199
23200\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23201
23202(autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
23203Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
23204DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
23205
23206\(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
23207
23208(autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
23209Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
23210
23211\(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
23212
23213(autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
23214Return the day number within the year of the date month/day/year.
23215
23216\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23217
23218(autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
23219The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
23220TIME should be a time value.
23221The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
23222
23223\(fn TIME)" nil nil)
23224
23225(autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
23226Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
23227If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
23228
23229\(fn DATE)" nil nil)
23230
23231;;;***
23232
23233;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
23234;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (16511 32505))
23235;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
23236
23237(autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
23238Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
23239A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
23240every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
23241 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
23242Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
23243look like one of the following:
23244 Time-stamp: <>
23245 Time-stamp: \" \"
23246The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
23247 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
23248The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
23249The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
23250The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
23251`time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
23252template.
23253
23254\(fn)" t nil)
23255
23256(autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
23257Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
23258With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
23259
23260\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23261
23262;;;***
23263
23264;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
23265;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
23266;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
23267;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
23268;;;;;; (16511 32531))
23269;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
23270
23271(autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
23272Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
23273If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
23274the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
23275will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
23276the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
23277updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
23278if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
23279display (non-nil means on).
23280
23281\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23282
23283(autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
23284Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23285With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
23286many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
23287\(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
23288weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
23289_seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
23290this function is called within a day.
23291
23292PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
23293FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
23294interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
23295discover the name of the project.
23296
23297\(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
23298
23299(autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
23300Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
23301If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
23302begun during the last time segment.
23303
23304REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
23305FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
23306interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
23307discover the reason.
23308
23309\(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
23310
23311(autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
23312Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
23313If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
23314If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
23315worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
23316
23317\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23318
23319(autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
23320Change to working on a different project.
23321This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
23322With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
23323time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
23324working on.
23325
23326\(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
23327
23328(autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
23329Ask the user whether to clock out.
23330This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
23331
23332\(fn)" nil nil)
23333
23334(autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
23335Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
23336Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
23337
23338\(fn)" t nil)
23339
23340(autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
23341Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
23342Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
23343is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
23344See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
23345\"relative to today\".
23346
23347\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23348
23349(autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
23350Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
23351Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
23352non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
23353
23354\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
23355
23356(autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
23357Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
23358This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
23359SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
23360seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
23361relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
23362
23363\(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
23364
23365;;;***
23366
23367;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
23368;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
23369;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (16511 32546))
23370;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
23371
23372(defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
23373
23374(autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
23375Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
23376
23377\(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
23378
23379(autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
23380Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.
23381
23382\(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
23383
23384(autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
23385Perform an action at time TIME.
23386Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23387TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
23388from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
23389meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
23390REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
23391The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23392
23393This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23394
23395\(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23396
23397(autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
23398Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
23399Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
23400SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
23401The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23402
23403This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23404
23405\(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23406
23407(autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
23408Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
23409If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
23410This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
23411
23412\(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
23413
23414(autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
23415Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
23416The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
23417SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
23418
23419If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
23420exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
23421
23422This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
23423
23424\(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23425 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
23426
23427(autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
23428Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
23429If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
23430The call should look like:
23431 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
23432The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
23433event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
23434if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
23435be detected.
23436
23437\(fn LIST &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
23438
23439;;;***
23440
23441;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
23442;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (16511 30646))
23443;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
23444
23445(autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23446Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
23447Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
23448the generated Quail package is saved.
23449
23450\(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
23451
23452(autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
23453Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
23454Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
23455it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
23456For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
23457 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
23458To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
23459
23460\(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
23461
23462;;;***
23463
23464;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
23465;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (16511
23466;;;;;; 25866))
23467;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
23468
23469(autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
23470Not documented
23471
23472\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23473
23474(autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
23475Not documented
23476
23477\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
23478
23479(autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
23480Compose Tamil characters after the position POS.
23481If STRING is not nil, it is a string, and POS is an index to the string.
23482In this case, compose characters after POS of the string.
23483
23484\(fn POS &optional STRING)" nil nil)
23485
23486;;;***
23487
23488;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
23489;;;;;; "tmm.el" (16511 32505))
23490;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
23491 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
23492 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
23493 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
23494
23495(autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
23496Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23497See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23498X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
23499we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
23500
23501\(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
23502
23503(autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
23504Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
23505This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
23506on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
23507See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
23508
23509\(fn EVENT)" t nil)
23510
23511(autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
23512Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
23513Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
23514in the menu in two ways:
23515 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
23516 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
23517The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
23518
23519MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
23520keymap or an alist of alists.
23521DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
23522Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
23523
23524\(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
23525
23526;;;***
23527
23528;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
23529;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
23530;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (16511 35215))
23531;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
23532
23533(autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
23534Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
23535
23536\(fn CAT)" t nil)
23537
23538(autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
23539Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
23540
23541\(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
23542
23543(autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
23544Insert new TODO list entry.
23545With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
23546category.
23547
23548\(fn ARG)" t nil)
23549
23550(autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
23551List top priorities for each category.
23552
23553Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
23554defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
23555
23556If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
23557between each category.
23558
23559\(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23560
23561(autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
23562Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
23563If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
23564between each category.
23565
23566Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
23567
23568\(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
23569
23570(autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
23571Major mode for editing TODO lists.
23572
23573\\{todo-mode-map}
23574
23575\(fn)" t nil)
23576
23577(autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
23578Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
23579
23580\(fn)" nil nil)
23581
23582(autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
23583Show TODO list.
23584
23585\(fn)" t nil)
23586
23587;;;***
23588
23589;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
23590;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar"
23591;;;;;; "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (16511 32647))
23592;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
23593
23594(defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
23595Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
23596See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
23597Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23598use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
23599
23600(custom-autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar")
23601
23602(autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
23603Toggle use of the tool bar.
23604With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
23605
23606See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
23607conveniently adding tool bar items.
23608
23609\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23610
23611(put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
23612
23613(autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
23614Add an item to the tool bar.
23615ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23616for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23617PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23618Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23619
23620ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23621function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23622ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23623
23624Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23625To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23626
23627\(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23628
23629(autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
23630Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
23631ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
23632for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
23633PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
23634Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
23635
23636ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
23637function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
23638ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
23639
23640\(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23641
23642(autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23643Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23644This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
23645binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23646modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23647finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23648properties to add to the binding.
23649
23650MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23651
23652Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
23653To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
23654
23655\(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23656
23657(autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
23658Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
23659This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
23660the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
23661modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
23662finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
23663properties to add to the binding.
23664
23665MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
23666
23667\(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
23668
23669;;;***
23670
23671;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
23672;;;;;; (16511 32505))
23673;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
23674
23675(autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
23676Mode for tooltip display.
23677With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
23678
23679\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23680
23681(defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
23682Toggle tooltip-mode.
23683Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23684use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
23685
23686(custom-autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip")
23687
23688;;;***
23689
23690;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (16511
23691;;;;;; 32550))
23692;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
23693
23694(defalias (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23695
23696(defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
23697
23698(autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
23699Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
23700
23701\(fn)" t nil)
23702
23703;;;***
23704
23705;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
23706;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (16511 32551))
23707;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
23708
23709(autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
23710Set scroll margins.
23711
23712\(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
23713
23714(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
23715Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
23716
23717\(fn)" t nil)
23718
23719(autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
23720Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
23721
23722\(fn)" t nil)
23723
23724;;;***
23725
23726;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (16511 32547))
23727;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
23728
23729(autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
23730Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
23731PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
23732streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
23733to a tcp server on another machine.
23734
23735\(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
23736
23737;;;***
23738
23739;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
23740;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (16511 32547))
23741;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
23742
23743(defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
23744*Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
23745
23746(custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace")
23747
23748(autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
23749Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
23750For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23751and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23752trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23753there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
23754Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
23755display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
23756
23757\(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23758
23759(autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
23760Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
23761For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
23762and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
23763trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
23764there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
23765the window or buffer configuration at all.
23766
23767\(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23768
23769;;;***
23770
23771;;;### (autoloads (tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-file-name-handler
23772;;;;;; tramp-completion-file-name-regexp tramp-file-name-regexp)
23773;;;;;; "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (16511 32589))
23774;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
23775
23776(defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
23777Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
23778Nil means to use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
23779
23780(defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
23781Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23782Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23783Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23784
23785(defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
23786Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23787XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23788See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23789
23790(defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23791*Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
23792This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
23793\(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
23794`file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
23795if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
23796and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
23797files which are not really tramp files.
23798
23799Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23800this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23801before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23802updated after changing this variable.
23803
23804Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23805
23806(custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23807
23808(defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/[^/]*$" "\
23809Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
23810Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
23811Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
23812
23813(defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
23814Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
23815XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
23816See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
23817
23818(defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
23819*Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
23820This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
23821
23822Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
23823this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
23824before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
23825updated after changing this variable.
23826
23827Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
23828
23829(custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp")
23830
23831(autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23832Invoke Tramp file name handler.
23833Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23834
23835\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23836
23837(put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote file-remote-p) t)
23838
23839(autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
23840Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
23841Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
23842
23843\(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23844
23845(put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)
23846
23847(add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler)))
23848
23849;;;***
23850
23851;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
23852;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (16511 32647))
23853;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
23854 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
23855 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
23856 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
23857
23858(autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
23859Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
23860When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
23861buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
23862Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
23863When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
23864first and the associated buffer to its right.
23865
23866\(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23867
23868(autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
23869Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
23870Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
23871accepting the proposed default buffer.
23872
23873\(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23874
23875\(fn)" t nil)
23876
23877(autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
23878Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
23879Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
23880have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
23881ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
23882value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
23883columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
23884
23885This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
23886write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
23887
23888First column's text sSs Second column's text
23889 \\___/\\
23890 / \\
23891 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
23892
23893\(See \\[describe-mode] .)
23894
23895\(fn ARG)" t nil)
23896
23897;;;***
23898
23899;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
23900;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
23901;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
23902;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (16511 35111))
23903;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
23904
23905(defvar type-break-mode nil "\
23906Toggle typing break mode.
23907See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
23908Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23909use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
23910
23911(custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break")
23912
23913(defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
23914*Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
23915
23916(custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break")
23917
23918(defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
23919*Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
23920
23921When this variable is non-nil, emacs checks the idle time between
23922keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
23923rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
23924
23925If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
23926asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
23927
23928(custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break")
23929
23930(defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
23931*Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
23932This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
23933
23934The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
23935entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
23936the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
23937if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
23938then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
23939elapsed, the user will always be queried.
23940
23941The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
23942before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
23943scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
23944will occur; only scheduled ones will.
23945
23946Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
23947keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
23948
23949The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
23950guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
23951
23952(custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break")
23953
23954(autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
23955Enable or disable typing-break mode.
23956This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
23957
23958When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
23959appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
23960user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
23961is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
23962again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
23963to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
23964annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
23965
23966A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
23967No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
23968
23969The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
23970same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
23971reset the keystroke counter.
23972
23973If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
23974calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
23975make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
23976break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
23977
23978The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
23979schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
23980affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
23981`type-break-schedule' command.
23982
23983If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
23984amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
23985that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
23986later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
23987is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
23988or not to continue.
23989
23990The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
23991thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
23992the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
23993approximate good values for this.
23994
23995There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
23996imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
23997
23998 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
23999 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
24000 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
24001 `type-break-warning-repeat'
24002 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
24003 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
24004
24005There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
24006a typing break occur. They include:
24007
24008 `type-break-query-mode'
24009 `type-break-query-function'
24010 `type-break-query-interval'
24011
24012Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
24013
24014\(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
24015
24016(autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
24017Take a typing break.
24018
24019During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
24020`type-break-demo-functions' is run.
24021
24022After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
24023as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
24024
24025\(fn)" t nil)
24026
24027(autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
24028Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
24029This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
24030scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
24031
24032\(fn)" t nil)
24033
24034(autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
24035Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
24036
24037If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
24038many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
24039maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
24040can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
24041tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
24042documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
24043average typing speed.)
24044
24045From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
24046based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
24047length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
24048the computed maximum threshold.
24049
24050When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
24051used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
24052fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
24053FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
240542 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
24055
24056\(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
24057
24058;;;***
24059
24060;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
24061;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (16511 32647))
24062;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
24063
24064(autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
24065Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
24066Works by overstriking underscores.
24067Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
24068which specify the range to operate on.
24069
24070\(fn START END)" t nil)
24071
24072(autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
24073Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
24074Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
24075which specify the range to operate on.
24076
24077\(fn START END)" t nil)
24078
24079;;;***
24080
24081;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
24082;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (16511 32575))
24083;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
24084
24085(autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
24086Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
24087Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
24088
24089\(fn)" t nil)
24090
24091(autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
24092Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
24093This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
24094following the containing message.
24095
24096\(fn)" t nil)
24097
24098;;;***
24099
24100;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
24101;;;;;; (16511 32575))
24102;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
24103
24104(autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
24105Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
24106Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
24107For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
24108is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
24109For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
24110
24111\(fn)" nil nil)
24112
24113(autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
24114Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
24115
24116\(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
24117
24118;;;***
24119
24120;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (16511
24121;;;;;; 32547))
24122;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
24123
24124(autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
24125Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
24126otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
24127of symbols with local bindings.
24128
24129\(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
24130
24131;;;***
24132
24133;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
24134;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (16511 32506))
24135;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
24136
24137(autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
24138Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
24139This function has a choice of three things to do:
24140 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
24141 to refrain from editing the file
24142 return t (grab the lock on the file)
24143 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
24144You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
24145in any way you like.
24146
24147\(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
24148
24149(autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
24150Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
24151This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
24152of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
24153in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
24154
24155You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
24156The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
24157
24158\(fn FN)" nil nil)
24159
24160;;;***
24161
24162;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
24163;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (16464 65088))
24164;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
24165
24166(autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
24167Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
24168If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
24169used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
24170
24171\(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24172
24173(autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
24174Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
24175If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
24176
24177\(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24178
24179;;;***
24180
24181;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
24182;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
24183;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
24184;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
24185;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
24186;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook
24187;;;;;; vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (16511 35175))
24188;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
24189
24190(defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
24191*Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
24192See `run-hooks'.")
24193
24194(custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc")
24195
24196(defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
24197*Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
24198See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
24199
24200(custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc")
24201
24202(defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
24203*Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
24204See `run-hooks'.")
24205
24206(custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc")
24207
24208(autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
24209Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
24210
24211\(fn REV)" nil nil)
24212
24213(autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
24214Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
24215Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
24216FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
24217`save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
24218somebody else, signal error.
24219
24220\(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24221
24222(autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
24223Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
24224Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
24225This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
24226However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
24227
24228\(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
24229
24230(autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
24231Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
24232Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
24233current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
24234already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
24235considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
24236OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
24237means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
24238name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
24239don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
24240that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
24241
24242\(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
24243
24244(autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
24245Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
24246
24247If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
24248it will operate on the file in the current line.
24249
24250If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
24251files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
24252each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
24253or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
24254lock steals will raise an error.
24255
24256A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
24257
24258For RCS and SCCS files:
24259 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24260control.
24261 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
24262a writable and locked file ready for editing.
24263 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
24264first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
24265it performs a revert.
24266 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
24267of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
24268resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
24269the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
24270read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
24271 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
24272the option to steal the lock.
24273
24274For CVS files:
24275 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
24276control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
24277 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
24278 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
24279unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
24280message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
24281with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
24282 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
24283merge in the changes into your working copy.
24284
24285\(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
24286
24287(autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
24288Register the current file into a version control system.
24289With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
24290level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
24291
24292The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
24293`vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
24294itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
24295directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
24296register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
24297first backend that could register the file is used.
24298
24299\(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
24300
24301(autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
24302Display diffs between file versions.
24303Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
24304recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
24305a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
24306version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
24307optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
24308saving the buffer.
24309
24310\(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
24311
24312(autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
24313Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
24314If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
24315If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
24316
24317\(fn REV)" t nil)
24318
24319(autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
24320Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
24321Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
24322the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
24323
24324\(fn)" t nil)
24325
24326(autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
24327Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
24328This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
24329first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
24330branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
24331from the current branch.
24332
24333See Info node `Merging'.
24334
24335\(fn)" t nil)
24336
24337(defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
24338
24339(autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
24340Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
24341
24342See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
24343
24344With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
24345`dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
24346
24347\(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
24348
24349(autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
24350Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
24351For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
24352becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
24353BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
24354are checked out in that new branch.
24355
24356\(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
24357
24358(autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
24359Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
24360If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
24361If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
24362locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
24363allowed and simply skipped).
24364
24365\(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
24366
24367(autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
24368List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
24369If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
24370
24371\(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
24372
24373(autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
24374Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
24375This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
24376to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
24377changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
24378
24379\(fn)" t nil)
24380
24381(autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
24382Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
24383If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
24384the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
24385changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
24386the current branch are merged into the working file.
24387
24388\(fn)" t nil)
24389
24390(autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
24391Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
24392A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
24393
24394\(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
24395
24396(autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
24397Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
24398FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
24399permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
24400VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
24401By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
24402To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
24403
24404\(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
24405
24406(autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
24407Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
24408If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
24409\(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
24410NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
24411base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
24412backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
24413backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
24414\(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
24415
24416\(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
24417
24418(autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
24419Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
24420
24421\(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
24422
24423(autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
24424Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
24425Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
24426directory.
24427
24428With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
24429
24430With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
24431files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
24432log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
24433
24434From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
24435log entries should be gathered.
24436
24437\(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
24438
24439(autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
24440Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
24441
24442This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
24443file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
24444used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
24445youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
24446default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
24447everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24448
24449With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
24450minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
24451displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
24452\(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
24453you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
24454should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
24455over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
24456age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
24457
24458Customization variables:
24459
24460`vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
24461mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
24462`vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
24463colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
24464
24465\(fn PREFIX &optional REVISION DISPLAY-MODE)" t nil)
24466
24467;;;***
24468
24469;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (16511 32506))
24470;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
24471 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
24472 (let ((dir file))
24473 (while (and (stringp dir)
24474 (not (equal
24475 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24476 dir)
24477 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24478 (expand-file-name "{arch}" dir))
24479 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24480 (if (eq dir t)
24481 (progn
24482 (load "vc-arch")
24483 (vc-arch-registered file)))))
24484
24485;;;***
24486
24487;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (16511 35131))
24488;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
24489 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
24490 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24491 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24492 (load "vc-cvs")
24493 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
24494
24495;;;***
24496
24497;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (16511 32507))
24498;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
24499 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
24500 (let ((dir file))
24501 (while (and (stringp dir)
24502 (not (equal
24503 dir (setq dir (file-name-directory dir))))
24504 dir)
24505 (setq dir (if (file-directory-p
24506 (expand-file-name "MCVS/CVS" dir))
24507 t (directory-file-name dir))))
24508 (if (eq dir t)
24509 (progn
24510 (load "vc-mcvs")
24511 (vc-mcvs-registered file)))))
24512
24513;;;***
24514
24515;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
24516;;;;;; (16511 35154))
24517;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
24518
24519(defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
24520*Where to look for RCS master files.
24521For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24522
24523(custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs")
24524 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
24525
24526;;;***
24527
24528;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
24529;;;;;; (16511 35166))
24530;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
24531
24532(defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
24533*Where to look for SCCS master files.
24534For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
24535
24536(custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs")
24537 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
24538
24539(defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
24540Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
24541Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
24542find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
24543
24544;;;***
24545
24546;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (16511 32507))
24547;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
24548 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
24549 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
24550 ".svn/entries" (file-name-directory f)))
24551 (load "vc-svn")
24552 (vc-svn-registered f)))
24553
24554(add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
24555
24556;;;***
24557
24558;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
24559;;;;;; (16511 35726))
24560;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
24561
24562(autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
24563Major mode for editing VHDL code.
24564
24565Usage:
24566------
24567
24568 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
24569 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
24570 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
24571 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
24572 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
24573 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
24574 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
24575 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
24576 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
24577
24578 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
24579 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
24580 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
24581 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
24582
24583 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
24584 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
24585 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
24586 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
24587 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
24588
24589 Template styles can be customized in customization group
24590 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
24591
24592
24593 HEADER INSERTION:
24594 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
24595 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
24596 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
24597
24598
24599 STUTTERING:
24600 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
24601 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
24602 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
24603 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
24604
24605 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
24606 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
24607 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
24608 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
24609 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
24610
24611
24612 WORD COMPLETION:
24613 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
24614 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
24615 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
24616 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
24617
24618 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
24619 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
24620 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
24621 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
24622 beginning with \"std\").
24623
24624 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
24625 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
24626 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
24627 stop.
24628
24629
24630 COMMENTS:
24631 `--' puts a single comment.
24632 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
24633 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
24634 with a comment in between.
24635 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
24636 out following lines.
24637 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
24638 uncomments a region if already commented out.
24639
24640 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
24641 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
24642 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
24643 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
24644 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
24645 non-nil.
24646
24647 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
24648 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
24649 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
24650 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
24651 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
24652 multi-line comments.
24653
24654
24655 INDENTATION:
24656 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
24657 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
24658 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
24659 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
24660
24661 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
24662 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
24663 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
24664 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
24665
24666 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
24667 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
24668 and vice versa.
24669
24670 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
24671 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
24672
24673
24674 ALIGNMENT:
24675 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
24676 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
24677 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
24678 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
24679 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
24680 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
24681 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
24682 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
24683
24684 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
24685 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
24686 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
24687 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
24688 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
24689 is non-nil.
24690
24691 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
24692 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
24693 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
24694
24695 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
24696 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
24697
24698
24699| CODE FILLING:
24700| Code filling allows to condens code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
24701| maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
24702| lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
24703| enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
24704| blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
24705| `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
24706
24707
24708 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
24709 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
24710 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
24711 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
24712 command:
24713
24714 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
24715
24716
24717 PORT TRANSLATION:
24718 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
24719 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
24720 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
24721 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
24722 internal signal initializations (menu).
24723
24724 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
24725 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
24726 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
24727
24728 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
24729 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
24730| direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
24731| outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
24732| reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
24733| in subsequent paste operations.)
24734
24735 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
24736 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
24737 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
24738
24739
24740| SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
24741| Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
24742| subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
24743| and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
24744| association list with formals).
24745
24746
24747 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
24748 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
24749 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
24750 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
24751 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
24752 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
24753 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
24754 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
24755 `vhdl-testbench'.
24756
24757
24758 KEY BINDINGS:
24759 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
24760
24761
24762 VHDL MENU:
24763 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
24764
24765
24766 FILE BROWSER:
24767 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
24768 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
24769 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
24770
24771 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
24772 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
24773
24774
24775 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
24776 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
24777 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
24778 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
24779
24780 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
24781 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
24782 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
24783
24784 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
24785 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
24786 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
24787 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
24788
24789 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
24790 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
24791 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
24792 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
24793 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
24794
24795 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
24796 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
24797 required by secondary units.
24798
24799
24800| STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
24801| Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
24802| for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
24803| instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
24804| (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
24805| all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
24806| and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
24807| - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
24808| connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
24809| - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
24810| inputs to this component -> input port created
24811| - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
24812| outputs from this component -> output port created
24813| - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
24814| considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
24815|
24816| Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
24817| `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
24818| an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
24819| component instantiation is also supported (option
24820| `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
24821|
24822| Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
24823| create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
24824| strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
24825| component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
24826| browser, and wiring everything automatically.
24827|
24828| Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
24829| components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
24830|
24831| See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
24832
24833
24834 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
24835 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
24836 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
24837 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
24838 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
24839 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
24840 information. New compilers can be added.
24841
24842 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
24843 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
24844
24845
24846 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
24847 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
24848 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
24849 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
24850 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24851
24852 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
24853 command:
24854
24855 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
24856 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
24857 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
24858
24859 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
24860 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
24861 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
24862 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
24863 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
24864 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
24865 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
24866
24867 Limitations:
24868 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
24869 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
24870 not (yet) supported.
24871 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
24872 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
24873 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
24874
24875
24876 PROJECTS:
24877 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
24878 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
24879 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
24880 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
24881 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
24882 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
24883 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
24884 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
24885
24886 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
24887 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
24888 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
24889 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
24890 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
24891 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
24892 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
24893 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
24894 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
24895 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
24896 `vhdl-project-alist'.
24897
24898
24899 SPECIAL MENUES:
24900 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
24901 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
24902 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
24903 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
24904 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
24905 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
24906 current directory for VHDL source files.
24907
24908
24909 VHDL STANDARDS:
24910 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
24911 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
24912
24913
24914 KEYWORD CASE:
24915 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
24916 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
24917 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
24918 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
24919 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
24920 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
24921 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
24922 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
24923
24924
24925 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
24926 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
24927 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
24928 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
24929 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
24930 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
24931 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
24932
24933 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
24934 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
24935 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
24936 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
24937 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
24938 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
24939
24940 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
24941 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
24942 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
24943 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
24944 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
24945 visually.
24946
24947 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
24948 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
24949 highlighted if written in lower case.
24950
24951 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
24952 highlighted using a different background color if option
24953 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
24954
24955 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
24956 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
24957 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
24958 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
24959 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
24960
24961
24962 USER MODELS:
24963 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
24964 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
24965 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
24966
24967
24968 HIDE/SHOW:
24969 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
24970 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
24971 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
24972 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
24973 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
24974
24975
24976 CODE UPDATING:
24977 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
24978 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
24979 Limitations:
24980 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
24981 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
24982 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
24983 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
24984 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
24985 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
24986 (used to obtain the port names).
24987
24988
24989 CODE FIXING:
24990 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
24991 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
24992
24993
24994 PRINTING:
24995 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
24996 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
24997 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
24998 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
24999 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
25000 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
25001 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
25002 printers.
25003
25004
25005 OPTIONS:
25006 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
25007 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
25008 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
25009 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
25010 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
25011
25012 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
25013 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
25014 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
25015 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
25016 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
25017 INSTALL file).
25018
25019 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
25020 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
25021
25022
25023 FILE EXTENSIONS:
25024 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
25025 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
25026 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
25027
25028 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
25029
25030
25031 HINTS:
25032 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
25033 a VHDL file first, use the command:
25034
25035 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
25036
25037 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
25038
25039 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
25040
25041
25042 RELEASE NOTES:
25043 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
25044
25045
25046Maintenance:
25047------------
25048
25049To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
25050Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
25051
25052Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
25053
25054The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
25055The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
25056releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
25057to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
25058
25059VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
25060http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
25061where the latest version can be found.
25062
25063
25064Known problems:
25065---------------
25066
25067- Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
25068- XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
25069- XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
25070
25071
25072 The VHDL Mode Authors
25073 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
25074
25075Key bindings:
25076-------------
25077
25078\\{vhdl-mode-map}
25079
25080\(fn)" t nil)
25081
25082;;;***
25083
25084;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (16511 32551))
25085;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
25086
25087(autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
25088Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
25089The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
25090the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
25091
25092This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
25093It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
25094\(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
25095Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
25096is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
25097
25098To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
25099Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
25100
25101Major differences between this mode and real vi :
25102
25103* Limitations and unsupported features
25104 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
25105 not supported.
25106 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
25107 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
25108
25109* Modifications
25110 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
25111 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
25112 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
25113 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
25114 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
25115 for undoing a repeated change command.
25116 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
25117 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
25118 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
25119
25120* Extensions
25121 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
25122 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
25123 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
25124 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
25125 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
25126 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
25127 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
25128 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
25129
25130Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
25131
25132\(fn)" t nil)
25133
25134;;;***
25135
25136;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
25137;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
25138;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
25139;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (16511 25867))
25140;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
25141
25142(autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
25143Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
25144
25145\(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
25146
25147(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
25148Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
25149When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25150positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
25151
25152\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25153
25154(autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
25155Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
25156
25157\(fn)" t nil)
25158
25159(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
25160Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25161When called from a program, expects two arguments,
25162positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
25163
25164\(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
25165
25166(autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
25167Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
25168
25169\(fn)" t nil)
25170
25171(autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25172Not documented
25173
25174\(fn LEN)" nil nil)
25175
25176(autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
25177Not documented
25178
25179\(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
25180
25181;;;***
25182
25183;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
25184;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
25185;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (16511
25186;;;;;; 32509))
25187;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
25188
25189(defvar view-mode nil "\
25190Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
25191Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
25192functions that enable or disable view mode.")
25193
25194(make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
25195
25196(autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
25197View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25198Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25199a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25200are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25201Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25202For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25203
25204This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25205
25206\(fn FILE)" t nil)
25207
25208(autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
25209View FILE in View mode in another window.
25210Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
25211Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25212a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25213are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25214Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25215For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25216
25217This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25218
25219\(fn FILE)" t nil)
25220
25221(autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
25222View FILE in View mode in another frame.
25223Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
25224Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25225a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25226are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25227Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25228For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25229
25230This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25231
25232\(fn FILE)" t nil)
25233
25234(autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
25235View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
25236Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25237a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25238are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25239Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25240For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25241
25242This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25243
25244Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25245argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25246Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25247
25248\(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25249
25250(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
25251View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
25252Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25253Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25254a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25255are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25256Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25257For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25258
25259This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25260
25261Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25262argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25263Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25264
25265\(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25266
25267(autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
25268View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
25269Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
25270Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
25271a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
25272are defined for moving around in the buffer.
25273Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
25274For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25275
25276This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25277
25278Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
25279argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
25280Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
25281
25282\(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
25283
25284(autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
25285Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
25286With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
25287
25288Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
25289Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
25290\(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
25291read-only.
25292\\<view-mode-map>
25293The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
25294arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
25295window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
25296and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
25297commands default to a repeat count of one.
25298
25299H, h, ? This message.
25300Digits provide prefix arguments.
25301\\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
25302\\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
25303> move to the end of buffer.
25304\\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
25305SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
25306 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
25307DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
25308 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
25309\\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25310\\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
25311\\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25312 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
25313\\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
25314 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
25315RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
25316y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
25317\\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
25318 Use this to view a changing file.
25319\\[what-line] prints the current line number.
25320\\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
25321\\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
25322. set the mark.
25323x exchanges point and mark.
25324\\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
25325 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
25326 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
25327\\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
25328' go to position saved in character register.
25329s do forward incremental search.
25330r do reverse incremental search.
25331\\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
25332 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
25333 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
25334 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
25335\\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
25336\\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
25337p searches backward for last regular expression.
25338\\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
25339 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
25340\\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
25341 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
25342 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
25343\\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
25344 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
25345\\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
25346\\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
25347\\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
25348
25349The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
25350entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
25351\(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
25352try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
25353as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
25354View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
25355will return to that buffer.
25356
25357Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25358
25359\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25360
25361(autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
25362Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
25363If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
25364`view-return-to-alist'.
25365Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
25366It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
25367This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
25368
25369RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
25370it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
25371WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
25372OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
25373OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
253741) nil Do nothing.
253752) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
253763) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
25377 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
253784) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
25379
25380For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
25381
25382This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
25383
25384\(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
25385
25386(autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
25387Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
25388
25389\(fn)" t nil)
25390
25391;;;***
25392
25393;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (16511
25394;;;;;; 32552))
25395;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
25396
25397(autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
25398Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
25399
25400\(fn)" nil nil)
25401
25402(autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
25403Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
25404
25405\(fn)" t nil)
25406
25407;;;***
25408
25409;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
25410;;;;;; (16511 32555))
25411;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
25412
25413(autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
25414Toggle Viper on/off.
25415If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
25416
25417\(fn)" t nil)
25418
25419(autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
25420Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.
25421
25422\(fn)" t nil)
25423
25424;;;***
25425
25426;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
25427;;;;;; (16511 32547))
25428;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
25429
25430(defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
25431Function to generate warning prefixes.
25432This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
25433the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
25434and should return the entry that should actually be used.
25435The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
25436and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
25437the beginning of the warning.")
25438
25439(defvar warning-series nil "\
25440Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
25441A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
25442which is the start of the current series; it means that
25443additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
25444t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
25445A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
25446also call that function before the next warning.")
25447
25448(defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
25449Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
25450
25451(defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
25452Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
25453The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
25454message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
25455
25456(autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
25457Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
25458TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
25459or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25460\(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
25461only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
25462
25463LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25464:emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25465 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25466:error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
25467:warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
25468 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
25469:debug -- info for debugging only.
25470
25471BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging the
25472warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'.
25473
25474See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
25475
25476See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
25477`warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
25478
25479\(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
25480
25481(autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
25482Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25483Aside from generating the message with `format',
25484this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
25485
25486TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol).
25487or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
25488\(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
25489can be whatever you like.)
25490
25491LEVEL should be either :warning, :error, or :emergency.
25492:emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
25493 if you do not attend to it promptly.
25494:error -- invalid data or circumstances.
25495:warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
25496
25497\(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25498
25499(autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
25500Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
25501Aside from generating the message with `format',
25502this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
25503`emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
25504
25505\(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25506
25507;;;***
25508
25509;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (16511 32589))
25510;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
25511
25512(autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
25513Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
25514
25515See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
25516hotlist.
25517
25518Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
25519<nwv@acm.org>.
25520
25521\(fn)" t nil)
25522
25523;;;***
25524
25525;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
25526;;;;;; (16511 32632))
25527;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
25528 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
25529 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
25530
25531(defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
25532
25533(defvar which-function-mode nil "\
25534Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
25535See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25536Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25537use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
25538
25539(custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func")
25540
25541(autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
25542Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
25543When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
25544continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
25545
25546With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
25547and off otherwise.
25548
25549\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25550
25551;;;***
25552
25553;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
25554;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
25555;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
25556;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
25557;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
25558;;;;;; (16511 35189))
25559;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
25560
25561(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
25562Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
25563
25564\(fn)" t nil)
25565
25566(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
25567Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
25568
25569\(fn)" t nil)
25570
25571(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
25572Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
25573
25574\(fn)" t nil)
25575
25576(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
25577Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
25578
25579\(fn)" t nil)
25580
25581(autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
25582Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
25583
25584\(fn)" t nil)
25585
25586(autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
25587Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
25588These are:
255891. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
255902. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
255913. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
255924. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
255935. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
25594
25595Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
25596and:
255971. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
255982. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
25599
25600\(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
25601
25602(autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
25603Check the region for whitespace errors.
25604
25605\(fn S E)" t nil)
25606
25607(autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
25608Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
25609
25610Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
25611whitespace problems.
25612
25613\(fn)" t nil)
25614
25615(autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
25616Whitespace cleanup on the region.
25617
25618\(fn S E)" t nil)
25619
25620(defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
25621Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
25622See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25623Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25624use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
25625
25626(custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace")
25627
25628(autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
25629Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
25630With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
25631
25632When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
25633`find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
25634
25635\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25636
25637(autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
25638Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
25639This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
25640
25641\(fn)" t nil)
25642
25643;;;***
25644
25645;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
25646;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (16511 32509))
25647;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
25648
25649(autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
25650Browse the widget under point.
25651
25652\(fn POS)" t nil)
25653
25654(autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
25655Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
25656
25657\(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
25658
25659(autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
25660Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
25661
25662\(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
25663
25664(autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
25665Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
25666With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25667
25668\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25669
25670;;;***
25671
25672;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
25673;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (16511
25674;;;;;; 32510))
25675;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
25676
25677(autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
25678Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
25679
25680\(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25681
25682(autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
25683Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
25684The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
25685
25686\(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
25687
25688(autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
25689Create widget of TYPE.
25690The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
25691
25692\(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25693
25694(autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
25695Delete WIDGET.
25696
25697\(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
25698
25699(autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
25700Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
25701
25702\(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25703
25704(defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
25705Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
25706Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
25707
25708(autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
25709Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
25710
25711\(fn)" nil nil)
25712
25713;;;***
25714
25715;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
25716;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (16511
25717;;;;;; 32510))
25718;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
25719
25720(autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
25721Select the window to the left of the current one.
25722With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25723\"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25724it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
25725\(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25726If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25727
25728\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25729
25730(autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
25731Select the window above the current one.
25732With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
25733is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
25734relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
25735negative ARG) of the current window.
25736If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25737
25738\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25739
25740(autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
25741Select the window to the right of the current one.
25742With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25743\"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
25744otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
25745bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
25746If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25747
25748\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25749
25750(autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
25751Select the window below the current one.
25752With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
25753\"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
25754it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
25755\(for negative ARG) of the current window.
25756If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
25757
25758\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25759
25760(autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
25761Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
25762Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
25763Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
25764
25765\(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
25766
25767;;;***
25768
25769;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
25770;;;;;; (16511 32510))
25771;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
25772
25773(defvar winner-mode nil "\
25774Toggle winner-mode.
25775Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25776use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
25777
25778(custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner")
25779
25780(autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
25781Toggle Winner mode.
25782With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
25783
25784\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25785
25786;;;***
25787
25788;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
25789;;;;;; "woman.el" (16511 32511))
25790;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
25791
25792(autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
25793Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
25794The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
25795Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
25796topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
25797`woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
25798speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
25799updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
25800
25801Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
25802should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
25803
25804\(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
25805
25806(autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
25807In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
25808
25809\(fn)" t nil)
25810
25811(autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
25812Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
25813Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
25814When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
25815of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
25816No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
25817decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
25818`woman' command for further details.
25819
25820\(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
25821
25822;;;***
25823
25824;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
25825;;;;;; (16511 32555))
25826;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
25827
25828(autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
25829Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
25830
25831BUGS:
25832 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
25833 are not implemented
25834 - Options for search and replace
25835 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
25836 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
25837
25838No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
25839Emacs-like.
25840
25841The key bindings are:
25842
25843 C-a backward-word
25844 C-b fill-paragraph
25845 C-c scroll-up-line
25846 C-d forward-char
25847 C-e previous-line
25848 C-f forward-word
25849 C-g delete-char
25850 C-h backward-char
25851 C-i indent-for-tab-command
25852 C-j help-for-help
25853 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
25854 C-l ws-repeat-search
25855 C-n open-line
25856 C-p quoted-insert
25857 C-r scroll-down-line
25858 C-s backward-char
25859 C-t kill-word
25860 C-u keyboard-quit
25861 C-v overwrite-mode
25862 C-w scroll-down
25863 C-x next-line
25864 C-y kill-complete-line
25865 C-z scroll-up
25866
25867 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
25868 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
25869 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
25870 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
25871 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
25872 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
25873 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
25874 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
25875 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
25876 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
25877 C-k b ws-begin-block
25878 C-k c ws-copy-block
25879 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
25880 C-k f find-file
25881 C-k h ws-show-markers
25882 C-k i ws-indent-block
25883 C-k k ws-end-block
25884 C-k p ws-print-block
25885 C-k q kill-emacs
25886 C-k r insert-file
25887 C-k s save-some-buffers
25888 C-k t ws-mark-word
25889 C-k u ws-exdent-block
25890 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
25891 C-k v ws-move-block
25892 C-k w ws-write-block
25893 C-k x kill-emacs
25894 C-k y ws-delete-block
25895
25896 C-o c wordstar-center-line
25897 C-o b switch-to-buffer
25898 C-o j justify-current-line
25899 C-o k kill-buffer
25900 C-o l list-buffers
25901 C-o m auto-fill-mode
25902 C-o r set-fill-column
25903 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
25904 C-o wd delete-other-windows
25905 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
25906 C-o wo other-window
25907 C-o wv split-window-vertically
25908
25909 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
25910 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
25911 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
25912 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
25913 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
25914 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
25915 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
25916 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
25917 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
25918 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
25919 C-q a ws-query-replace
25920 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
25921 C-q c end-of-buffer
25922 C-q d end-of-line
25923 C-q f ws-search
25924 C-q k ws-to-block-end
25925 C-q l ws-undo
25926 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
25927 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
25928 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
25929 C-q w ws-last-error
25930 C-q y ws-kill-eol
25931 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
25932
25933\(fn)" t nil)
25934
25935;;;***
25936
25937;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
25938;;;;;; (16511 32512))
25939;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
25940
25941(autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
25942Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
25943If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
25944Returns the top node with all its children.
25945If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
25946If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25947
25948\(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25949
25950(autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
25951Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
25952If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
25953Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
25954is not well-formed XML.
25955If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
25956and returned as the first element of the list.
25957If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
25958
25959\(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
25960
25961;;;***
25962
25963;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (16511
25964;;;;;; 32512))
25965;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
25966
25967(defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
25968Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
25969See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
25970Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25971use either \\[customize] or the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
25972
25973(custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse")
25974
25975(autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
25976Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
25977With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25978
25979Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
25980
25981\(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25982
25983;;;***
25984
25985;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
25986;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (16511 32595))
25987;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
25988
25989(autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
25990Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
25991
25992\(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
25993
25994(autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
25995Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
25996
25997\(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
25998
25999(autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
26000Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
26001If called interactively, display a list of matches.
26002
26003\(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26004
26005(autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
26006Zippy goes to the analyst.
26007
26008\(fn)" t nil)
26009
26010;;;***
26011
26012;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (16511 32595))
26013;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
26014
26015(autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
26016Zone out, completely.
26017
26018\(fn)" t nil)
26019
26020;;;***
26021
26022;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
26023;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (16511 32589))
26024;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
26025
26026(autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
26027Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified.
26028
26029\(fn)" t nil)
26030
26031(autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
26032A mode for editing DNS zone files.
26033
26034Zone-mode does two things:
26035
26036 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
26037 when saving the file
26038
26039 - fontification
26040
26041\(fn)" t nil)
26042
26043;;;***
26044
26045;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "abbrevlist.el" "bindings.el"
26046;;;;;; "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el"
26047;;;;;; "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el"
26048;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
26049;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
26050;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
26051;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-maint.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
26052;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
26053;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
26054;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
26055;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
26056;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
26057;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
26058;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
26059;;;;;; "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
26060;;;;;; "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el"
26061;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
26062;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
26063;;;;;; "case-table.el" "cdl.el" "composite.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el"
26064;;;;;; "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el"
26065;;;;;; "ediff-diff.el" "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el"
26066;;;;;; "ediff-vers.el" "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el"
26067;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
26068;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
26069;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el"
26070;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
26071;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/levents.el"
26072;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el"
26073;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el" "emacs-lisp/lucid.el"
26074;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/sregex.el"
26075;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
26076;;;;;; "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
26077;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
26078;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
26079;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
26080;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
26081;;;;;; "env.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
26082;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
26083;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
26084;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
26085;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
26086;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
26087;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
26088;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
26089;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
26090;;;;;; "faces.el" "files.el" "filesets.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
26091;;;;;; "font-core.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
26092;;;;;; "frame.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/flow-fill.el" "gnus/format-spec.el"
26093;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el"
26094;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
26095;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
26096;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
26097;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" "gnus/gnus-range.el"
26098;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-setup.el"
26099;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
26100;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
26101;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
26102;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
26103;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
26104;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml.el"
26105;;;;;; "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el"
26106;;;;;; "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el"
26107;;;;;; "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el" "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
26108;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el" "gnus/nnspool.el"
26109;;;;;; "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnwarchive.el"
26110;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/pop3.el" "gnus/qp.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el"
26111;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el"
26112;;;;;; "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el" "help.el"
26113;;;;;; "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/cp51932.el"
26114;;;;;; "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el"
26115;;;;;; "international/iso-insert.el" "international/iso-swed.el"
26116;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-cnv.el" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
26117;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
26118;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/swedish.el"
26119;;;;;; "international/utf-7.el" "isearch.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
26120;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
26121;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
26122;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
26123;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
26124;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
26125;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
26126;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai.el" "language/tibetan.el"
26127;;;;;; "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el" "ldefs-boot.el"
26128;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mailpost.el"
26129;;;;;; "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
26130;;;;;; "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-customize.el"
26131;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
26132;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-index.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
26133;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-pick.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el"
26134;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-xemacs-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-xemacs-icons.el" "misc.el"
26135;;;;;; "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
26136;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
26137;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
26138;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
26139;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "obsolete/awk-mode.el"
26140;;;;;; "obsolete/float.el" "obsolete/hilit19.el" "obsolete/mlsupport.el"
26141;;;;;; "obsolete/ooutline.el" "obsolete/profile.el" "obsolete/rnews.el"
26142;;;;;; "obsolete/sc.el" "obsolete/sun-curs.el" "obsolete/sun-fns.el"
26143;;;;;; "obsolete/uncompress.el" "obsolete/x-apollo.el" "obsolete/x-menu.el"
26144;;;;;; "patcomp.el" "paths.el" "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el"
26145;;;;;; "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
26146;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
26147;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el"
26148;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-engine.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
26149;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
26150;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
26151;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
26152;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-rinfo.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
26153;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "s-region.el"
26154;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el" "simple.el" "soundex.el"
26155;;;;;; "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el" "tempo.el" "term/AT386.el"
26156;;;;;; "term/apollo.el" "term/bg-mouse.el" "term/bobcat.el" "term/internal.el"
26157;;;;;; "term/iris-ansi.el" "term/keyswap.el" "term/linux.el" "term/lk201.el"
26158;;;;;; "term/mac-win.el" "term/news.el" "term/pc-win.el" "term/rxvt.el"
26159;;;;;; "term/sun-mouse.el" "term/sun.el" "term/sup-mouse.el" "term/tty-colors.el"
26160;;;;;; "term/tvi970.el" "term/vt100.el" "term/vt102.el" "term/vt125.el"
26161;;;;;; "term/vt200.el" "term/vt201.el" "term/vt220.el" "term/vt240.el"
26162;;;;;; "term/vt300.el" "term/vt320.el" "term/vt400.el" "term/vt420.el"
26163;;;;;; "term/w32-win.el" "term/wyse50.el" "term/x-win.el" "term/xterm.el"
26164;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el"
26165;;;;;; "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
26166;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
26167;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
26168;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el"
26169;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el"
26170;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el" "version.el" "vms-patch.el"
26171;;;;;; "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
26172;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el" "x-dnd.el") (16511
26173;;;;;; 51891 823190))
26174
26175;;;***
26176
26177;;; Local Variables:
26178;;; version-control: never
26179;;; no-byte-compile: t
26180;;; no-update-autoloads: t
26181;;; End:
26182;;; loaddefs.el ends here
diff --git a/src/ChangeLog.22 b/src/ChangeLog.22
index c8c57beca6e..9395315921b 100644
--- a/src/ChangeLog.22
+++ b/src/ChangeLog.22
@@ -1,3 +1,12 @@
12004-10-12 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
2
3 * coding.c (setup_coding_system): If coding_system is nil, use
4 Qundecided.
5 (Fterminal_coding_system): Return nil if terminal coding system is
6 `undecided'.
7 (syms_of_coding): Define coding-system `undecided' here. Setup
8 terminal_coding as `undecided'.
9
12004-10-04 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org> 102004-10-04 Kenichi Handa <handa@m17n.org>
2 11
3 * xdisp.c (message_dolog, set_message_1): Call 12 * xdisp.c (message_dolog, set_message_1): Call